National Medium-Term Development Policy Framework 2022-2025

Article 34 (2) of the Constitution of Ghana. Access to Universal Health Coverage (UHC) Community-based Health Planning and Services (CHPS) zones contribute to bridging equity gaps and bringing services closer to deprived communities. The number of functional CHPS zones increased by 8 percent from 5,100 in 2017 to 5,509 (78.5% of demarcated CHPS zones) in 2019 8 The Coordinated Programme of Economic and Social Development Policies (2017-2024) 51 and 5,547 (79.03%) in 2020. In spite of this progress some CHPS compounds still lack structural, technical, and human capacity to provide essential health services including skilled delivery of newborns. The National Ambulance Service (NAS) provides vital pre-hospital care. It has, however, faced numerous challenges including limited funding and inadequate ambulance fleet. The number of emergency cases responded to consequently reduced from 20,236 in 2014 to 7,687 in 2018 but increased to 15,0009 in 2019 (Figure 3.6). Between 2019-2020, 625 new ambulances were procured to augment the available fleet (55). The number of functional service centres increased from 130 in 2018 to 278 in 2020. Similarly, a total of 490 Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs) were recruited, trained, and deployed as basic EMTs in 2019 as compared to 57710 in 2018. Figure 3.6: Number of Emergency Cases handled by NAS 20,236 19,703 Number of Emergency Cases 17,204 15,000 14,085 8,518 7,810 7,687 5,232 4,760 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Source: MOH, Holistic Assessment of Health Sector Programme of Work, 2019. Public hospitals are expected to have emergency departments and functional teams to manage acute illness or injury that may lead to serious complications if not managed on time. In 2015, only 6.7 percent of hospitals had functional emergency teams, increasing to 18.5 percent in 2016, and 25.5 percent in 2017 and 2018, as shown in Table 3.5. Table 3.5: Proportion of Public Hospitals with Functional Emergency Team, 2016-2018 Indicator 2015 2016 2017 2018 Proportion of public hospitals with 6.7% 18.5% 25.5% 25.5% functional emergency team Source: MOH, Holistic Assessment of Health Sector Programme of Work, 2019 9 MoH PBB, 2020 10 MoH PB 52 Mental Health: In Ghana, the most common mental disorder diagnosis is schizophrenia and mood disorders. Mental health issues can be associated with environmental, psychological and social factors; and have significant social and economic impacts on individuals and the country. A Legislative Instrument (LI 2385) was enacted to support the mental health Act 2012 (Act 846). Though the LI 2385 is enacted, the Mental Health Fund which seeks to mobilize resources is yet to be established. Traditional Medicine: Traditional medicine11 has been identified as a viable complement to the health system despite challenges with regulation. Efforts have therefore been made to increase the proportion of regional and district public hospitals that practice traditional medicine from 23.7 percent in 2018 to 25 percent in 2019 and 2020. NHIS: In 2018, 35.8 percent of the population had valid NHIS cards, increasing to 40 percent in 2019 and 52.7 percent in 2020. The process of renewing membership has been fully digitized, with all members being able to renew via their mobile phones. In addition, the drug used by breast cancer patients has been included in the essential drugs list of the NHIS. The Scheme however continues to be challenged by shortage of medicines and critical supplies at the hospitals as well as delays in payments. Out-Patient Department: OPD visit per capita experienced a consistent decline from 1.08 in 2015 to 0.98 in 2017 but experienced a marked improvement of 1.05 in 2018, before dropping to 1.02 in 2019 (Figure 3.7) and 0.96 in 2020. This means that there was at least one hospital visit per person in Ghana in 2019, compared to the standard of at least two visits for screening and medical evaluation. Figure 3.7: Trends in OPD visits per capita, 2015 to 2019 Source: MOH, 2020 11 Traditional medicine refers to the knowledge, skills and practices based on the theories, beliefs and experiences indigenous to different cultures, used in the maintenance of health and in the prevention, diagnosis, improvement or treatment of physical and mental illness. https://www.afro.who.int/health-topics/traditional-medicine 53 Public health facilities continued to provide majority of healthcare services to the population, gradually increasing its share from 57.8 percent in 2015 to 61.2 percent in 2018. The Christian Health Association of Ghana (CHAG) gradually increased its share in healthcare services by 1.2 percentage points between 2015 and 2018 while that of Quasi-Government facilities declined by 0.1 percentage point within the same period. Healthcare Management Systems Ghana’s per capita expenditure on health has since 2017 exceeded the World Health Organisation (WHO) threshold of US$44 per person per year for access to essential health services apart from 2019 which reported US$38.9. Despite these gains, there is still limited access to essential health services. The WHO and Commonwealth’s standard for doctor–population ratio is 1:1,320 and 1: 5,000 respectively. Ghana is far from attaining these standards but continues to make progress, with the ratio improving from 1: 7,196 in 2018 to 1: 6,897 in 2019 to 1:6,355 in 2020 albeit, with regional disparities. (Table 3.5). Figure 3.8: Health Expenditure Per Capita, 2017-2020 (US$) 55.6 44.4 46.6 38.9 2017 2018 2019 2020 Source: Holistic Assessment of the Health Sector, 2020 Table 3.6: Doctor-to-Population Ratio by Region, 2017-2020 Year Ashanti Brong Central Eastern Greater Northern Upper Upper Volta Western Ghana Ahafo Accra East West 2017 1:8,041 1:9,795 1:9,158 1:12,808 1:3,404 1:12,949 1:27,652 1:16,222 1:10,832 1:22,729 1:8,100 2018 1:6,389 1:11,270 1:7,787 1:11,602 1:3,246 1:9,770 1:20,936 1:13,160 1:11,520 1:17,850 1:7,196 2019 1:6,344 1:10,239 1:7,180 1:11,767 1:2,839 1:10,243 1:23,587 1:14;897 1:10,390 1:18,977 1:6,899 2020 1:6,007 1:10,159 1:6,188 1:10,881 1:2,619 1:8,945 1:19,158 1:14,477 1:9,392 1:17,577 1:6,355 Source: Holistic Assessment of the Health Sector, 2020 The nurse-to-population ratio on the other hand was 1:701 in 2020, a better performance compared to the WHO standard of 1: 1,000. There are however significant regional disparities, with the ratios in the Upper East, Upper West and Central regions falling below the standard. Table 3.7 shows the number and regional distribution of nurses across the country from 2014 to 2019. To improve patient care management services, a Patient Records Management Systems known as E-HEALTH SOLUTION has been introduced to digitize and link all facilities within the health sector to this national system. 54 Table 3.7: Nurse-to-Population Ratio by Region, 2017-2020 Region 2017 2018 2019 2020 Ashanti 1:880 1:925 1:796 1:764 Brong Ahafo 1:807 1:887 1:750 1:743 Central 1:713 1:768 1:615 1:606 Eastern 1:816 1:855 1:776 1:739 Greater Accra 1:743 1:783 1:675 1:640 Northern 1:945 1:986 1:850 1:825 Upper East 1:500 1:494 1:458 1:472 Upper West 1:597 1:632 1:514 1:493 Volta 1:785 1:839 1:731 1:659 Western 1:1,030 1:1,015 1:935 1:944 National 1:799 1:839 1:727 1:701 Source: Holistic Assessment of the Health Sector, 2020. Disability, Morbidity, and Mortality Malaria remained the leading cause of death, followed by acute respiratory infections, anaemia and neo-natal disorders. Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) contribute significantly to illness, disability, and deaths in Ghana. The major NCDs in Ghana are cardiovascular diseases, cancers, diabetes, chronic respiratory diseases and sickle cell disease12. NCDs are responsible for 43 percent of all deaths and account for up to 94,000 preventable deaths in Ghana each year13. There is expanding prevalence of adult diabetes (particularly Type II diabetes). In 2010, 6.1 percent of females and males were diagnosed with diabetes. This increased to 6.6 percent and 6.4 percent among females and males respectively in 201414. Hypertension, which is largely a result of high sodium and low potassium intake contributes to high blood pressure and increases the risk of cardiovascular heart disease (rates in Ghana). As of 2015, 25 percent of adult males and 23 percent of adult females had high blood pressure15. Road injuries, neonatal disorders, respiratory infections also contribute to ill-health, disability and death. Child mortality, which covers under-5, infant and neonatal mortalities has declined overtime. Ghana’s under-5 mortality rate stood at 52 per 1,000 live births in 201716, an improvement from 82 per 1,000 live births in 2007. The rate reported by MICS 2017/18 stood at 56 per 1,000 live births (Figure 3.9). The risk of a child under-5 dying from malaria increased from 0.11 percent in 2019 to 0.12 percent in 2020. 12 National Policy for the Prevention and Control of Chronic Non-Communicable Diseases in Ghana (August 2012) 13 2019 APR 14 http://ncdrisc.org/country-profile.html 15 https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/healthy-diet 16 GMHS, 2017 55 Figure 3.9: Under-5 Mortality Ratio Source: GSS 2019 Infant mortality has also declined but remains high at 37 in 2017 and 41 per 1,000 live births in 2017/18 (Figure 3.10). Neonatal mortality also declined from 29 in 2007 to 25 per 1,000 live births in 2017. Figure 3.10: Infant Mortality Ratio Source: GSS 2019 The estimated maternal mortality rate from 2010 to 2017 was 310 per 100,000 live births. According to the 2017 GMHS, pregnancy-related deaths declined from 451 in 2007 to 343 per 100,000 live births in 2017 (Figure 3.11). Maternal mortality rate has decreased steadily from 451 in 2007 to 310 per 100,000 live births in 2017. Even though substantial progress has been made, Ghana may not achieve the SDG maternal mortality rate target of less than 70 per 100,000 live births by 2030. Institutional Maternal Mortality Ratio (iMMR) declined to 109.2 in 2020 from 134.7 per 100,000 live births in 2019. 56 Figure 3.11: Maternal Mortality Rate (MMR) and Pregnancy-related Maternal Mortality Ratio (PRMR) per 100,000 live births, 2007 and 201717 (2000-2007) Pregnancy Related Maternal Mortality Ratio 451 (2010-2017) Pregnancy Related Maternal Mortality Ratio 343 (2010-2017) Maternal Mortality Rate 310 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Source: Ghana Maternal Health Survey, 2017 Stillbirths decreased from 15 in 2017 to 12.7 per 1,000 live births in 2019 and remained the same in 2020. The proportion of children immunised with Penta 3, which averts five life-threatening diseases (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus, Hepatitis B and Hib meningitis), dropped from 97.2 percent in 2019 to 94.2 percent in 2020. A decade after Ghana was declared polio-free, 18 cases of the polio virus were recorded in 2019. Malaria case fatality rate increased from 0.27 percent in 2018 to 0.1 percent in 2019. However, according to the MICS (2017/18), malaria is responsible for 11 percent of deaths among children under-five in Ghana. Pregnant women also risk anemia, premature delivery, low birth weight with increased risk of infant deaths and stillbirth if infected with malaria. Up to 56.7 percent of households had at least one Insecticide-Treated Mosquito Net (ITNs), while 28.6 percent had at least two ITNs, and only 27.7 percent of household members made use of ITNs18. An estimated 2.0 percent of all potential working days are lost to malaria. The incidence of TB per 100,000 population declined from 47.5 in 2017 to 40.2 in 2020. HIV/AIDS/STIs The proportion of the Ghanaian population living with HIV (PLHIV) has remained nearly unchanged at 1.7 since 2017(Figure 3.12). The estimated number of adults and children who died due to AIDS related causes in 2018 was 14,181. This was more than double (58.1%) the target set for 2018 and a 0.2 percent increase over AIDS related deaths recorded in 2017. Figure 3.12: HIV Prevalence Rate 17 Note: MMR includes deaths during pregnancy, delivery, and within 42 days of end of a pregnancy; it excludes deaths due to accident and violence; PRMR includes all deaths during pregnancy, delivery, and within 2 months of the end of a pregnancy; it includes deaths due to accident and violence during these time periods 18 MICS 2017/18 57 1.69 1.69 1.67 1.64 2017 2018 2019 2020 Source: GHS, 2020 The proportion of PLHIV currently receiving ART increased from 40.14 in 2017 to 46 percent in 2020. The country has made progress with the 90-90-90 programme which was introduced in July 2016. PLHIV who know their status increased from 62 percent in 2017 to 74.4 percent in 2020. HIV positive people receiving ART with viral suppression also increased from 51 percent in 2017 to 72.9 percent in 2020. 3.2.3 Food Systems Transformation and Nutrition Security Ghana was ranked 59th in the 2019 Global Hunger Index, the best ranked country in sub-Saharan Africa, with a score of 14.019, an improvement from the 2010 score of 18.320. Although Ghana has not experienced any major food insecurity crisis in the recent past there are pockets of hunger in parts of the country. Even though various food and nutrition security indicators have seen improvements over the years, including the prevalence of undernourishment from 7.7 percent in 2015 to 6.5 percent in 2018, 1.9 million Ghanaians were estimated to be undernourished21 between 2017 and 2019. The number of food insecure people increased from 2.1 million people (7.6%) between 2014 and 2016 to 2.5 million people (8.4%) between 2017 and 2019. The percentage of household expenditure on food has remained high in spite of a slight decline from 45.8 percent in 2012/13 to 45.4 percent in 2016/1722. Households with these high levels of consumption are more vulnerable to price shocks, leading to potential reductions in the quality or quantity of food consumed. Food Production, Storage and Distribution Sub-Systems: Ghana’s current food production, storage and distribution systems are not delivering on safety, equity, sustainability, and health. These systems are largely not nutrition-sensitive, environmentally-friendly and climate-smart, resulting in increasing food and nutrition insecurity and the destruction of important supporting and regulatory ecosystem services. Agricultural extension is also more focused on imported 19 Measurements of hunger are based on data on undernourishment, child wasting, child stunting and child mortality, each reflecting deficiency in calories as well as in micronutrients. A score of 0 indicates no hunger while 100 points to extreme hunger. 20 : K. von Grebmer, J. Bernstein, R. Mukerji, F. Patterson, M. Wiemers, R. Ní Chéilleachair, C. Foley, S. Gitter, K. Ekstrom, and H. Fritschel. 2019. 2019 Global Hunger Index: The Challenge of Hunger and Climate Change. Bonn: Welthungerhilfe; and Dublin: Concern Worldwide 21 http://www.fao.org/faostat/en/#country/81 22GLSS 6 and 7 58 seeds, fertilizers, pesticides, and there is over-reliance on imported poultry and meat. Currently, most interventions being promoted locally require significant science and technology input. There are limited opportunities in country for value addition and processing which have contributed to low production and high losses and wastage of fruits and vegetables. Figure 3.13: Percent Losses of Vegetables, Fruits and other Crops Source: FAO, Food Balance Sheets23 Figure 3.13 shows the percent losses of vegetables, fruit, cereal and pulses in Ghana in 2000 and 2017. Although the loss of vegetables increased in the period by 0.5 percentage points, there were no changes in the losses of fruits. There were also significant reductions in the losses of cereals and pulses. This is demonstrated by the relatively stable cereal production from 1.7 t/ha in 2013 to 1.9 t/ha in 2017, a 0.2 percentage change, against the declining vegetable production of 95 t/ha in 2015 to 66 t/ha in 2019. Poor knowledge of and limited post-harvest handling, inadequate storage equipment and techniques; unfavorable weather conditions; poor transport systems and high incidence of pest and diseases, among others contribute heavily to high food losses. Food losses affect the quantity and quality of food that is available for consumption and utilization and compromise gains in production that improve food security and nutrition outcomes. The prevalent trends in food price volatility, cost of production, consumption expenditure, storage, distribution and losses among others, which stems from a broad range of socio-economic factors, if not addressed will lead to an increase in food insecurity despite efforts to improve availability and utilization. Food Environment, Consumption and Utilization Ghana’s food environment is characterised by poor access to healthy, diverse, quality and nutrient rich food; inadequate food and nutrition education; increasing infant, adolescent and adult malnutrition and a declining rate of exclusive breastfeeding. Poor diets, which are of a consequence of poor food environments are a major health risk as they contribute to the or triple 23 http://www.fao.org/faostat/en/#data/FBS 59 burden of malnutrition (undernutrition, comprising stunting, wasting, micronutrient deficiencies, and overweight/obesity) in Ghana. The average dietary energy supply adequacy increased from 113 percent (2000-2002) to 132 percent (2017-2019). Ghanaians derive up to 66 percent of their energy requirement from cereals, roots and tubers with average protein supply declining from a peak of 66 grams per capita per day during the 2010-2012 period to 60.7 grams per capita per day during the 2015- 2017 period; showing a steep reduction in Ghana’s meal diversity and protein availability. In 2018, only 24 percent of children aged 6-23 months had a minimum diet diversity, below the West African and Global averages of 25 and 29 percent respectively. Similarly, only 43 percent of children 6-23 months had an acceptable meal frequency, while 13 percent had a minimum acceptable diet. Over half (51%) of children (6-23 months) consumed no vegetable or fruit24. The nutrition challenges outlined above are largely driven by inadequate access to nutritious, safe, and healthy foods, but also exposure to unhealthy food environments. Unhealthy food environments, particularly the greater availability of, and access to heavily marketed ultra- processed food products, especially sugar-sweetened beverages. Outdoor food advertising and provisioning assessments done in urban Ghana reported widespread marketing, and availability of obesogenic food/beverages - consistent with an advanced stage of nutrition transition. Households frequently consume foods with high content of added sugar & sodium (70%), salted dried fish (36%), and foods processed with salt (84%), sugar-sweetened non-alcoholic beverages and foods high in calories. There is low frequency of consumption of fruits or vegetables (about 3x per week) with rural areas consuming less fruits and vegetables and processed foods. A recent assessment of implementation of relevant policies in Ghana showed that, while restricting the marketing of breast milk substitutes is optimally implemented, current government action on food prices (e.g., taxes and subsidies), food retail, food provision, and food composition policies (e.g., product reformulations, regulating levels of salt/sodium policies targets, saturated fatty acids and trans-fats) and those restricting unhealthy food promotion to children were assessed as weak. Over the past few years, cases of poor food safety and hygiene practices, food adulteration and contamination, environmental sanitation and cleanliness of food outlets/home surroundings have come to the fore with institutions like the FDA and the various MMDAs taking steps to 24 UNICEF State of the World’s Children (SOWC) 2019 60 protect the health of Ghanaians. There is also limited food fortification with essential nutrients. This has prompted the initiation of schemes and projects such as the OBAASIMA scheme. Malnutrition: Malnutrition which manifests in stunting, wasting and underweight in children contributes to about one-third of deaths in children under-five years. According to MICS 2017/18, stunting was prevalent in 17.5 percent of children under-five and 6.8 percent of children were found to be too thin for their heights (wasted). Again, an estimated 12.6 percent of children under-five were identified as being underweight. There are significant regional variations with the Northern (29%), Volta (21%) Central (18%) and Upper East (18%) being the worst affected regions. Males are generally more likely to be stunted, and rural areas have a higher stunting prevalence. Wasting and Underweight: The levels of wasting25 showed a consistent decline from 8.5 percent from 200826 to 4.7 percent in 201427 but increased to 6.8 percent in 2017/1828. In the 2017/18 MICS, an estimated 12.6 percent of children under-five were identified as being underweight; there has however been a 47.8 percent decline in the prevalence of underweight from 1998. Recent estimates indicate more females are underweight than males, while those in rural areas are more likely to be underweight. The improvement in the prevalence of wasting among under-five has been mixed and minimal over the last 20 years. The Northern region has seen a reduction in the rates of underweight from 38.1 percent in 1998 to 20 percent in 2017/18; however, the region remains the most affected. Brong-Ahafo recorded the greatest improvement of 76 percent over the 20-year period. Within the same period, Eastern and Upper East regions also recorded improvements of 65 percent and 62 percent respectively. Low Birth Weight: About 80 percent of neonatal deaths occur in low-birth-weight new-borns. Children born with low birth weight are also more likely to be malnourished and develop a host of other negative health outcomes. The 2011 MICS revealed that 10.7 percent of all children had low birthweights; this however decreased to 9.5 percent in 201427 (DHS). Figure 3.14: Combined Underweight Trends in Ghana (1998-2017/18) 25 Wasting is defined as low weight-for-height. It often indicates recent and severe weight loss, although it can also persist for a long time. It usually occurs when a person has not had food of adequate quality and quantity and/or they have had frequent or prolonged illnesses. 26 GDHS 27 Ghana 2014 Demographic and Health Survey 28 2017/18 Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS) 61 Source: Based on GSS, DHS (1998, 2003, 2008, 2014) and MICS (2006, 2011, 2017/18) Exclusive Breastfeeding: Evidence shows that exclusive breastfeeding for six months, is the best way of providing ideal food for the healthy growth and development of infants as it reduces infant mortality and hastens quicker recovery during illness. There has been a steady decline in the number of infants exclusively breastfed since 2003, with 2008 having the most favourable rate of 62.8 percent. In 201429, this dropped to 52.3 percent, deteriorating further to 42.9 percent in 201730. Similarly, only 41.5 percent of children were breastfed until the age of two. Micronutrient Deficiencies (Anaemia, Vitamin A Deficiency): Anaemia among children aged 6- 59 months declined from 65.7 percent in 2014 to 35 percent in 201731, with severe and moderate cases accounting for 0.7 percent and 17 percent respectively. The most affected are the 12-23 months’ age group (46.1%), males (38.4%), rural dwellers (42.1%), and those in the northern belt (53.2%). The prevalence of Anaemia in non-pregnant women was 21.7 percent compared to 42 percent of pregnant women, the latter meeting WHO’s classification of a severe public health problem. Pregnant women within the 20-39 year group who live in rural areas (42.5%), the Southern Belt (50.8%) had the highest prevalence of anaemia. Anaemia in non-pregnant women was, however, most prevalent among the 15-19 age group (26.4%), rural dwellers (21.8%), Northern Belt (27.6%) and women who never attended school (24.3%). In 2019 only 1.5 percent of non-pregnant women were Vitamin A deficient32. The most affected age group was the 25-29-year-olds (4.7%), followed by rural dwellers (1.9%) and those in the northern belt. A large proportion of pregnant women (63.9%) did not take Vitamin A capsules after their last delivery, while only 50 percent of children under-five received Vitamin A 29 GDHS 30 MICS 31 Ghana Micronutrient Survey, 2017, UG, Accra 32 Anemia, micronutrient deficiencies, malaria, hemoglobinopathies and malnutrition in young children and non-pregnant women in Ghana: Findings from a national survey 62 supplementation33. Salt iodisation is the main intervention for addressing iodine deficiency, however, only 68.9 percent of households adequately made use of iodised salt. Overweight: Overweight and obesity have rapidly emerged as major health issues, increasing the risk of non-communicable diseases in Ghana. In 2017, the MICS revealed that 1.4 percent of children (6-59 months) were overweight. This is an improvement over the 2010 performance of 2 percent. Food and Nutrition Security Governance: Efforts made to integrate food systems transformation and nutrition security into the development planning process and to establish an information management system to provide administrative data saw increased sector responses to food systems and nutrition policy objectives in education, social protection and agriculture. There is however inadequate mainstreaming of nutrition into universal health coverage. Although the medium-term saw the enactment and revision of laws on fortification of products such as salt and wheat and regulations on the marketing of breast milk substitutes, there are still significant challenges in the enforcement of these legislations/regulations. Food safety is still a major concern as the prevalence of “bush canteens”34 and poor sanitary conditions in numerous culinary outlets pose significant risks to public health. In order to ensure adherence to the highest standards of food safety, the National Food Safety Policy was finalised in 2020. Food systems and nutrition security governance remains inadequate in spite of improved efforts at strengthening the institutional framework for intersectoral coordination and monitoring and evaluation. There is inadequate capacity for food systems transformation and nutrition-specific and sensitive planning and programming at all levels. Tracking of nutrition budget allocations and expenditures showed marked increases in nutrition-sensitive funding over the medium term depicting a slight increase in government commitment. Funding is, nevertheless, still inadequate. 3.2.4 Population Management and Migration for Development Population Management: Ghana’s population increased from 6,726,815 in 1960 to 24,658,823 in 2010. The provisional report of the 2021 census show an increase in population to about 30.8 million with an annual growth rate of 2.1 percent. The urban population accounts for 57.3 percent in 2020. Rapid urbanization presents challenges to national development, especially overstretching of facilities and increasing number of slums in urban areas. 33 UNICEF (2019). The State of the World’s Children 2019. Children, Food and Nutrition: Growing well in a changing world. UNICEF, New York 34 Local traditional restaurants or table-top food joints that serve local and foreign delicacies 63 Female population accounted for 50.7 percent in 2021. The age structure of the population is youthful, with persons under 15 years representing 38.3 percent, 15 to 64 years representing 57 percent and those aged 65 and over, representing 4.7 percent (GSS, 2014). Population change is caused by the interplay of fertility, mortality, and migration. There has been a decrease in both fertility and mortality rates, just like the rest of the world, although they remain high in Ghana. Fertility: Fertility rates are affected by socio-cultural factors: age at first marriage, unmet need of sexual and reproductive health services, education, religious beliefs, and traditional practices. Total fertility rate reduced from 4.6 in 2007 to 3.9 in 201735. Notwithstanding the decrease in the national figure, rural Ghana recorded a higher fertility rate of 5.7 children than the urban areas (3.3 children). Migration for Development Emigration: The Migration Profile (2009) indicates that the education sector lost more than 60 percent of faculty positions at Polytechnics and 40 percent at Public Universities through emigration. An estimated 56 per cent of doctors and 24 percent of nurses trained in Ghana were reported in the National Migration Policy to be working abroad. The massive emigration of health sector workers has however declined over the past decade. According to the Migration Profile (2019), Africa hosted 49 percent of the total number of Ghanaian emigrants than other regions for the years 2010, 2015, 2017 and 2019, reflecting a history of mobility of Ghanaians within the subregion, while Europe and North America hosted 29 percent and 20 percent respectively. The volume of Ghanaians seeking asylum abroad fluctuated yearly from 2012 to 2018 to reach 5,635.9. This was a sharp drop from the 17,503 recorded in 2017. There has also been a downtrend in the number of Ghanaian refugees abroad from 2012 to the end of 2018 (from 24,298 to 18,036). Immigration: According to the 2010 census report, there were 398,585 immigrants in the country. Males dominated the immigrant population, representing up to 54.5 percent with a youthful migrant population of about 45 percent aged 15-29 years. About 93 percent of the immigrant population was within the economically active age group of 15-64 years. Migrants from ECOWAS member states form about 63 percent of Ghana’s migrant population36. In 2018, GIS recorded the entry of 956,372 persons into Ghana; 971,861 was recorded in 2017 and 932,579 in 2016. After Ghanaians, Nigerians (82,648) were the largest group entering Ghana, followed by Americans (78,144) and British nationals (49,085). In 2018, GIS issued a total of 166,078 permits to foreigners, a 16.5 per cent increase from the 137,873 issued in 2017. The categories of permits issued included re-entry, residence, work, diplomatic and emergency/transit visa. 35 GMHS, 2017 36 Ghana Statistical Service. (2013). The 2010 population and housing census: National analytical report. Accra, Ghana: Author. 64 Internal Migration: Internally, about 40 percent of the population were migrants in 201737. By region, Greater Accra received the highest (54.5%) with Upper West receiving the least (21.6%). Internal migration is reported to be highest among females (42.9%) than males (36.9%)38. The push factors for rural-urban migration include poverty, unemployment, education, marital/family reasons, food insecurities, environmental conditions, dehumanizing traditions and cultural practices, and ethnic/communal violence. This movement has resulted in rapid urbanization, pressure on infrastructure and the proliferation of informal settlements in urban centres39. Irregular Migration and Human Trafficking: Irregular migration is high among the youth who usually embark on perilous journeys both on land and sea to Europe and the Gulf States. Some are drowned at sea, ambushed on the desert, detained, and exploited in transit and destination countries. Children are trafficked and subjected to forced labour, while some adults recruited to other West African countries and the Middle East are exploited sexually and financially40. From 2017 to 2020, a total of 1,917 rescued trafficked victims (of which 1,427 were Ghanaians) were recorded with 48.9 percent males and 51.1 percent females. About 52 percent of the total cases were children with the remaining being adults. For the type of exploitation, 7.9 percent were sexual in nature and 92.1 percent were labour related. Over the same period, a total of 419 cases were investigated and 78 were prosecuted41. Migration Governance: Ghana has committed to the implementation of population and migration-related protocols. This includes the International Conference on Population and Development and the Addis Ababa Declaration on Population and Development (ICPD+25/(AADPD+5), and the Global Compact for Migration (GCM). Over the medium-term, the government formulated the Labour Migration and Diaspora Engagement Policies to leverage migration for sustainable development. The process of establishing a National Migration Commission, an apex body for coordinating migration management in Ghana also commenced. The National migration data management strategy is being implemented to ensure migration data availability and reliability for evidence-based decision-making. Mainstreaming of Migration into District Development Plans was initiated with the development and launch of a Migration Mainstreaming Toolkit. 37 GLSSS 7 38 GLSS 7 39 National Health Policy (2020) 40 IOM Ghana Mission Review, 2020 41 Human Trafficking Unit, MOGCSP (2017-2020) 65 Return, Re-admission, and Re-integration: Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for (i) Re- integration of Returnees in Ghana and (ii) for Combatting Human Trafficking in Ghana and Trafficking in Persons Information System (TIPIS) were developed and launched in 2018. The International Organisation for Migration (IOM) and Government of Ghana, through the Assisted Voluntary Return and Re-integration (AVRR) Programme assisted the return and reintegration of a total of 535 Ghanaians (92.9% men and 7.1% women) were assisted to return to Ghana from Libya (71%) and Niger; and 118 Ghanaians (85.6% men and 14.4% women) from various European countries. Three victims of trafficking (women) were assisted to return to the Philippines (1) and Thailand (2)42. Fifty survivors of child trafficking were assisted with reintegration support, that is, educational, vocational training, microbusiness loans (for parents) and food and medical packages. A shelter for child victims of trafficking was renovated. A project for the prevention of sex trafficking and protection of adult victims was rolled out in 2018 in line with the National Plan of Action for the Elimination of Human Trafficking in Ghana (2017-2021), in addition to the ongoing counter-trafficking project focused on the prevention of child trafficking. Remittances: The share of remittances to GDP increased from 3.9 percent in 2018 to 5.1 percent and 5.4 percent in 2019 and 2020 respectively43. Private inward remittances (net) increased from US$3.39 billion in 2019 to US$3.56 billion in 2020. The high cost of remittance transfers has been identified as a challenge to remittance flows in Ghana. The African Institute for Remittances (AIR) under the African Union has initiated work in the bid to reduce the cost of remittance transfers to and within Africa. Bank of Ghana benefitted from the Technical Assistance Programme by AIR to improve remittance data compilation methods as well as the legal and regulatory frameworks on remittances44. 3.2.5 Reducing Poverty and Inequality Worsening inequality and high levels of poverty impede the rate of a country’s socio-economic development. Over the medium term, government continued its agenda to reduce poverty in all its forms and dimensions; and minimise inequality across socio-economic groups and geographical areas. Monetary and multidimensional poverty: Extreme poverty declined from 37 percent in 1991/92 to 16.5 percent in 2005/06, and further reduced to 8.4 percent in 2012/13 and 8.2 percent in 42 IOM Ghana Annual Report, 2018 43 2021 Budget 44 Progress Report on the African Institute for Remittances, 2018 66 2016/17. Upper poverty also declined from 51.7 percent in 1991/92 to 24.2 percent in 2012/13 and 23.4 percent in 2016/17 (Figure 3.15). However, the rate of poverty reduction has been slow since 2012/13. The level of poverty based on the upper poverty line declined at a rate of 2.74 percent per annum between 1991/92 and 2005/06 compared to a rate of 0.83 percent between 2012/13 and 2016/17. Figure 3.15: Upper Poverty, 1991/92, 2005/06, 2012/13, 2016/17 (%) Source: Ghana Statistical Service, Poverty Trends in Ghana, 2018 Despite the general reduction in monetary poverty, evidence shows that multidimensional poverty45 is considerably higher. Data from GSS indicate that 45.6 percent of Ghanaians were multidimensionally poor in 2016/17. The intensity of poverty is reported to be 51.7 percent, signaling a significantly higher deprivation among the poor population. Much of the deprivation is due to lack of health insurance coverage, undernutrition, school lag46 and lack of educational qualification. About 82.3 percent of the monetary poor are also multidimensionally poor. Poverty is consistently higher in rural than urban areas, as well as the northern belt than the middle and southern belts of the country. Multidimensional poverty rates for rural populations was found to be 64.6 percent compared to 27.0 percent for the urban in 2016/17. Across regions, the incidence of multidimensional poverty is reported to be highest in Northern region (80.8%), Upper East (68.0%) and Upper West (65.5%) in 2016/17 while Greater Accra, Ashanti and Eastern regions registered the least incidences of 22.5 percent, 31.1 percent and 44.0 percent respectively in the same period. The incidence of poverty differs across different groups of employment status. It is lowest among households headed by retirees and public employees but highest for those headed by agricultural self-employed persons and the unemployed (Figure 3.16). 45 Multidimensional Poverty Report, 2020. 46 The school lag variable captures pupils who are two or more years behind the grade they should be in, based on their age. 67 Figure 3.16: Poverty incidence, by employment status of household heads, (upper poverty line of GH₵ 1,314), 2005-2017 (%) Sources: GSS, GLSS 7: Poverty Trends in Ghana, 2018 Inequality: Income inequality as measured by Gini coefficient shows a widening and uneven income distribution from 37 percent in 1991/92 to 43 percent in 2016/2017. However, the rate of increase has slowed between 2005 and 2017. Income inequality is more prevalent in the rural areas reaching 41.8 percent in 2016/2017 than urban (37.9%). Rural inequality has been increasing steadily since the 1990’s compared to the urban. The northern belt experiences higher inequality than the middle and southern belts, with Greater Accra and Eastern regions reporting the least incidence. In terms of socio-economic groups, inequality is highest among households headed by males than females. Inequality has been declining relatively faster for female headed households than male headed households since 2012/13. A similar situation of higher inequality is observed among households headed by agricultural self-employed, unemployed, and the economically in-active but least for households headed by public employees and non-farm self-employed. Income disparity is much pronounced among the uneducated groups but least for those with secondary and tertiary educational qualifications. 3.2.6 Water and Environmental Sanitation Access to basic and safely management drinking water services 68 According to 2021 Joint Monitoring Programme (JMP), there has been a general progress in access to at least basic drinking water47services (both basic and safely Access to at Least Basic Drinking Water Services managed drinking water services) from 80 percent in 2015 to 86 percent in 2020. On 91 96 the average there has been a 5 percentage 80 86 67 72 point increase at the national, rural and urban levels. Basic drinking water services which include access to improved drinking National Rural Urban water sources with a collection time of 30 JMP 2015 JMP 2020 minutes for a round trip declined from 47 percent in 2015 to 45 percent in 2020. On the other, the percentage of population Safely Managed Drinking Water with access to safely managed drinking 60 water service which refers to improved 52 41 sources that is accessible on premises, 33 available when needed and free from 11 16 faecal contaminations improved from 33 percent in 2015 to 41 percent in 2020. National Rural Urban Similar increase in percentage points were JMP 2015 JMP 2020 also recorded at the rural and urban level (see figure 3.20). Non-revenue water in urban areas declined to 50.52 percent in 2019 from 53.41 percent, and remained the same in 2020 (50.52%) and missing the target of 48% for 2020. Interventions implemented within the medium-term included a dedicated Pro-Poor Unit established in Ghana Water Company Limited (GWCL) to promote water services to low-income areas nationwide. In view of that, new service connections were provided to about 10,000 low-income households. Additionally, pipeline improvement works were completed, resulting in improved water supply service delivery to about 368,000 populations (equivalent to 74,000 households) in GAMA. Similar projects were implemented across the regions. Sanitation Services: The population with access to basic sanitation services48 according to 2021 JMP improved from 19 percent in 2015 to 24 percent in 2020. Population practicing open defecation in 2020 marginally declined from 19 percent in 2015 to 18 percent. In addition, 47 At least basic drinking water refers to both basic and safely managed drinking water services 48 Refers to access to improved toilet facilities that are not shared with other households 69 number of communities achieving open defecation-free status significantly increased from 21 percent to 81 percent. Safely managed sanitation services49 improved from 11 percent in 2015 to 13 percent in 2020 nationally, and (15%) in rural areas compared to (12%) in urban areas. The proportion of solid waste collected and properly disposed of in sanitary landfills in the five major cities (Accra, Tema, Kumasi, Takoradi, and Tamale) remained unchanged at 80 percent since 2018. Hygiene: The proportion of the population that practice basic hygiene including the use of hand washing facilities with soap and water slightly improved from 41 percent in 2015 (2021 JMP) to 42 percent in 2020. The proportion was higher in urban areas (47%) than in rural (35%). Despite the progress recorded in the sector, quality drinking water and safely managed sanitation services continue to lag behind national and international targets. The analysis shows that urban sanitation infrastructure has not kept pace with high population growth rate and expansion of cities. As a result, a considerable number of the population still lack access to safely managed, reliable and quality drinking water and sanitation services. Additionally, there is inadequate maintenance of water distribution facilities that has, among others, resulted in large distribution losses. 3.2.7 Child Protection and Development The medium-term objective was to ensure an effective child protection and family welfare system and the rights and entitlements of children. The Child Protection and Family Welfare Policy Environment: A National Child Protection Toolkit was developed in 2018 and deployed to 1,300 communities across 100 districts and an Inter- Sectoral Standard Operating Procedures (ISSOP) to guide the delivery and referral of social welfare services for children across sectors. Other initiatives included the passage of the Adoption Regulation (L.I.2360) and Foster Care Regulations (L.I.2361) in 2018; the development and operationalization of the Foster Care Operational Manual in 2018; the development of the National Standards for Foster Care in Ghana in 2020; and the passage of the Cyber Security Act, 2020 (Act 1038) and the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 2020 (Act 1027). These achievements notwithstanding, weaknesses in implementation and policy gaps in areas such as child poverty, child abuse, child labour, exploitation and trafficking, streetism (including migrant street children), as well as outdated child related laws and policies continue to undermine the welfare of children. 49 Meets requirements of basic services and where excreta are safely disposed of in situ or removed and treated offsite 70 Coordination of the Child and Family Welfare System: The department of children recorded an increase in staff from 68 in 2018 to 98 in 2020. Targeted training of social, health and community development workers to improve service delivery for children had been carried out in 60 districts as at 2020. Coordinating mechanisms are currently being implemented to harmonise programming on child rights at all levels. Challenges impeding coordination of the child and family welfare system include inadequate resources, overlaps and duplication of institutional oversight and poor inter-sectoral coordination. Awareness creation and enforcement of laws and rights of children: Key achievements include sensitisation programmes on child rights, violence against children, responsible parenting, the Child and Family Welfare and the Justice for Children Policies were carried out during the medium-term: increased campaigns on child labour in cocoa growing areas, children with learning disabilities and inclusive education, and fosterage in Ghana; community engagements through the Ghanaians Against Child Abuse (GACA); establishment of a national child parliament; and child rights promotion and awareness creation through radio and television programmes which reached about five (5) million people. These achievements notwithstanding, there is still inadequate awareness and enforcement of regulations on child related policies and laws, persistent discrimination of children with disabilities and special needs and under-reporting and use of traditional grievance handling systems for child rights violations. Child Poverty: It is estimated that 7 in every 10 children (73.4 percent) are multidimensionally poor. Children under 5 suffer the highest form of deprivation (82.9%). Children are most deprived in sanitation, housing, learning and protection. Over the medium-term, an amount of two million Ghana Cedis was transferred to 60 MMDAs under the Integrated Social Services (ISS) Delivery System which was rolled out in 2020 to address key issues such as poverty and vulnerabilities among children. These MMDAs were reported as using the Inter-Sectoral Standard Operating Procedures (ISSOP) for Child Protection and Family Welfare. Nevertheless, there is inadequate coverage of integrated social services and social protection programmes for children. Currently, access for children 0-8 years and vulnerable children, including those with disabilities, to the ISS system is limited. The lack of a comprehensive information management system presents difficulties in targeting children with the needed interventions. 71 Child Welfare: In the medium-term, a database with 1,500 street children and head-porters (kayayei) was created. One hundred and Sixty-eight of these were enrolled in schools (including vocational schools) and others re-integrated with their families. The number of children benefiting from the Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty Programme increased from 449,440 in 2018 to 771,407 in 2020; and 3,632 children were placed in Residential Homes for Children (RCHs). Fostering, which has traditionally been a useful safety net and training avenue for children from underprivileged families, has been often abused and turned into an avenue for child labour and trafficking. Residential homes that were found to be in violation of set standards of operation were closed down or earmarked for closure. Regional Foster Care Placement Committees were set up and a number of parents were recruited, trained and licensed to foster children. A register was developed to place children in foster care. Despite these achievements, alternative family- based care services for underprivileged children remain inadequate. Early Childhood Care and Development (ECCD): An Early Childhood Care and Development (ECCD) Standards for children 0-3 years was developed in 2018. The Early Childhood Education (ECE) policy was launched in 2021. There is currently limited knowledge, data and research on ECCD issues, weak planning and enforcement systems and inter-sectoral coordination. Justice for Children: In 2019, various cases of child-related offences, including child trafficking (200), defilement and attempted defilement (1,297), early child marriage (4), child stealing (43), child non-maintenance (3,731) and exposure of child to danger (72) were recorded50. Interventions undertaken include institution of a comprehensive support mechanism for victims of domestic violence by the Domestic Violence and Victim Support Unit (DOVVSU); establishment of child friendly gender-based violence courts in all regional capitals; and the development of the probation desk manual which reflects new laws on children and juveniles for probation officers. Despite efforts made over the years to strengthen correctional institutions for child offenders, inadequate funding and other resources, including professionals to facilitate the reformation and reintegration of these children into society continues to impede progress. Child Labour: Recent MICS survey conducted in 2017 indicates that 27.9 percent of children aged 5-17 years are involved in child labour, with a higher prevalence among boys (28.3%) than girls (27.5%) and in rural (37.1%) than urban areas (15.8%). Greater Accra has the least incidence (7.6%) of child labour, with Northern (49.6%), Upper West (44%) and Upper East (36%) regions recording the highest. Interventions to address child labour issues included the establishment of Child Labour Free Zones (CLFZs); a strategy on Anti-Child Labour and Trafficking in Fisheries; and 50 2019 National Annual Progress Report 72 a template for reporting on child labour activities by implementing partners of the National Plan of Action for the Elimination of Worst Forms of Child Labour (NPA 2). Child Online Protection: The National Cyber Security Centre, which was established in 2018, embarked on public child online protection education and launched an Internet Watch Foundation Portal (IWFP) to censor and “take-down” child sexual abuse materials. A Child Protection and Digital Forensic Laboratory was established to investigate cases on child online abuses. An Incident Reporting Point of Contact (POC) was also launched to report cyber security issues. 3.2.8 Support for the Aged The total number of persons aged 60 years and above in Ghana was estimated at over 2 million (6.63%) in 2020.51 The African traditional family system provides a platform for mutual support and safety net. In Ghana, most aged are dependent on their families and communities for financial and psychosocial support. However, in recent years, Ghana’s traditional family support system has weakened, leaving the aged vulnerable and requiring external support. A National Ageing Policy was launched in 2010 with the aim of ensuring that the aged enjoy security and dignity. However, little progress has been made as a result of the absence of the National Council on Ageing as proposed in the policy to coordinate implementation. The NHIS premium exemption policy for the aged (70 years and above) has also been introduced to ensure access to healthcare. These ageing-related interventions however do not have adequate investments. The challenges of the aged include inadequate coverage of pensions; inadequate knowledge and understanding of ageing-related health issues leading to stigmatization, making them susceptible to social isolation and abuse. Other challenges are inadequate institutional care; high incidence of poverty; and limited access to health services for the aged in spite being exempted from paying NHIS premiums. These have necessitated aged care and assistance to reduce their neglect and rejection52. 3.2.9 Gender Equality The objectives of the medium term were to attain gender equality and equity in political, social and economic development systems and outcomes and promote economic empowerment of women. 51 Ghana Statistical Service, “2010 Population and Census, National Analytical Report”, 2013 52 Kpessa-Whyte, M., Tsekpo, K. Lived Experiences of the Elderly in Ghana: Analysis of Ageing Policies and Options for Reform. J Cross Cult Gerontol 35, 341–352 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10823-020-09401-z 73 Gender equality and equity in political, social and economic development systems: The persistent negative discriminatory socio-cultural, traditional belief systems and customary practices continue to breed early child marriage, female genital mutilation, operation of witch camps, sexual and gender-based violence. Ghana recorded 16,58653 domestic violence cases in 2020 which included 305, 13 and 24 cases of rape, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases respectively. During the medium-term, a Sexual Gender Based Violence (SGBV) Case Protocol and Codified Handbook was developed to guide DOVVSU and the Police Service in handling SGBV cases. Participation of women in public and political offices continues to be low at national and sub- national levels, with a decrease from 30 percent in 2017 to 20.3 percent in 2020. The Ghana National Action Plan on Women, Peace and Security (GHANAP II, 2020 - 2025) and Mentorship Programme for Girls’ Empowerment and Affirmative Action (Gender Equality) Bill were developed to enhance women’s participation in decision making. Economic empowerment of women: The female labour force participation rate (69.7%) is lower than male (72.3%). A larger proportion of females (9.2%) are unemployed compared to men (7.5%). More women (77.8%) than men (53.7%) are involved in vulnerable employment, that is, own-account workers and contributing family workers. On average, females receive lower earnings than males in all occupations54. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the large number of women in temporary employment were estimated to be among the most vulnerable as the risk of losing their jobs. 3.2.10 Sports and Recreation Globally, the sports industry is considered a major economic sector, creating jobs and incomes for a significant section of the population. It also creates a spirit of competitiveness and teamwork. Sports and recreation are intrinsically linked, and the promotion of recreation leads to a healthy society. Ghana continued to organise and participate in various local and global sporting events, both at competitive level and for cooperation purposes. In addition, sports infrastructure continued to be enhanced through the rehabilitation of the Robert Mensah Sports Stadium, the El-Wak Stadium, Aliu Mahama Sports Stadium and the Accra Sports Stadium, and the construction of Astro Turfs and Green Parks. In order to enhance football administration and financing, a new GFA President, Executive Council Members and Regional Football Association (RFA) Executives were elected. The National Sports Authority continued efforts towards the establishment of a Sports Fund, enactment of a Legislative Instrument (L.I) of the National Sports Act and the passage of the National Sports College Bill. 53 Ghana Police Service Annual Crime Statistics, 2020 54 Refer to the Employment and Decent Work focus area for details on gender earnings gap. 74 Despite these successes, challenges persist, including the neglect of lesser-known sports and limited attention to school sports which promotes health and career pathways; inadequate and poor facilities, encroachment on sporting and recreational land; low participation of vulnerable groups including PWDs, children and the aged; declining public interest in locally organised sports; inadequate gender equity and uneven investments in sports development. 3.2.11 Youth Development The youth constituted 9.7 million (34.2%) of Ghana’s total population in 2016/2017, comprising of 51.5 percent females and 49.5 percent males. Currently, an estimated 16.9 percent of the youth are unemployed, with a labour underutilisation rate of 42.0 percent55. The GLSS 7 report shows that unemployment rate is predominant among the youth with WASSCE, O’ level and A’ Level qualifications (19.7%), followed by those with tertiary qualifications (13.0%). Youth with no education recorded the lowest unemployment rate of 9.4 percent. In order to address the youth unemployment situation, government provided over 55,000 youths with employable skills and trained 1,597 out of school youth in soft skills including leadership. The number of jobs created under the Youth Enterprise Scheme, Nation Builders Corps and National Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programmes exceeded the target of 246,700 to 265,463 in 2020 as compared to 107,576 in 2019. The National Youth Policy (2010) was revised to prioritise investments in education, health and reproductive health, employment, and youth empowerment. Ten youth resource centres were constructed to provide the youth with spaces for engagement, and the Youth Development Index was developed to track the progress of youth empowerment in Government’s quest to harness the demographic dividend. In spite of these successes, the youth continue to face the challenges of underemployment; limited access to start-up capital; mismatch between skills and industry demand for labour; limited participation in political governance and decision making; and low interest in agribusiness. 3.2.12 Social Protection Ghana has been implementing various social protection interventions to address poverty and vulnerability among identified population groups. These include the National Health Insurance 55 GLSS, 2017. 75 Scheme56, Ghana School Feeding Programme (GSFP) and Livelihood Empowerment against Poverty Programme (LEAP). The total number of households that received bi-monthly cash grants through the LEAP programme increased from 332,200 in 2019 to 344,023 in 2020. Among the direct beneficiaries of the programme included orphans and vulnerable children (44.87%), the elderly (27.32%), persons with severe disability (16.97%) and infants and pregnant women with children under one year (10.8%). Females constituted 54.8 percent of the beneficiaries and males, 45.2 percent. Female-headed households constituted 60.7 percent of beneficiary households and male-headed households, 39.3 percent. In order to reduce the travel time of beneficiaries, 3,111 pay points were established in new LEAP communities in all 260 districts across the country in 2019. The LEAP Management Secretariat reviewed the LEAP operations manual and conducted field visits to eighty selected districts to monitor and evaluate beneficiaries’ adherence to co-responsibilities, linkages to complementary services and the impact of the programme on their lives. The Complimentary Livelihood Asset Support Scheme (CLASS), a component of the Ghana Productive Safety Net Project, was developed with productive and financial inclusion measures to provide sustainable income earning opportunities for beneficiaries. In addition, under the ‘Integrated Decentralised Social Services in Collaboration’ project, a total of 136,748 LEAP beneficiaries were registered onto the NHIS in 2019, increasing the enrollment of indigents, including Kayayei, inmates of psychiatric homes and prisons, GSFP beneficiaries and PWDs onto the NHIS. Over the medium term, government continued with the development of the Ghana National Household Registry (GNHR)57 to improve targeting of social interventions. As at 2021, the register for five regions, namely, Upper East, Upper West, Savannah, Northern and North East were completed and are available for use. In spite of the achievements, structures for coordinating social protection programmes at the sub-national levels (regional, district and community) are inadequate. Funding for the implementation of social protection interventions and coverage of vulnerable populations, including those outside of households, for many social protection initiatives is inadequate. The limited national targeting mechanism (including the delay in completing the Ghana National 56 Refer to the Health and Health Services focus area for details on the NHIS 57 The objective of the GNHR is to create a Single National Household Register from which all social protection programmes in Ghana will select their beneficiaries. 76 Household Registration exercise) poses a challenge to expanding coverage of interventions. There is also weak monitoring and evaluation of social protection for formal sector workers. Pensions Pension plans for the aged are inadequate as more attention was given to formal sector workers as against the large population of workers in the informal sector. In 2019, a total of 214,800 persons received pension payments under the Social Security and National Insurance Trust (SSNIT). As of 2019, 31 informal sector pension schemes had been established. Informal sector workers are now able to contribute to Tier 3 of Ghana’s Pension scheme through the Provident Fund and other private pension schemes. The number of informal workers contributing towards their pensions increased from 148,000 in 2017 to 315,890 in 2020. Some of the challenges affecting pensions include low pensions paid to some beneficiaries as a result of low declared salaries which exclude allowances on which contributions are paid and inadequate awareness and low coverage of informal sector pension schemes. 3.2.13 Disability-Inclusive Development Over the medium term, government embarked on various activities geared towards promoting full participation of persons with disabilities (PWDs) in social and economic development, politics, electoral democracy and governance, and enjoyment of all the benefits of Ghanaian citizenship. Economic Empowerment: In 2019, government provided financial support totaling GH¢4 million to a number of entrepreneurs with disabilities to expand their businesses. In addition, District Assemblies were reported to be complying with the directive of disbursing 3 percent of their District Assembly Common Fund (DACF) to PWDs. The National Commission on Persons with Disability (NCPD) monitored compliance with the guidelines for disbursement to ensure that the amounts are adequate for sustaining the livelihoods of PWDs. In 2020, District Assemblies were reported to have complied with the directive with a total amount of GH¢ 9,381,197.00 disbursed, representing 11.2 percent increase over the 2019 disbursement of GH¢62,382,798.00. Access to Assistive Devices: There is limited supply of assistive devices and facilities for different categories of PWDs. Key among them are hearing aids, braille displays, universally designed vehicles, parking places, driving license, port terminals, accessible ICT services and illustrators. Over the medium-term, some students with disabilities in selected tertiary institutions were provided assistive technology-enabled devices and training under the Ghana Investment Fund for Electronic Communications. Participation in Decision-making and Electoral Democracy: Participation of PWDs in decision making, measured by their representation in public life is low. As of 2020, only 32 PWDs were Assembly Members of MMDAs and 4 occupied the positions of Minister of State, Chief Executive of a Public Institution, Chief Executive of an MMDA and Leader of a major political party. In the 77 medium term, government embarked on an affirmative action to include PWDs in local government through a directive for the appointment of at least one PWD in all assemblies of MMDAs. Persons with Disabilities face various limitations in accessing their right to effectively and fully participate in electoral democracy. This is due, in part, to inadequate disability-friendly voting procedures, facilities and materials. Policy environment and Coordination of Disability Issues: The process of amending the Disability Act 2006, (Act 715), 2020, to include important provisions of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) was continued. Provision has been made in the Disability Amendment Bill to establish a Disability Fund. There is limited disaggregated data on PWDs for the formulation, implementation (including targeting) and monitoring and evaluation of policies and plans. The National Council for Persons with Disabilities (NCPD) is resource constrained, including finance and human resource, to carry out its mandate. There is also inadequate budgetary allocations to sectors to ensure the provision of inclusive services and special provisions for PWDs. As part of efforts to promote coordination of PWDs, an Inter-Ministerial Coordinating Committee on decentralisation and the Office of the Head of Local Government Service have been charged to ensure that disability issues are mainstreamed into MMDAs’ budgets. Discrimination: PWDs continue to suffer stigmatisation, abuse and discrimination as a result of limited understanding of disability issues and inadequate knowledge of the rights of PWDs. This discrimination is reflected in various aspects of their lives, in the form of non-recognition and support of their specific cultural and linguistic identity, including sign languages and deaf culture; interference in their privacy; inadequate standard of living and differential living conditions; inhuman or degrading treatment; abuse; exploitation; violence and discriminatory beliefs and systems58, which have contributed to low self-esteem and confidence among PWDs. Health and Reproductive Health: Persons with disabilities have the right to the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of health without discrimination on the basis of disability. There is currently limited access (including availability, nearness and physical access) to health services for PWDs and the peculiar needs of women with disabilities and deaf women are not adequately catered for. Specific health services, including those for early identification and intervention and minimising and preventing further disabilities, especially among children and older persons is 58 For instance, the section of the marriage registration requirements that a couple should be of ‘sound mind’ discriminates against persons with psychosocial or intellectual disabilities. Furthermore, there are cultural and societal beliefs that men with disabilities should marry women with disabilities and there is a degree of suppression of the rights of PWDs to decide freely and responsibly on the number and spacing of their children. 78 weak. Furthermore, emergency medical preparedness and response services are not adequately responsive to PWDs. Although rehabilitation centres have been provided across, the services they provide are inadequate, especially for health-related rehabilitation of persons who acquire disability in the course of life. There is high unmet need of women and girls with disabilities for sexual and reproductive health services as well as limited access to age-appropriate information and commodities on reproductive health and family planning. Education: Persons with Disabilities are entitled to free inclusive education and special schools, education of children with multiple disabilities, non-discrimination in educational services, appropriate facilities and equipment in educational institutions and appropriate training for basic school graduates. However, there is currently inadequate and inequitable access to and support for inclusive education, special education and special teaching and learning aids for PWDs and people with special needs at all levels. Infrastructure: Persons with Disabilities continue to have limited access to public and private buildings due to weak implementation of the Ghana Accessibility Standards on the Built Environment. They are unable to participate on an equal basis with others in recreational, leisure and sporting activities partly due to inadequate provision of appropriate instruction, training and resources and inaccessibility of sporting, recreational and tourism venues. Employment: The unemployment rate among PWDs remain high due in part to negative perceptions about PWDs’ employability and inadequate and inappropriate training of some PWDs. There are only a few rehabilitation centres, services and programmes available to facilitate effective social integration into community life, work and education after the onset of disability. Over the medium term, the manning of 50 percent of all toll booths in the country was allocated to PWDs and an Employment Equity Policy for PWDs is being drafted to harness productivity from PWDs. 3.2.14 Employment and Decent Work Job Creation by Government: The number of jobs created by MDAs59 initially decreased from 242,461 in 2017 to 174,282 in 2018 but later increased to 361,963 in 2019. The total number of jobs created through government interventions decreased from 1,273,681 in 2017 to 1,098,790 in 2018 but increased to 1,252,518 in 201960. Different forms of work engaged by the Ghanaian population: According to GLSS 7, about three- quarters (70.7%) of the population aged 15 years and older were engaged in some form of work 59 This excludes employment figures from the Ministry of Tourism and Creative Arts Development. 60 MELR 2019 Annual Progress Report 79 in 2016/17. Majority (65.0%) of the population work for pay or profit, 3.3 percent work for their own final usage, and 1.8 percent work without pay to acquire experience or skills. Voluntary work which provides a platform for people to contribute to community and national development, social inclusion and integration accounted for just 0.6 percent of the working age population. There are work disparities among gender, locations, and regions. A higher proportion of males than females, and rural than urban workers work for pay or profit. Volta Region (73.4%) is characterized by a greater proportion of persons working for pay or profit, with Upper West Region reporting the least (50.8%). A large fraction of people in Greater Accra (36.1%) followed by Ashanti region (33.5%) are not engaged in any form of economic activity. Informality and employment status: Ghana’s labour market is dominated by informality61. In 2016/17, about 71.3 percent of total employment was in the informal sector. Informality is higher among males and in rural areas. The Ashanti (26.3%) and Greater Accra (23.8%) regions alone account for about 50.1 percent of total informal workers. Informality is more associated with the young population, with those in the age cohort 20 to 39 years accounting for almost two-thirds (66.7%) of total informal workers. Currently, 65 percent of the population aged 15 years and older are employed. However, a greater proportion (66.2%) of workers are engaged in vulnerable employment, of which own- account and contributing family workers contribute 49.2 percent and 17.0 percent respectively. Females and rural workers dominate vulnerable employment and are underrepresented in paid and skilled employment. The northern belt of Ghana is characterized by low paid employment. A higher proportion of workers in Greater Accra (46.5%) and Ashanti (36.1%) regions are engaged in paid employment with the Northern Region (12.3%) reporting the least. Labour underutilization: Unemployment and underemployment: Overall, the unemployment rate has more than doubled since the early 1990s, increasing from 3.6 percent in 1991/92 to 8.4 percent in 2016/17 (Figure 3.19). Similar to unemployment, time-related underemployment increased from 10 percent in 1991/92 to 21.4 percent in 2016/17. Inadequate decent employment and earning opportunities compel some persons to seek for “survival jobs” which are mostly characterized by insecurity, insufficient working hours and compensation, and low skills. 61 Engagement in informality refers to persons who, in the reference period, were either employed in informal sector enterprises (Informal sector employment) or employed in informal jobs (Informal employment). From GLSS 7 Main Report, 2019 80 Labour underutilization varies across gender, age, location and region. Unemployment is substantially worse among the youth, female and urban populations. By region, unemployment is found to be highest in Greater Accra followed by Ashanti but least in Upper East. On the other hand, underemployment is largest among females, rural areas, Northern and Central regions. Figure 3.19: Unemployment rate, by location, 1991/92, 2005/06, 2012/13, 2016/17 (%) 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 Urban Rural National Urban Rural National Urban Rural National Urban Rural National 1991/92 2005/06 2012/13 2016/2017 Source: GLSS 3, 5, 6 and 7 Main Reports, 1995, 2008, 2014, 2019 Gender earnings gap: Gender earning disparities persist in Ghana’s labour market, with females reporting relatively low average cash earnings in both skilled and unskilled occupations. The average monthly cash earning of females (GH₵654) was estimated to be about two-thirds of what their male counterparts received in 2016/17 (Table 3.8). Table 3.8: Average monthly cash earnings of paid employees 15 years and older, by main occupation and sex, 2016/17 (Ghana Cedi, GH₵) Occupation Male Female Both sexes Legislators/managers 1,891 1,649 1,822 Professionals 1,171 912 1,063 Technicians and associate professionals 1,290 961 1,191 Clerical support workers 902 709 823 Service/sales workers 779 432 618 Agricultural/fishery workers 1,052 805 1,000 Craft and related trades workers 1,071 340 938 Plant machine operators and assemblers 1,039 546 1,017 Elementary occupations 736 332 577 Other occupations 2,375 - 2,375 Total 1,053 654 928 Source: GLSS 7 Main Report, 2019 Employment of Migrants The GLSS 7 report shows that over 20 percent of the migrant population in Ghana migrated due Employment of Migrants: The GLSS 7 report shows that over 20 percent of the migrant population in Ghana migrated for employment purposes including job transfers and searches 81 among others. The proportion of the population who migrated for employment purposes is higher in rural (33.0 percent) than urban localities (29.1 percent). More than half (51.0 percent) of migrants aged 15 years and older in Ghana are self-employed, and about one third (34.6 percent) are employed by the private sector. The government sector employs 8.4 percent of migrants. By occupation, a larger proportion of migrant workers is engaged in services and sales (37.4 percent), and agricultural, forestry and fisheries (32.7percent). Migrants incur varied recruitment expenses prior to securing jobs. The recent report of Recruitment Cost Pilot Survey (RCPS) by the Ghana Statistical Service (2020) highlights a significantly higher recruitment cost among Ghanaian workers abroad. There are also concerns of irregular labour migrants and conflicts between Ghanaian business owners and foreigners in some trading activities. 3.3 SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES Key issues requiring attention during the medium term per focus area include: 3.3.1 Education and Training Geographical disparities in access to quality education at all levels; poor learning outcomes at all levels of education; gender disparities at senior high school and tertiary levels; high teacher attrition and absenteeism rates; inadequate school infrastructure; low participation of females in learning of science, technology, engineering and mathematics; inadequate and inequitable access to education for PWDs and people with special needs at all levels; high dropout rate for both adolescent boys and girls; unsupportive school environment to facilitate re-entry into school; inadequate funding for education and inadequate information on lifelong learning opportunities for non-literate youth and adult. 3.3.2 Health and Health Services Gaps in access to health infrastructure and services; inadequate emergency services; poor quality of healthcare services; unmet need for mental health services; increased cost of healthcare delivery; limited financing of the health sector; inaccessible health facilities to persons with disabilities; limited supply of personal protective equipment; limited supply of assistive devices for PWDs; inadequate mental health facilities at regional and district level; inadequate resources (financial and manpower) for mental health delivery; increasing burden of NCDs on national expenditure; increased NCDs related deaths and high incidence of HIV and AIDS among young persons. 82 3.3.3 Food Systems Transformation and Nutrition Security Poor knowledge on agroecology and use of bad production practices; excessive fishing; weak enforcement of fishery laws; low biosecurity; high mortality of fish breeds; high cost of inputs, especially feed; high post-harvest losses; poor food storage techniques; inadequate efforts to manage food maintenance systems; limited food fortification, limited value-addition and processing; high costs of transporting food; rapid rise in the aggressive marketing and increase in the consumption of ultra-processed and convenience foods; inadequate mainstreaming of nutrition into the health sector; triple burden of malnutrition, rise in obesity and diet related NCDs; high levels of micro-nutrient deficiencies; inadequate governance of food systems and nutrition; weak nutrition-sensitive planning and programming; weak food systems and nutrition institutional framework and coordination; and weak M&E systems for food systems. 3.3.4 Population Management and Migration for Development Weak management of population issues; inadequate funding for population programmes and projects; untapped benefits of the youth bulge; poor implementation coordination, and inadequate funding for the civil registration and vital statistics system in Ghana; ; inadequate investments in young people high adolescent fertility rate; unmet needs for sexual and reproductive health services; inadequate financial support for family planning programmes; increased barriers to regular migration; poor coordination of remittances landscape in Ghana; low capacity of relevant migration management stakeholders and inadequate funding for National Migration Policy. 3.3.5 Reducing Poverty and Inequality Slow rate of decline in poverty across geographical areas and among different population groups; high incidence of multi-dimensional poverty and persistent income disparity across socio-economic groups and geographical areas (regions and ecological zones). 3.3.6 Water and Environmental Sanitation High default rate in payment of water bills; inadequate maintenance of facilities; high distribution losses; inadequate access to water services; poor attitude of citizenry towards environmental sanitation; high prevalence of open defecation; high user fee for sanitation services; poor sanitation and waste management; low level of investment in sanitation sector; limited sewerage coverage; and poor collection, treatment, and discharge of municipal and industrial waste water. 3.3.7 Child Protection and Development Policy gaps in addressing pertinent child protection issues (e.g. streetism, kayayei and online security); limited access to justice for children in conflict with the law; lack of child protection committees in local communities; prevalence of child abuse; increasing child rights violation; limited awareness on child rights and Development issues; inadequate alternative care services for children; inadequate coverage and targeting of social protection programmes for children; 83 institutional and structural deficiencies; weak information management of children’s issues and uncoordinated methods in adequately targeting children for social protection interventions. 3.3.8 Support for the Aged Limited opportunity for the aged to contribute to national development; inadequate care for the aged; low gender sensitivity in addressing the needs of the aged; abuse of the aged particularly women; chronic age-related health conditions; poor geriatric care and lack of coverage of population aged 60 - 69 in the exempt category of the NHIS. 3.3.9 Gender Equality Persistent negative discriminatory socio-cultural, traditional beliefs and customary practices; persistent sexual and gender-based violence; poor coordination of support services for Sexual- Based Gender Violence (SGBV) victims; low participation of women in public and political office; high unpaid care work (UCW) burden on women and girls; low labour earnings by females; limited access to land, credit and other productive resources by women; inadequate generation and use of gender statistics; inadequate coordination, monitoring and evaluation of gender mainstreaming and inadequate training and resources for Gender Desk Officers. 3.3.10 Sports and Recreation, leisure and cultural life Inadequate and poor recreational and sports infrastructure; insufficient maintenance of sporting and recreational facilities; encroachment on designated sports and recreational lands; inadequate disability, child- and aged-friendly sports facilities; weak capacity for sports development and management; low participation of persons with disability (Persons with disabilities) in sports; neglect of lesser-known sports and limited attention to school sports; weak institutions for marketing; inadequate and unbalanced investment in sports development; under-utilisation of economic potential of sports; weak public-private sector collaboration in sports development; limited mentorship in the sports sector and limited targeting of participation in international events by sports association. 3.3.11 Youth Development Untapped benefits of the youth bulge; inadequate investments in young people; high unemployment, underemployment and vulnerable employment among the youth; limited opportunities for youth involvement in national development; limited access to start-up capital and other productive resources; limited participation of the youth in politics and decision making; high incidence of violence and crime among the youth; limited respect for the rights of the youth; low patriotism and volunteerism among the youth and weak coordination of youth- related institutions and programmes. 3.3.12 Social Protection Inadequate and limited coverage of social protection programmes; limited national targeting mechanism for social protection; inadequate coordination of implementation of social protection interventions; low pension payments; inadequate awareness and low coverage of 84 informal sector pension schemes and weak monitoring and evaluation of social protection especially for the formal sector. 3.3.13 Disability in Inclusive Development Inadequate opportunities for persons with disabilities to develop and utilise their potential; limited access to quality inclusive education for PWDs; inadequate awareness of and implementation of the Ghana Accessibility Standards on the Built Environment; Inadequate access to, and protection of the rights and entitlements of PWDs; inadequate representation of PWDs in public and political leadership; inadequate coordination and enforcement of legislations on PWDs; and limited disaggregated data on PWDs for the formulation, implementation (including targeting) and monitoring and evaluation of policies and plans. 3.3.14 Employment and Decent Work Low levels of technical and vocational skills; inadequate entrepreneurial skills and business development services; inadequate opportunities for retraining, skills upgrade and innovation; mismatch between training/skills and the needs of the labour market; lack of objective national productivity measurement; inadequate data on job creation; weak cooperative regulatory systems and labour administration; increasing Irregular labour migration, high recruitment cost and low skilled jobs among migrants; substantial gender gaps in skilled jobs and earnings; inadequate policies to promote access and employment equity for persons with disabilities. 3.4 MEDIUM-TERM GOAL The medium-term goal of the government for social development is to create opportunities for all Ghanaians. 3.5 MEDIUM-TERM POLICY OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES 3.5.1 Education and Training The policy objectives of the medium-term are to enhance equitable access to, and participation in quality education; strengthen competency-based skill development in technical and vocational education; promote inclusive education; ensure a safe and supportive environment for re-entry of dropouts into school; promote equitable access to e-learning; strengthen school management systems; ensure sustainable financing of education; and promote literacy and life-long learning. Enhance inclusive and equitable access to, and participation in quality education at all levels: The strategies to be pursued include continuing implementation of free SHS to include TVET for all Ghanaian children; enhancing quality of teaching and learning environment at all levels; promoting the ‘right age enrolment’ in basic education and continuing the establishment of well-resourced and functional model senior high institutions in all districts. Others are: expediting the implementation of the Ghana Accountability for Learning Outcomes Project (GALOP); developing standards and national assessment test for foundational literacy and numeracy competencies at primary level; and accelerating the implementation of early childhood development policy on education. 85 Strengthen competency-based skill development in technical and vocational education: Strategies to be implemented include promoting the importance of TVET education; strengthening standardisation and coordination of existing public technical and vocational institutions; promoting students’ industrial attachment, coaching and mentoring programmes; and instituting a national tracer survey to evaluate the relevance of education and skills set in the labour market. Promote inclusive education: The strategies to achieve this policy objective include: ensuring inclusive education for PWDs and people with special educational needs; providing facilities in all learning centres to improve access for PWDs and people with special needs; ensuring the provision of support measures to learners with disabilities in environments that maximize academic and social development; recruiting more teachers and professional staff (including sign language interpreters and braille transcribers) at all levels of education; and enhancing scholarships for PWDs. Ensure a safe and supportive environment for the re-entry of dropouts into school: The strategies to pursue this policy objective include: facilitating the re-entry of dropout boys and girls including adolescent mothers back into school; strengthening partnerships and financing among NGOs and government in the re-entry of school dropouts; promoting and investing in a safe and supportive school/community environments for pregnant schoolgirls and young mothers; strengthening the delivery of counseling services in schools; and promoting social education and acceptance of re-entry policy among stakeholders in schools and communities. Promote equitable access to e-learning: Some strategies to be pursued are to ensure adequate and accessible infrastructure, tools and skills to facilitate e-learning and teaching; improve research and innovation on e-learning; promote dialogues and public engagement on e- learning; and ensure adequate provision of e-learning tools for persons with disabilities. Strengthen school management systems: Strategies to be pursued are to review and improve school management systems and protocols; continue implementation of the programme for teacher development, actualization and professionalization; ensure full implementation of decentralised management of education service delivery; implement reforms and strengthen education regulatory agencies; ensure adequate supply of teaching and learning materials; and promote quality EMIS data collection and use at community and district levels. Ensure sustainable financing for education: Measures to achieve this objective include exploring resource mobilisation for non-formal education at all levels; enhancing accountability for utilisation of earmarked education resources in tandem with regulations in the Public Financial Management Act, 2016 (Act 926); and ensuring the allocation of funds to implement the inclusive education policy. 86 Promote literacy and lifelong learning: Some selected strategies are to: strengthen inter- sectoral links to ensure lifelong learning opportunities for non-formal graduates; improve opportunities for non-literate youth and adults to have free access to meaningful quality education and training; promote the application of acquired functional skills of learners to create wealth and reduce poverty; sustain learning interest and literacy skills of neo-literates through the creation of a literate environment in the local language and in English; and increase access to school and public library facilities. 3.5.2 Health and Health Services The objectives of the medium-term are to ensure accessible and quality Universal Health Coverage for all; improve mental health administration and service delivery; strengthen healthcare delivery management system; reduce disability, morbidity and mortality; reduce non- communicable diseases; and reduce the incidence of new STIs, HIV and AIDS and other infections, especially among vulnerable groups. Ensure accessible and quality Universal Health Coverage (UHC) for all: The strategies to be implemented include: Accelerating equity-focused implementation of Community-based Health Planning and Services (CHPS) policy; building Planning and monitoring capacity among health sector workers; expanding, upgrading and equipping health facilities with private sector involvement; revamping emergency medical preparedness and response services across the country; strengthening capacity and develop partnerships for local production of pharmaceutical diagnostics, reagents and PPEs among others; strengthening health referral system; and strengthening the district and sub-district health systems as the bedrock of the national primary healthcare strategy (Agenda 111). Improve Mental Health Administration and Service Delivery: Measures to be implemented are accelerating implementation of the Mental Health Strategy; ensuring enactment and implementation of legislative Instrument for the Mental Health Act; and increasing public education and campaigns on mental health. Strengthen healthcare delivery management system: Strategies to achieve this objective include: enhancing efficiency in governance and management of the health system; strengthening and improving coverage and quality of healthcare data capturing system and research in both public and private sectors; formulating and implementing health sector capital investment policy and plan; Improve production, training and equitably distribution of various categories and mix of critical health staff; strengthening the capacity of health regulatory bodies to enforce medico-legal issues; finalising and implementing health sector decentralisation policy and strategy; and strengthening partnership with the private sector and community in provision of health services. Reduce disability, morbidity, and mortality: Strategies to be implemented include strengthening maternal, new-born care, child and adolescent services; strengthening 87 prevention and management of malaria cases; improving diagnosis, patient education, and counselling services for TB; scaling up community-based hypertension management project; intensifying and sustaining immunisation for all children under two; accelerating implementation of the national strategy for elimination of neglected tropical diseases and other diseases earmarked for elimination and formulating National Disability Health Strategy to ensure highest standard of health services to persons with disabilities. Reduce non-communicable diseases: Strategies to achieve the objective include implementing the non-communicable diseases (NCDs) control; reviewing and scaling up the Regenerative Health and Nutrition Programme (RHNP); increasing taxes on tobacco, alcohol, and other unhealthy food products; increasing health promotion to reduce poor health choices and exposure especially among vulnerable groups; strengthening implementation of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (WHO FCTC) and its protocols; implementing the WHO recommendations on the marketing of foods and non-alcoholic beverages to children; and accelerating the implementation of the global strategy on diet, physical activity, and health. Ensure reduction of new HIV, AIDS/STIs and other infections, especially among vulnerable groups: Strategies outlined to be implemented include expanding and intensifying HIV Counselling and Testing (HTC) programmes; intensifying comprehensive education on HIV/AIDS and STIs, including reduction of stigmatization; intensifying behavioural change strategies, especially for high-risk groups for HIV/AIDS and TB; Strengthening collaboration among HIV/AIDS, TB and sexual and reproductive health programmes; intensifying efforts to eliminate mother-to-child transmission of HIV (MTCTHIV); and improving access to antiretroviral therapy Support local production of antiretroviral therapy (ART) commodities. 3.5.3 Food Systems Transformation and Nutrition Security The medium-term objectives are to strengthen the food production sub-system including the agroecological and industrial food production systems; improve the food storage, preservation, and safety sub-system; promote food transformation; ensure food availability and accessibility; promote healthy and sustainable food environment and choices; promote nutrition specific and sensitive programmes and interventions; integrate nutrition into UHC; and improve food systems and nutrition governance. Strengthen the agriculture production sub-system including the agroecological and industrial food production systems: Strategies to achieve this objective are to apply science and technology to existing farming systems; formulate and pass bye-laws to promote secure access to agriculture land by women, youth and migrant farmers; expand the proportion of land area under irrigated agriculture; Promote seed and breed security; promote women’s leadership and empowerment in food systems and agriculture; establish a well-structured subsidy scheme on fisheries inputs and develop appropriate fisheries infrastructure across the country Improve the food storage, preservation and safety sub-system: Strategies to be implemented are to develop and promote appropriate and innovative post-harvest technologies and methods; 88 support small-scale farmers to reduce post-harvest losses; and identify and promote cost effective food storage and preservation technologies. Others are to institute measures to reduce food losses, waste and avoidance practices; establish effective food safety and security monitoring systems; and build resilience across the food system. Promote food transformation (processing and value-addition): Strategies to be implemented are to provide incentives to local processors who source their raw materials from smallholder farmers in rural areas; establish cottage industries for the processing and packaging of locally produced fruits and vegetables and other nutritious foods; expand and enforce food fortification laws and regulations; and stimulate local manufacturing and social marketing. Ensure food availability and accessibility: Strategies to be implemented include reforming the food distribution system; promoting farmers’ markets along major trunk roads and designated places; promoting public private partnership in cold chain systems; ensuring the development of sustainable food maintenance systems; and ensuring livelihood diversification in fishing communities. Promote healthy and sustainable food environment and choices: Strategies to achieve this objective include enhancing or reforming food composition, marketing, retail, labelling and fiscal policies and laws; regulating unhealthy food and beverage promotion, sponsorship, and advertisement; updating and consolidating local food composition databases; and establishing regular surveillance and monitoring of the food environment. Others include ensuring the formulation of a well-planned awareness creation and advocacy strategy; and developing and disseminating dietary guidelines. Promote nutrition specific and sensitive programmes and interventions: Strategies to achieve this objective include promoting the consumption of indigenous and traditional varieties of plant and animal source foods; sensitizing and educating the public on health benefits of farmed fish consumption; reducing infant and adult malnutrition; ensuring a strong and sustained environment and resources for breastfeeding promotion and protection; promoting healthy diets and lifestyles for all and strengthening early-warning and emergency preparedness systems and processes for food systems and nutrition security. Integrate nutrition into UHC: Strategies to be implemented include to scale up and strengthen integration and implementation of Essential Nutrition Actions (ENAs); strengthen and expand the Micronutrient Powder Initiative; and implement actions to strengthen routine vitamin A supplementation of children. Improve Food Systems and Nutrition Governance: Strategies to achieve this objective are to strengthen high-level political will and commitment; develop and implement a strategy and legal framework for food systems and nutrition governance; strengthen the Food Systems Transformation and Nutrition Security multi-sectoral platform; and institute sustainable mechanisms for funding food systems transformation and nutrition at all levels. Others are to 89 integrate sector information management systems; strengthen M&E and accountability systems; and strengthen partnerships for nutrition action. 3.5.4 Population Management and Migration for Development Policy objectives to be implemented in the medium-term are to improve population, civil registration and vital statistics management, maternal and adolescent reproductive health; harness the benefits of labour migration; harness the demographic dividend, and benefits of migration for socio-economic development; and promote good migration governance. Improve population, civil registration and vital statistics management: Strategies to be pursued include: Strengthening coordination, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of population policies and programmes; facilitate the establishment of strong and effective implementation, coordination and funding mechanisms for registration, integration and authentication of civil events and vital statistics; promoting the production, dissemination, and use of vital statistics from civil registration processes; strengthening reliable system for collection, compilation, analysis, disaggregation, and dissemination of relevant and timely demographic data; and providing adequate funding to deliver equitable, accessible, and timely registration services. Improve maternal and adolescent reproductive health: Strategies earmarked for implementation include: strengthening the integration of family planning education in adolescent reproductive healthcare services; providing adolescent corners at CHPS zones; eliminating child marriage; reducing teenage pregnancy; integrating culturally appropriate reproductive health education in curricula at all levels of education; increasing investment in family planning programmes at all levels; and improving quality of adolescent and youth friendly services. Harness the demographic dividend: Strategies to be pursued include deploying the Youth Development Index to promote advocacy for increased investment in youth development; strengthening research and modelling on harnessing the demographic dividend; creating linkages between the education system and the labour market; increasing investment in quality, skill-specific human resources; placing entrepreneurship skills development at the core of job creation; directing growth strategies towards employment intensive sectors such as agriculture and manufacturing; increasing technological skills of the youth to expand their economic resourcefulness; increasing entrepreneurial skills development for unemployed youth to reduce dependence on public sector for jobs; supporting the youth to create and sustain modern and climate-smart agribusiness and creating an investment culture among the youth to spur economic growth. Harness the benefits of migration for socioeconomic development: Strategies include: increasing sensitization on the dangers of irregular migration; promoting more avenues for regular migration, including its management; promoting initiatives to optimize brain gain 90 (locally and internationally) and skill circulation through bilateral, multilateral, and regional programmes; promoting appropriate measures for preventing and managing internal displacement; reviewing the status of policy, legal and institutional framework for management of refugee and asylum situations; and ratifying and domesticating ILO Convention 189 on migrant domestic workers. Promote good migration governance: Measures to be pursued include: providing adequate funding to strengthen implementation of the National Migration Policy; establishing and operationalizing the National Migration Commission; strengthening migration institutional structures or framework at all levels; ensuring the effective management of regular migration; promoting reciprocal relationships with the diaspora for socio-economic development; creating enabling environment for return and reintegration of Ghanaian migrants; developing and enforcing legal and regulatory framework for migration; regulating and monitoring the entry, residence, employment and exit of immigrants; and strengthening migration data and information management systems. Harness the benefits of labour migration: Strategies to be implemented include expediting the implementation of the National Labour Migration Policy; improving labour market and migration information systems; facilitating negotiations and signing of social security portability agreements with major destination countries; and promoting international cooperation through bilateral and multilateral agreements on labour migration. Harness remittances for national development: Strategies to be implemented include reducing remittance transfer costs; reviewing and strengthening the regulatory framework for international remittance markets in Ghana; improving coordination across government and non-government stakeholders; promoting transparency and ensure adequate consumer protection in remittances transfer processes; expediting digitilisation of Ghana’s remittances market; and promoting collaboration between International Money Transfer Operators and Fintechs to leverage inbound remittances as a tool for financial inclusion 3.5.5 Reducing Poverty and Inequality Policy objectives for the medium-term are to eradicate poverty and address vulnerability to poverty in all its forms and dimensions; and reduce income disparities within and across socio- economic groups and geographical areas. Eradicate poverty and address vulnerability to poverty in all its forms and dimensions: Some strategies to achieve this objective are to promote fair and balanced allocation of national resources to ensure balanced development across geographical areas and socio-economic groups; strengthen the institutional capacity to reduce poverty and mitigate vulnerability to shocks; enforce the complementarity of existing social protection interventions through effective referral systems; implement active labour market policies to mitigate job and income losses; strengthen income support schemes to workers affected by health and non-health 91 shocks (natural and man-made); and establish an emergency fund to support vulnerable groups. Reduce income disparities within and across socio-economic groups and geographical areas: Strategies to be implemented include expanding economic opportunities and infrastructural development in rural areas, deprived zones and regions; accelerating the implementation of the Ghana local economic development (LED) policy and private sector participation across the country; strengthening development authorities to promote equitable distribution of growth and encouraging inclusive tax policies to protect the poor. 3.5.6 Water and Environmental Sanitation The medium-term policy objectives are to improve access to safe, reliable and sustainable water supply services for all; enhance access to improve and sustainable environmental sanitation services; and promote efficient and sustainable wastewater management. Improve access to safe, reliable, and sustainable water supply services for all: The strategies to achieve this objective are to: implement measures to prevent and eliminate system and commercial losses; develop and implement District Water and Sanitation Plans (DWSPs) within MMDAs (Ensure the provision of disability friendly water supply system; provide mechanised boreholes and small-town water systems to unserved areas; expand safe water production and distribution systems; strengthen the implementation of cluster support programme for water and sanitation point management; harmonise the implementation of legislation regulating decentralised systems; accelerate the implementation of the Ghana Drinking Water Quality Management Framework; promote Household Water Treatment and Safe Storage (HWTS); accelerate the implementation of the Water for All Programme; and set up mechanisms and measures to support, encourage and promote water harvesting. Enhance access to improved and sustainable environmental sanitation services: Strategies to be adopted are to scale-up sensitization campaigns to promote proper handwashing and hygiene practices particularly among children; use health, education, nutrition platforms to promote optimal WASH practices; enforce building regulation (including accessibility standards for PWDs) on the provision of toilet facilities in all homes; develop innovative financing mechanisms and scale up private sector participation and investments in the sanitation sector Promote National Total Sanitation Campaign. Others are to accelerate the implementation of the “Toilet for All” programme; monitor and evaluate implementation of sanitation plan; and operationalize the sector information system (SIS) across all MMDAs. Promote efficient and sustainable wastewater management: Strategies to achieve this objective are to develop and implement sewerage masterplans, including faecal sludge management and waste treatment facilities; promote recycling and safe re-use of wastewater; promote the use of efficient waste-to-energy technologies; attract private sector investment in wastewater management; and improve liquid waste management. 92 3.5.7 Child Protection and Development The objectives for the medium-term are to prevent and protect children from all forms of violence, abuse, neglect and exploitation; promote the rights and welfare of children; and improve and strengthen the policy and legal environment, institutions and systems for child and family welfare. Prevent and protect children from all forms of violence, abuse, neglect and exploitation: Strategies to be implemented are to develop and implement multi-sectoral plans of action to address issues of “streetism”, kayayei and other neglected conditions; implement and enforce comprehensive support mechanisms, including counselling, for victims of domestic violence including child victims; improve online protection for children; increase awareness on the effects of child labour. Others are to review and implement the National Plan of Action for the Elimination of Worst forms of Child Labour; operationalize the Ghana Child Labour Monitoring System (GCLMS); institute child protection committees in all communities; establish, refurbish and resource juvenile and family courts; develop standard operating procedures for correctional centers and existing remand homes and enforce compliance and improve and strengthen the policy and legal environment, institutions and systems for child and family welfare. Promote the rights and welfare of children: Strategies to be carried out to achieve this objective are to promote positive cultural systems, traditions and gender-sensitive practices; promote positive parenting and gender socialization; promote public-private partnerships in the provision of alternative care services such as foster and kinship care; build capacity of the Adoption Authority and other key stakeholders to coordinate in-country and inter-country adoption of children in Ghana. Others are to update and accelerate the implementation of the Early Childhood Care and Development Policy; and develop and implement policies and legislation for child survival, development and protection. Improve and strengthen the policy and legal environment, institutions and systems for child and family welfare: Interventions to be implemented are to strengthen regulatory, multi- sectoral coordination and M&E systems; strengthen the Department of Social Welfare and Community Development to implement child related policies and regulations; strengthen mainstreaming of child development and protection issues into development plans and budgets of MDAs and MMDAs; facilitate children’s participation in development planning processes. Others are to expand coverage of the Social Welfare Information Management System (SWIMS) to all districts; develop a comprehensive management information system with M&E and advocacy tools for the Integrated Social Services system; and strengthen growth monitoring, promotion, support and referral of children with developmental needs. 93 3.5.8 Support for the Aged Policy objectives to be implemented will focus on enhancing the wellbeing and inclusion of the aged in national development, and enhancing the quality of the geriatric healthcare system. Enhance the wellbeing and inclusion of the aged: Strategies to be pursued to achieve the objective include facilitating the passage and implementation of the National Ageing Bill; creating a database on the aged to support policy making, planning, monitoring and evaluation; implementing measures to ensure economic well-being of the aged; promoting socially supportive community care systems for the aged. Others include promoting the establishment of safe spaces, day care centres and homes for the elderly and effectively regulating their operations; paying adequate attention to gender variations in ageing; promoting quality geriatric healthcare for the aged; reviewing NHIS policy on the exempt category to include population aged 60-69. 3.5.9 Gender Equality The objectives for the medium-term are to attain gender equality and equity in political, social and economic development; strengthen gender mainstreaming, coordination and implementation of gender related interventions in all sectors; and promote economic empowerment of particularly women Attain gender equality and equity in political and social development: Strategies to achieve this objective include expediting the passage and implementation of the Affirmative Action (Gender Equality) Bill; reviewing and updating the National Gender Policy and implementation plan; enforcing gender related laws; implementing measures to promote reform in socio- cultural norms and values inhibiting gender equality. Others include increasing education and advocacy on Sexual and Gender-Based Violence and other Harmful Cultural Practices; developing and enforcing an Anti-Sexual Harassment law; instituting measures to sensitise, empower and build capacities of women to participate in leadership and decision making at all levels; promoting gender balance on all government- appointed committees, statutory boards and other bodies; expanding programmes to mentor girls and create a pool of potential female leaders; and enforcing the Labour (Domestic Workers) Regulations 2020 (L.I. 2408). Promote economic empowerment of especially women: Strategies to be implemented include: instituting measures to protect women’s access, participation and benefits in all labour-related issues; enforcing legislation to ensure fair pay, conditions of service, and promotions in both formal and informal economy among men and women; supporting the skilling and young men and women’s pathways into conventional trades; promoting services that contribute to increasing income, women's empowerment, and the transformation of gender relations in the extractive industry; increasing technical and financial support to women-owned businesses and start-ups; introducing interventions to ensure women and men have equal access to land and 94 other assets; and encouraging women in all forms of trade/profession to form or participate in associations to facilitate their access to information and other support services. Strengthen gender mainstreaming, coordination and implementation of gender related interventions in all sectors: Strategies to be implemented include: intensifying an effective system for gender research, generation and use of gender statistics for planning, budgeting, monitoring and evaluation; developing capacities of relevant stakeholders for effective gender mainstreaming; establishing effective coordination and monitoring mechanisms for gender mainstreaming; and strengthening social accountability for gender equality. Others include decentralising the functions of the Ministry of Gender, Children and Social Protection (MoGCSP); instituting a framework for establishing and resourcing Gender Desk Officers at all levels; and strengthening gender-responsive budgeting. 3.5.10 Sports and Recreation, Leisure and Cultural Life The objectives are to enhance sports and recreational infrastructure for all; build capacity for sports and recreational development; and ensure sustainable funding sources for growth and development of sports. Enhance sports and recreational infrastructure for all: Measures to achieve this objective include promoting local manufacturing and affordability of sports and recreational equipment; developing and maintaining para-sports and disability friendly recreational infrastructure; promoting partnerships with private sector in development of sports and recreational infrastructure; ensuring compliance with Disability Act in the provision of sports and recreational facilities. Others include adopting a national framework for the development and maintenance of sports and recreational facilities; enforcing development of designated sports and recreational land use in all communities; instituting measures to reclaim lands earmarked for sporting and recreational activities; and integrating sports and recreational needs of the aged and children in the provision of facilities. Build capacity for sports and recreational development: Strategies to be implemented are to: build capacity of sports managers, trainers, and trainees; expanding educational and training centres for sports administration and management; providing adequate logistics and equipment for sports competition; strengthening organisation of domestic competitive sporting events at all levels. Others include promoting formation of sports clubs and academies in all communities and educational institutions; strengthening agencies and sporting federations to develop and promote various sporting disciplines including less-recognised sports; investing in para-sports and universal recreation; engaging persons with disabilities in organisation, development and participation in disability-specific sporting and recreational activities; promoting gender equity in sports; and promoting sports in school curricula. Ensure sustainable funding sources for growth and development of sports: Strategies to be implemented include developing a resource mobilisation strategy; establishing a Sports 95 Development Fund; ensuring fair distribution of financial resources to all sporting disciplines; and developing accounting framework estimating the contribution of sports to the economy. 3.5.11 Youth Development Policy objectives for the medium-term are to improve coordination of youth development; promote effective participation of the youth in socioeconomic development; promote youth participation in politics, electoral democracy, and governance. Improve coordination of youth development: Strategies to be implemented to achieve this objective include strengthening coordination of youth-related institutions and programmes; and strengthening capacities of public institutions to engender youth development. Promote effective participation of the youth in socioeconomic development: Measures to be pursued include strengthening and harmonising the implementation of evidence-based youth employment programmes; strengthening career guidance and counselling for the youth; facilitating financial inclusion for the youth; facilitating access to quality post-basic education skills training to enhance employability of the youth. Others include developing and implementing apprenticeship and employable skill training for out-of-school youth and graduates; implementing specific climate responsive interventions and support the youth to harness opportunities in the green economy; and promoting and harnessing youth creativity and innovation. Promote youth participation in politics, electoral democracy, and governance: Strategies to be pursued include: strengthening inclusion of civic education, governance and democracy in secondary and tertiary institution curricula; developing effective framework for youth involvement in politics and civic activities (including youth with disabilities); inculcating the values of patriotism, volunteerism, and community services in young people as part of their civic responsibility, including those aged 6-14; and promoting peacebuilding and conflict resolution among the youth. 3.5.12 Social Protection The objectives for the medium-term are to strengthen social protection for the vulnerable and promote decent pensions. Strengthen social protection for the vulnerable: Strategies earmarked to achieve this objective include: expediting the enactment and implementation of the national social protection law; strengthening coordination among implementers of social protection programmes; expanding the Ghana National Household Registry (GNHR) database to cover all 16 regions; strengthening targeting of social protection interventions using the GNHR; implementing viable and sustainable economic livelihood schemes for vulnerable people, including coverage of disability related expenses. Others include strengthening monitoring, evaluation and targeting of social protection for all vulnerable persons, including formal sector workers; establishing dedicated and sustainable funding arrangements for the national social protection scheme; and 96 implementing the CLASS scheme alongside the LEAP cash grant for sustainable income earning opportunities. Promote decent pensions: Measures to achieve this objective include: creating awareness on the Pensions Act, 2008 (Act 766) and pension schemes; decentralising pension payments to MMDAs and fully automate the payment system; strengthening NPRA’s supervisory role to ensure that Tier 2 Trustees prudently and effectively invest funds in their possession; establishing a system that ensures compulsory social security enrolment for the informal economy; and establishing dedicated and sustainable funding arrangements for the aged outside the pension scheme. 3.5.13 Disability-Inclusive Development Policy objectives of the medium term are to promote equal opportunities for persons with disabilities in social and economic development; eliminate discrimination in all forms and protect the rights and entitlements of persons with disabilities; promote participation of persons with disabilities in politics, electoral democracy, governance and leadership; and strengthen institutions and systems that ensure the protection, inclusion and capacity building of Persons with Disabilities. Promote equal opportunities for persons with disabilities in social and economic development: Strategies to achieve this objective include developing and implementing a National Disability Inclusion Strategy; providing PWDs with improved range, quality and standard of free or affordable health care and programmes; providing access of PWDs to financial services, including loans, capital, savings, insurance and remittances. Others include promoting effective implementation; instituting affirmative action in the employment of PWDs in all sectors; promoting the use of sign language and other modes and forms of communication in public institutions. Eliminate discrimination in all forms and protect the rights and entitlements of Persons with Disabilities: Strategies to be implemented are to: facilitate the enactment and effective implementation of disability-based non-discriminatory laws; build the capacity of law enforcement agencies on the protection of rights and entitlement of PWDs; amend the Legal Aid Act and facilitate access to justice by PWDs; and sensitize the general public on the rights and entitlements of PWDs and build the capacity of parents and caregivers of children with disabilities (CRPD Article 23). Promote participation of Persons with Disabilities in politics, electoral democracy, governance and leadership: Strategies are to: provide an enabling environment for PWDs to effectively and fully participate in national development; institute measures to strengthen political inclusion of persons with disabilities in national governance systems; enforce the affirmative action 97 directive to appoint at least one PWD to all Metropolitan, Municipal and District Assemblies (MMDAs); build the capacity of PWDs to participate effectively in governance and democracy including politics and electoral processes; and enable all categories of PWDs to vote by secret ballot in elections and public referendums, using assistive and new technologies where appropriate. Strengthen institutions and systems that ensure the protection, inclusion and capacity building of Persons with Disabilities: Strategies earmarked to achieve this objective include: expediting action on the amendment and implementation of the Persons with Disability Act 2006 (Act 715); updating and migrating data on PWDs into a disaggregated database to facilitate planning, implementation and M&E of all policies, programmes and projects; assessing and resourcing the National Council on Persons with Disability (NCPD) with adequate and skilled staff and other requirements to perform its functions effectively; decentralising the National Council on Persons with Disability to coordinate issues of disability; and facilitating the provision of inclusive services by all sectors. 3.5.14 Employment and Decent Work Policy objectives identified to boost employment generation and quality jobs are to improve human capital development and management; and promote job creation and decent work. Improve human capital development and management: Strategies to be pursued under this policy objective include: strengthening and promoting schemes that support skills training, internship and modern apprenticeship; developing a National Productivity Index; developing a national human capital development strategy that is responsive to skills requirement for sustained socio-economic growth and development; strengthening enforcement of existing labour laws and regulations as well as the labour administration systems. Others include promoting harmonious industrial relations; accelerating the implementation of the National Labour Migration Policy; promoting and enforcing deeper and wider application of local content and participation laws. Promote job creation and decent work: Strategies to be pursued under this policy objective include; facilitating the creation of decent jobs along value chains; strengthening the capacity of the Ghana Enterprise Agency (GEA) to promote decent job creation by micro, small and medium enterprises; expediting the completion and implementation of the policy on the formalisation of the informal sector; implementing labour-intensive interventions in line with local economic development agenda and national development objectives. Others include strengthening the linkages among social protection and employment services; instituting measures and mechanisms to strengthen employment coordination, in all sectors of the economy; enhancing implementation of affirmative action or positive discrimination with respect to vulnerable groups for participation in public interventions; promoting entrepreneurship and financial support for persons with disabilities; facilitating equal opportunities for men, women and persons with 98 disability; adopting and implementing an employment equity policy for PWDs; and strengthening capacity of informal labour unions to engage in social dialogue. 99 3.6 MEDIUM TERM TARGETS The broad medium-term targets to be achieved by the end of 2025 for education and training, health and health services, water and environmental sanitation, and population management are presented below (refer to appendix 5.2 for details of medium-term targets for other focus areas of the Social Development Dimension). Education and training: Net enrolment ratio for kindergarten is expected to be 98 percent and 93.5, 60 and 45 percent for primary, JHS, and SHS respectively. Enrolment at the tertiary level is expected to reach 40 percent. Completion rates in primary 6, JHS and SHS are expected to be 100 percent. Proficiency rates for English and Mathematics are projected at 75 percent and 80 percent for primary 4, and 90 percent and 55 percent for primary 6 respectively. Health and health services: Under-five and maternal mortality are expected to reach 40 per 1,000 live births and 70 per 100,000 live births respectively. The total malaria incidence per 1000 population is expected to reduce to 155 while the proportion of under-five malaria deaths to total under-five malaria cases is projected at 0.05 percent. HIV prevalence is expected to reduce to 1.45% and mortality rate attributed to non-communicable diseases (cardiovascular diseases or cancer, diabetes and chronic respiratory diseases) is expected to drop to 30%. Food Systems Transformation and Nutrition Security: Domestic production of poultry doubled to about 57,871 MT by 2023; production of climate-resilient varieties of diverse vegetables and legumes, fruits, and biofortified staple crops increased using sustainable agricultural practices by 40% over 2020 levels by 2027; food losses reduced from 20% to 10% by 2028; women’s empowerment in agriculture index (currently 0.71) increased by 20% by 2026; dietary diversity scores (currently 5 or less for women of childbearing age and adolescent girls) increased by at least 30% by 2024; rate of exclusive breastfeeding in the first six months increased from 42.9% in 2018 to 60% ; reduce the prevalence of stunting in children under age five from 21.4% in 2017 to 12.8%; prevalence of childhood wasting reduced to less than 5% (7.1% wasting in 2017) in all areas of the country; prevalence of anaemia in women of reproductive age (15-49 years) reduced to 11% in non-pregnant women and 21% in pregnant women; percentage of infant and young children receiving minimum acceptable diet increased from 13% in 2018 to at least 30%; investments in nutrition-sensitive social safety nets for the most vulnerable households increased by 20% over 2020 level; Water and environmental sanitation: Access to safely managed drinking water services and basic sanitation services are projected at 70 percent and 61.85 percent respectively. Percentage of distribution losses for urban is estimated at 45 percent while rural stands at 20 percent. The proportion of solid waste properly disposed off (major towns/cities) is expected to be 95 percent while the proportion of population whose liquid waste is safely managed is 45 percent. 100 Population management: The total population of Ghana is expected to be 34.4 million62. Total fertility rate is projected at 3.7. The National and urban household sizes are projected to be 4.3 and 3.5 respectively while the urban population is expected to increase to 62.6 percent of total population. The proportion of currently married women with unmet need for modern family planning will be reduced from 29.9% (2016) to 15.0% by 2024; reported cases of domestic violence reduced from 8,133 (2019) to less than or equal to 2,400 by 2024; The Affirmative Action (Gender Equality) is expected to be enacted and implementation commenced; the incidence of poverty reduced from 23.4 (2016/17) to 16.6 per cent by 2024; and the percentage of children engaged in child labour reduced from 21.8 (2012/13) to 4.3 percent by 2024. 3.7 FLAGSHIPS FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT Education 1. Strengthen the implementation of free SHS to include TVET programmes 2. Strengthen to increase the manpower resource and teaching facilities in the area of ICT to aid teaching in the public tertiary institution. 3. Develop and implement no guarantor policy for accessing loan by tertiary students. 4. Strengthen the implementation of Accountability for Learning Outcomes Project (GALOP) in low performing Basic education. 5. Develop a comprehensive teacher policy and implement Digital Literacy Project for teachers. 6. Train and employ more teachers for Early Childhood Education, Primary, French, STEM, TVET, Special Needs and other areas as needed 7. Deepen the implementation and use of the iCampus portal which provides free access to educational content for the core subject areas to all SHS students 8. Continue to provide a 24-Hour dedicated television channel for the delivery of lessons on the GBC Digital Terrestrial TV (DTT) platform and the National DTT platform as a Free-to- Air Broadcast 9. Complete the expansion of Free Wifi infrastructure in all senior secondary schools and public tertiary institutions and training colleges 10. Complete the implementation of the 5-year Strategic Plan on TVET and establish a national Skills Development Fund 11. Build 16 model Senior High Schools in Zongo communities across the 16 regions of the country 12. Implement the existing Inclusive Education Policy, by establishing, revamping or equipping regional special education assessment centres to facilitate early and accessible assessment for children who may have special Health and Health Services 1. Improve healthcare promotion and prevention as part of primary health care through the National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS) to achieve Universal Health Coverage (UHC) 62 Based on 2010 Census, Medium Projections (To be updated using the 2020 census) 101 2. Review and overhaul healthcare financing 3. Implement healthcare infrastructure investment Agenda 111 (Previously Agenda 88) 4. Construct infectious disease centres for each of the three ecological zones: coastal, northern and middle belt zones in the country 5. Restructure the National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS); 6. Build additional facilities, and augment its human resource base to increase access to medical schools. 7. Support the development of traditional medicine 8. Recruit additional trained health personnel and distribute them equitably across the nation 9. Develop and improve Telemedicine to enhance health delivery. Gender Equality Introduce a quota system of 30 percent participation of women in public appointments. Reducing Poverty and Inequality Expand the coverage of the Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty (LEAP) Programme Disability-Inclusive Development Enforce the Disability Act, including ensuring access to public buildings for the physically challenged. Sports Development 1. Build a fully-functional multi-purpose Youth and Sports Centres of Excellence in each of the six newly-created Regions 2. Host and organise the 13th African Games in 2023. 3. Upgrade the National Sports College into a National High-Performance Training Centre (NHPTC), equipped with the facilities and human resource, capable of conducting research into sports performance and management related issues and disseminating findings to relevant stakeholders. 4. Implement Zongo Youth Football Talent Hunt (ZYFTAH) programme to develop and promote football talents in Zongo communities. 102 CHAPTER FOUR ENVIRONMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE AND HUMAN SETTLEMENTS 4.1 INTRODUCTION The chapter reviews the status of the natural and built environment over the period 2018 - 2021 and outlines the medium-term policy objectives, strategies, and targets for 2022 - 2025 for 15 focus areas. They include protected areas; mineral extraction; coastal and marine management; environmental pollution; deforestation, desertification and soil erosion; land administration; water resources; and climate variability and change. The others are human settlements development and housing; drainage and flood control; transportation (road, rail, air and water); energy and petroleum; construction and development; infrastructure maintenance; science, technology and innovation; and information communication technology. 4.2 PERFORMANCE REVIEW 4.2.1 Protected Area The medium-term objectives were to expand forest conservation areas and protect forest reserves. A number of key interventions were implemented during the period under the Forest Plantation Strategy (2016-2040). These include supply and planting of 19 million seedlings, establishment of 21,356ha of forest plantation, and maintenance of 50,000ha of existing forest plantations. These interventions resulted in the reduction of degraded areas in forest reserves from 37.4 percent in 2018 to 32.5 percent in 202063. Despite the reduction in degraded areas, the coverage of protected areas (legally designated forest reserves, wildlife reserves and Ramsar sites) remained at 15.1 percent from 2017 to 2020. Forest reserves continued to be cleaned, inspected and protected during the period. In 2020, 25,070km of forest reserves were cleaned while 20,868km and 89,713km of forest boundaries were inspected and patrolled respectively. Between 2018 and 2020, over 150,000 jobs were created under the forest plantation programme. The sector however continued to be challenged by inadequate budgetary allocation, untimely release of funds and non-compliance with the ban on rosewood cutting. 4.2.2 Minerals Extraction Currently, Ghana has 14 large-scale operating mines, comprising 12 gold, one bauxite and one manganese mine. Mining and quarrying increased in nominal values from GH₵26.2 billion in 2017 to GH₵43.9 billion in 2020, representing an average growth of 12.7 percent. Gold and manganese production increased by 10.2 percent and 78.7 percent respectively while diamond and bauxite declined by 63.9 percent and 24.4 percent respectively between 2017- 2019. In 2020, there was a decline in all mineral production. Mineral royalties accruing to 63 National Annual Progress Report, 2020 103 government increased by 102.2 percent; corporate taxes increased by 21.9 percent and merchandise exports increased by 21.2 percent between 2018-2020. Corporate social responsibility also increased from GH¢19.80 million in 2017 to GH¢27.84 million in 2020. Foreign direct investments increased from US$1,035.96 million in 2017 to US$1,050.87 million in 2020. The number of persons employed in large- and small-scale mining increased by 10.5 percent between 2017-2020. As part of government’s effort to manage illegal mining and ensure environmentally sustainable mining, policies were developed to diversify and promote the sustainable extraction of industrial minerals. Despite these achievements, challenges such as environmental degradation, poor management of royalties and compensation, illegal mining, over dependence on traditional mineral resources, inadequate mineral revenue, and unaccounted flows of minerals revenues persist. 4.2.3 Coastal and Marine Pollution The coastal zone covers 6 percent of the total land of Ghana and accommodates 30 percent of the national population. It also hosts a significant proportion of critical infrastructure. However, the relatively high population density and concentration of industries in the coastal zone, coupled with poor sanitation, have increased environmental pressures and pollution in both the coastal and marine zones. Medium-term strategic interventions were geared towards reducing coastal erosion and conserving marine areas. Effluent discharge by industries, as a proxy for the level of pollution of the country’s coastal waters and lagoons, shows that the concentrations of Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD), turbidity and the conductivity of industrial effluent sampled continued to be higher than the EPA recommended thresholds of 50mg/l, 75NTU and 1500µS/cm respectively. Majority of the coastlines in the country have remained vulnerable to coastal erosion, with just 17.65km having any form of protection as at 2020. Government embarked on coastal settlement protection such as the construction of sea defense walls, and drainage management and reviewed the National Building Regulations, 1996 (L.I. 1630). The absence of a marine policy and limited funding for planned programmes and projects were some of the challenges encountered by the sector. 4.2.4 Environmental Pollution The medium-term objective is to reduce environmental pollution including reducing the discharge of contaminants into the atmosphere and water bodies. Assessment of air quality at monitoring stations along Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) routes and some residential, commercial and industrial areas in Accra in 2019 revealed that, levels of suspended particulate matter (PM10) exceeded the minimum threshold of 70μg/m3 set in the Ghana Standard GS 1236 of 2019. The result of this assessment indicates poor ambient air quality with its associated health 104 hazards. Analyses of samples from one hundred and fifty-eight (158) industries exceeded the threshold specified in the Ghana Environmental Protection requirements for effluent discharges (GS 1212:2019). Ghana’s ranking on the Global Green Economy Index stood at 78th in 2018 and 2020 out of 130 countries with a score of 46. Over the medium term, the sector implemented the Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Act, 2016 (Act 917) to manage hazardous and e-waste sustainably. In 2018 The E-waste Fund was also created, and a Fund Administrator appointed in 2018. In addition, EPA implemented the Effluent Discharge (GS 1212, 2019); Ghana Standards for Environment and Health Protection – Requirements for Ambient Air Quality and Point Source/Stack Emissions (GS 1236, 2019); Ghana Standards for Health Protection – Requirements for Ambient Noise Control (GS 1222, 2018); Ghana Standards Acoustics - Guide for Measurement of Outdoor A-Weighted Sound Levels (GS 1253, 2018) ; and Ghana Standards for Environment and Health protection – Requirements for motor vehicle emissions (GS 1219, 2018). 4.2.5 Deforestation, Desertification and Soil Erosion The rate of deforestation in Ghana stood at 21 percent as of 2020. Annual Allowable Cut (AAC) improved from 593,063m3 (552,283m3 of on-reserve AAC (59%); 40,780m3 of off-reserve AAC) in 2018 to 1,226,678m3 (944,446 m3 of on-reserve AAC; 282,232m3 off-reserve in 2020) in 2020. Timber and wood product exports recorded 226,156m3 and €116 million in volume and value in 2021. A total volume of 105,882m3 was produced from both on-and off-reserve areas in 2020. Major challenges over the period were weak collaboration between stakeholder institutions; high incidence of wildfires; indiscriminate use of weedicides; over-exploitation and inefficient use of forest resources; and illicit trade in forest and wildlife resources. 4.2.6 Land Administration Initiatives aimed at improving land administration in the country have yielded some results. These include: the scanning and digitisation of over 10 percent of land records and data; the reduction of turnaround time for deeds registration to 15 working days; issuance of over 10,000 land title certificates; and production of over 6,000 parcel and cadastral plans. Despite these successes, the sector is still challenged with encroachment of public lands, limited digitisation and automation of land records, delays in land dispute adjudication; unreliable and incomplete database on land ownership; delays in land title and deeds registration; poor demarcation of customary land boundaries; and ineffective control of human settlement development and outdated land policy. 105 4.2.7 Water Resources The overall aim of the medium-term was to promote sustainable development and management of water resources. The total renewable freshwater resources are provided by the Volta, South-Western and Coastal River systems. As at 2021, Ghana’s renewable water resources was estimated at 30.3 billion cubic meters per year. Water availability per capita has continued to decline but remains above the threshold for water stress (1,700m3 per capita). As of 2020, it stood at 1,916 m3/person. The total freshwater withdrawal which includes withdrawal for agriculture, municipal and industrial use, increased from 0.559 km3 in 2017 to 0.627 km3 in 2019. While Ghana is not water stressed, parts of the country, particularly the Savannah and Sahel buffer zones, are experiencing water scarcity. As part of the interventions to effectively manage, protect and conserve water resources, 1.2km buffer zone restoration scheme in the Black Volta River basin at Ketuo community in the Nandom District of the Upper West Region was maintained. Under the Clean Rivers Programme, the government established an Inter-Ministerial Committee on Illegal Mining (IMCIM) and Operation Vanguard Taskforce (OVT), a joint military and police task force, to combat illegal mining (popularly known as “galamsey”) which has resulted in the continuous improvement in the quality of major water bodies. Accordingly, the proportion of water bodies with good ambient water quality increased from 55.9 percent in 2018 to 57.8 percent in 2020. Despite this progress, the sector is confronted with challenges such as pollution of water bodies and increased encroachment of ramsar sites. 4.2.8 Climate Variability and Change On average, the cost of Ghana’s carbon emissions to the global community is US$2.3 billion each year, equivalent to 3.9 percent of Ghana’s GDP64. Ghana’s total greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have seen a decrease from 50.5MTCO2e in 2017 to 42.2MTCO2e in 2019 but however increased to 49 MTCO2e in 2020. The impacts of Climate Change and Variability (CCV) have manifested in Ghana by unreliable rainfall patterns, flooding, prolonged periods of droughts, increased temperature and rise in sea levels. These have led to receding coastlines; reduced cocoa and food crop production; dwindling fish stocks; poor health, and loss of community livelihoods within key sectors of the economy (agriculture, forestry and energy), especially those of women; infrastructure instability and energy insecurity, among others. To realize the commitments put forward by Ghana under the Paris Agreement, government through the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) Support Programme has undertaken several interventions to strengthen the enabling environment for climate change resilience and reducing greenhouse gases. These enabling actions include development of Green House Gas (GHG) emission registry, development of an NDC implementation plan, development of 64 Ghana’s Country Environmental Analysis (World Bank, 2020) 106 frameworks for incorporating climate change issues into environmental assessments, incorporation of climate change issues into the national system for annual progress reporting, studies and assessments of gender issues in the NDCs, development of a climate change and gender action plan, among others. Efforts to mainstream climate change into government development agenda have not been as successful as expected due to limited political commitment, and inadequate public financial mechanisms to address climate change as a development challenge; limited awareness and weak capacity among MDAs and MMDAs. 4.2.10 Human Settlements Development and Housing Spatial Planning In 2019, the Land Use and Spatial Planning Regulations, 2019 (LI 2384) was promulgated to operationalise the Land Use and Spatial Planning Act, 2016 (Act 925). As part of enhancing capacity for spatial planning at the district level, selected officers from 260 MMDAs were trained in the use of GIS for basic plan preparation in 2018. In addition, 132 Physical Planners and 54 Technical Officers were recruited in 2020. Further, 150 MMDAs conducted inspections to evaluate their spatial planning functions over the past five years. In spite of these achievements, the sector continues to be challenged by limited prioritization of land use and spatial planning; inadequate number of Physical Planning Officers and offices in MMDAs, inadequate funding for the preparation of Spatial Plans, and requisite systems to ensure development management and control. Efforts to revise zoning regulations and planning standards, and formulation of Human Settlement Policy also remain a challenge. Housing and Shelter The Government’s Affordable Housing Project through direct intervention and in partnership with the private sector delivered approximately 4,296 urban housing unit between 2018 to 2020. Other key interventions undertaken to reduce the housing deficit include commencement of Phase III of the Security Services Housing Programme for the Ghana Police Service and completion and allocation of 43-unit townhouses and 24 units of flats at Roman Ridge for public and civil servants, under the Re-development Programme. This is woefully inadequate in relation to the current estimated housing deficit of 2 million units. Government also completed the review of the National Building Regulations, 1996 (L.I. 1630). The inability of the housing delivery system in Ghana to meet effective demand over the years continue to deepen the housing deficit. Key challenges hindering the sector include abandoned and uncompleted affordable housing projects, issuance of financial arrangements prerequisite for investors funding for housing construction. 107 Slum Prevention and Regeneration To improve the quality of life in Zongos and Inner Cities, the Zongo Development Fund was established in 2018. Government in 2019 trained and extended credit to 500 women under Zongo Cuisine Promotion Programme, to improve businesses and increase household incomes within the Zongo communities. In addition, 250 young men and women were trained in various ICT and software development programmes to empower the youth. In partnership with the Ga Mashie Development Agency65, work commenced on phase II of the Inner-Cities-In-House Toilets project in 30 inner-city communities of Accra. Government also commenced the construction of a number of Astro Turfs and Green Parks in communities such as Fadama (Greater Accra Region), Aboabo Kumasi (Ashanti Region) and Oda Zongo (Eastern Region). Regardless of these interventions, proliferation of slums; deteriorating conditions in slums; inadequate baseline information on the current state of slums; and inadequate investments in social programmes in Zongo and inner-city communities remain a challenge. Rural and Urban Development and Management Government’s key interventions to close the rural-urban gap within the medium-term were connection of 305 communities to the national grid under the Rural Electrification Programme; and implementation of government rural sub-projects initiatives which increased from 247 in 2017 to 942 in 2018. Access to electricity for rural and urban households increased from 66.9 percent and 92.0 percent in 2017 to 71.5 percent and 93.0 percent in 2020 respectively. Coverage of safely managed drinking water services in urban areas increased from 57 percent in 2017 to 60 percent in 2020 while rural areas increased from 11 percent in 2017 to 16 percent in 2020. In spite of these gains, the rate of urbanisation continued to increase as a result of the persistent spatial disparities, poverty, inadequate rural infrastructure and services; wide rural- urban digital divide; poor infrastructure to catalyze agriculture modernization and rural development; among others. These have resulted in congestion and overcrowding in urban areas; urban sprawl; urban concentration in coastal zones; worsening urban air quality; and rapid growth of slums in cities and towns. 4.2.11 Transportation: Road, Rail, Air and Water The objective is to develop modern, integrated, and well-maintained transportation infrastructure as a means to accelerate growth and development, while also seeking to make Ghana a transportation hub within the West African sub-region. 65 Set up in 2006 as a quasi-Local Government Agency responsible for the day-to-day implementation of the Ga Mashie 2015 Development Strategy approved by Government as a blue print for the development of Ga Mashie 108 Road Transport Over the medium-term, government sought to improve efficiency and effectiveness of road transport infrastructure and ensure safety and security of all categories of transport users. Accordingly, total road network increased from 71,401km in 2016 to approximately 78,401km in 2019. Government rehabilitated and maintained 35 percent of the total road network as compared to 55 percent in 2018. It is estimated that 41 percent of the current road network is in good condition, 33 percent in fair condition and 26 percent in poor condition66. The Metro Mass Transit Limited (MMTL) received 100 new intercity buses to augment its fleet between 2018 and 2019. Similarly, the Intercity STC Coaches Limited also procured a total of 100 buses to revamp its operations in 2020. An automated platform has been established at the Drivers and Vehicles Licensing Authority to ensure an effective and efficient system to reduce fraudulent practices, revenue leakage, and guarantee efficient and speedy delivery of services. However, there still remain challenges including poor road quality; traffic congestion; inadequate road capacity such as Accra-Kumasi and Accra-Takoradi; and rapid deterioration of roads. Road Safety The National Road Safety Authority indicates that Ghana loses over US$230 million annually due to road accidents. Within the last 28 years, over 46,000 Ghanaians have been killed in road accidents nationwide67. In 2020, provisional data indicates that there was 14,88668 road crashes representing 3.5 percent increase over that of 2019. Fatalities increased by 28.2 percent while serious injuries declined by 1.1 percent between 2018-2020. In 2019, the National Road Safety Authority (NRSA) Act, 2019 (Act 993) was passed to ensure compliance to road safety measures, policies and guidelines and sanction road sector operators and agencies for non-compliance. The Authority commenced the development of the necessary regulations to operationalize the Act. The Authority also continued to implement the axle load programme in line with the Road Traffic Regulation, 2012 (LI 2180), resulting in a decrease in the incidence of overloading from 6 percent in 2017 to 3 percent in 2021. Furthermore, to enhance capacity for road crash response, the NRSA established eight Accident Response Centres along major highways and handed it over to the National Ambulance Service for effective management. In addition, NRSA carried out maintenance works on 310 traffic signals in 2019. The Driver and Vehicle Licensing Authority (DVLA) also in 66 2019 National Annual Progress Report 67 https://www.myjoyonline.com/2310-lives-lost-to-road-carnages-so-far-in-2020- mttd/#:~:text=The%20National%20Road%20Safety%20Commission,killed%20in%20road%20accidents%20natio nwide. 68 Provisional 109 2020, operationalized four Private Vehicle Test Stations bringing the total number of Private Vehicle Test Stations in operation to 27. Efforts to reduce the rate of road crashes and its resulting fatalities and injuries have faced challenges including weak enforcement of road traffic regulations; unmotorable roads; inadequate illumination of roads; over-speeding; pedestrians’ refusal to use designated routes in crossing roads; broken down vehicles; inadequate road signs; and inadequate logistics for training of drivers and education of pedestrians. Rail Transport During the period under review, the Ghana Railway Company Limited operated about 139km out of the existing 947km rail network. Government adopted the dual strategy of rehabilitating sections of the old narrow-gauge network, as well as, constructing new modern standard gauge railway lines. The operational sections of the network are as follows: • Takoradi to Sekondi via Kojokrom (15km): Passenger services • Takoradi to Nsuta (54km): Freight services (Manganese) • Accra to Tema (31km): Passenger services • Accra to Nsawam (41km): Passenger services (under rehabilitation) The Ghana Railway Master Plan was revised in 2020. The Ghana Railway Development Authority completed rehabilitation of the 31km narrow-gauge lines from Accra to Tema in 2018, enabling the restoration of passenger rail services on the corridor since January 2019. The Achimota to Nsawam (41km) and Kojokrom to Tarkwa (56km) railway lines were rehabilitated and test runs undertaken in anticipation to relaunch the sub-urban commuter rail services. The development of a new standard gauge network from the Tema Port to Mpakadan is on-going with 65km of the 115km completed as at 2020. Notwithstanding the various interventions, railway development is challenged by ineffective regulatory regime; low integration of rail network with other modes of transport; limited and poor rail network; poor and unreliable services; and limited implementation of railway master plan. Water Transport The overall medium-term objective was to enhance the contribution of inland waterways to safe and efficient transportation of goods and people. The two major sea ports (Tema and Takoradi) are undergoing an infrastructure facelift to improve capacity and efficiency in port operations. These include development and operations of an on-dock multi-purpose terminal, construction of dedicated container terminal, a dry bulk jetty Takoradi port and an oil service terminal. 110 To improve navigational safety on the Volta Lake, tree stumps were removed along the navigable fairway whiles seven patrol vessels were acquired to improve safety and navigation. The inland water transport system is generally underdeveloped. There is under-utilisation of Lake Volta’s transportation potential; limited safety facilities; poor services on inland waterways; and insufficient institutional and logistics capacity to effectively regulate waterways. Air Transport The medium-term objective was to position Ghana as an aviation hub within the West African sub-region. A modern Air Navigation Services (ANS) Building and Northern Apron were constructed at KIA and the Kumasi and Tamale airports are currently being upgraded into international status. Total passenger numbers increased from 2.39 million in 2018 to 2.8 million in 2019. However, the numbers dropped to 1.13 million in 2020 due to the imposition of restrictions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The sector has also instituted measures to enhance safety and security in line with International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices (SARPs). Some of the measures included: the establishment of an independent Aircraft Accident and Incident Investigation and Prevention Bureau (AIB); decoupling of Air Navigation Services (ANS) provision from regulation; and installation of Air Navigational Aids at various airports. However, the absence of a national carrier and an aviation master plan, inadequate infrastructure and safety equipment, high user fees and taxes, high cost of aviation fuel as well as land encroachment continue to hamper progress in the sector. 4.2.12 Energy and Petroleum The broad objectives of government in the medium-term were to promote petroleum exploration using indigenous capabilities; ensure access to reliable and affordable energy; ensure efficient management and utilisation of oil and gas revenue; improve financial capacity and sustainability of the power utility companies; and minimise the potentially adverse environmental impact of the oil and gas industry. Power Generation The total electricity generation in 2020 was 20,170 GWh, representing a 24.2 percent increase from 2018. Out of this, hydroelectricity generation represents 29.9 percent, 69 percent for thermal and 1.1 percent for renewable. In addition, 58 GWh of electricity was imported from Cote d’Ivoire in 2020, representing 0.3 percent of total electricity generated. National population access rate stood at 85.3 percent in 2020 compared to 85.0 percent 2019. The improvements can be attributed to the continuous expansion of transmission and distribution lines as well as the connection of communities to the national grid under the Rural Electrification Programme, among others. Key challenges facing electricity supply include fuel 111 supply constraints for hydro and thermal, inadequate transmission capacity, inadequate infrastructure for energy delivery and low injection of private capital and weak regulatory enforcement. Energy Conservation and Efficiency Conservation, inadequate and obsolete grid network and poor energy utilization are major challenges in the energy sector. Transmission and distribution losses continued to be incurred over the period. An average of 4.5 percent and 25.2 percent of electricity was lost during transmission and distribution between 2018 and 2020 respectively. Finances of State-Owned Power Companies The energy sector is challenged with a debt of over US$2 million as at mid-2019. Much of the debt is due to short-term loans contracted by power producers culminating in ‘take or pay’69 and the inability of distribution companies to collect adequate revenue to cover their operations. Other contributing factors include persistent untimely and insufficient payments for gas delivered; inability of Volta River Authority (VRA) to pay for lean gas from the Ghana National Gas Company (GNGC) and crude oil suppliers. Government in 2017 and 2018 issued two series of bonds totaling GHS 5.66 billion, which were securitized by a portion of the ESLA tax revenue. In late 2017 and early 2018, Government used the proceeds to retire the debts of the energy sector SOEs, primarily debts held by the banking sector. Government also developed the energy sector recovery programme in 2019 to restore and sustain financial viability and health of the energy sector. In addition, two policies were formulated: Least-cost fuel procurement and Competitive Procurement of Energy Supply and Services Contracts. Government continues to enforce the moratorium on the signing of new PPAs, GSAs, Put-Call Option Agreements (“PCOAs”) and any long-term take-or-pay contracts until further notice or unless properly exempted by Government on a case-by-case basis. Petroleum Upstream production Oil production increased significantly following the commercial production commencement from the Jubilee Field in 2010, Tweneboa, Enyenra and Ntomme (TEN) Field in 2016 and Offshore Cape Three Points (OCTP) Field in 2017. In 2020, total crude oil production from the three producing fields (Jubilee, TEN and Sankofa-Gye-Nyame) was 71.44 million barrels, translating to an average daily oil production of 230,504.01 barrels. Natural gas Total associated gas produced from the three main commercial fields in 2020 was 167,639.83 mmscf. This represents an increase of about 30.5 percent over the previous year. The Jubilee 69 Take or Pay Definition to be provided by Daniel Amofa 112 Field accounted for 64,462.41mmscf (38.5%) while TEN and Sankofa Gye Nyame (SGN) Fields produced 58,674.67mmscf (35.0%) and 44,502.75mmscf (26.5%) respectively. A total of 70,351.24mmscf Non- Associated Gas (NAG) was produced from the Sankofa Gye Nyame (SGN) Field in 2020. Gas remains the most sustainable and relatively cost-competitive fuel supply to produce affordable power in the country. The key challenges hampering reliability of gas supply are inadequate supply and finance (domestic and international payment deficits). Implementation of the Local Content and Local Participation Regulation The implementation of the Petroleum (Local Content and Local Participation) Regulation, 2013 (L.I. 2204) has promoted indigenous participation in the oil and gas value chain through employment and execution of contracts. The overall proportion of Ghanaians employed in oil and gas was 91 percent, 87 percent and 99 percent for management, technical and other positions respectively in 2019. The share of contracts awarded to indigenous companies declined from 36.5 percent in 2018 to 28 percent in 2019. However, the value of the contracts offered to indigenous companies increased in nominal terms from US$59.6 million in 2018 to US$72.6 million in 2019. Midstream and downstream activities Tema Oil Refinery (TOR) was virtually shut down in 2019 due to a decrease in its operating capacity to just about 20 percent. This was largely due to management and financial challenges. The supply of all petroleum products was slightly higher in 2019 with the exception of Kerosene and Aviation Turbine Kerosine (ATK). However, their consumption was equivalent to operating 75,000 to 80,000 barrels per stream day refinery. The shortfall in kerosene consumption has largely been due to the shift from its usage as fuel for lighting and cooking to better options such as solar lanterns for lighting and Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) for cooking. The LPG share of the final petroleum product consumed has decreased from 9.5 percent in 2017 to 8.5 percent in 2019. With regards to strategic stocks, not much has been done due to the inability to raise domestic funds to purchase such products. The BOST Margin, a component of the petroleum build-up, remained at 3 pesewas from 2011 to 2019 before increasing to 6 pesewas in 2020. As part of improving the transportation and distribution of petroleum products, two out of the four tag boats have been fixed and back in operation on the Volta Lake for fuel transport from Akosombo to Buipe. Two major pipelines, one from Akosombo to Tema and the other from Buipe to Bolgatanga, are also being rehabilitated for product transportation. All planned meetings, inspections, hazard identifications and risk management have been carried out across the head office and depots. 113 Petroleum revenue management An amount of GH₵987.94 million, representing 50.1 percent of total Annual Budget Funding Amount (ABFA) receipts, was distributed among the five broad areas namely, Agriculture (7.1%); Physical Infrastructure and Service Delivery in Education (57.8%); Physical Infrastructure and Service Delivery in Health (4.4%); Road, Rail and Other Critical Infrastructure Development (30.4%); and the Public Interest and Accountability Committee (PIAC) (0.3%). Reports from PIAC highlights challenges such as the thin spread of oil revenues, and depletion of the Stabilisation Fund. 4.2.13 Construction and Development Growth in the construction industry declined from 5.1 percent in 2017 to a contracted growth of 4.4 percent in 2019. It increased by 166 percent to 2.9 percent in 2020. This improvement is in spite of the dampening effect of COVID-19. In 2020, the Real Estate Agency Bill was enacted to regulate real estate agency practice, commercial transactions in real estate including the sale, purchase, rental and leasing of real estate and related fixed assets. Key issues in the sector include the absence of a central agency responsible for development of the industry; weak classification and certification systems for registration of contractors; shortage of skilled construction workers; poor enforcement of regulations and statutes; poor safety, health and environmental management practices on construction sites; and high and increasing cost of building materials. 4.2.14 Infrastructure Maintenance Public investment in infrastructure has increased over the years with the country actively engaged in involving the private sector to meet growing demand through a Public Private Partnership (PPP) initiative. Public and private infrastructure is often neglected for scheduled maintenance and is in some cases left to deteriorate. There has usually been disproportionate emphasis on new construction to the neglect maintenance plans and their implementation within the infrastructure development industry. Government’s target to institute and operationalise one national public works maintenance framework in 2020 did not materialize. 4.2.15 Science, Technology, Research and Development Over the medium-term, government sought to mainstream Science, Technology and Innovation (STI) into all policies, programmes and plans; increase investment in research and development; and improve partnership with research institutions, academia and industry. In line with this, government invested in the development of physical infrastructure (buildings, equipment and facilities), and built the capacity of researchers, engineers and technicians. Research and development expenditure as a percentage of GDP improved from 0.05 percent in 2017 to 0.08 percent in 2019. The number of research findings adopted by industry increased from 32 in 2017 to 154 in 2019 and declined to 104 in 2020. The Ghana Innovation 114 and Research Commercialization Center (GIRC-Center) was launched as a new partnership between Government, Public Research Institutions, Academia, and the Private Sector drive, grow and support research transformation and innovation into Industry. Key challenges that confront the sector include inadequate funding for research and development, limited utilization of relevant research outputs and limited collaboration between public research institutions and businesses on product, service, and process innovation. 4.2.16 Information Communication Technology Development Government in the medium-term sought to optimise the use of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in service delivery in all the productive sectors of the economy. Some policy interventions pursued were improving ICT infrastructure in rural areas; promoting electronic transactions for public and private businesses; and providing access to electronic public information and services. Internet penetration rate increased from 100.5 percent in 2019 to 115.4 percent in 2020, pointing to an increase in access and usage of internet in Ghana, one of the key inputs for the digitilisation agenda of government. Similarly, broadband capacity in use for ICT development grew by 81.7 percent to 759.29GB in 2020. The growth was occasioned by the increase in the number of submarine cables that provide internet to the country. As at 2020, there were five submarine cables licensed to operate in the country. The number of Internet Service Providers (ISP) increased from 27 in 2018 to 38 in 2019 and 49 in 2020 . Fixed line (voice) penetration increased marginally from 0.96 percent in 2019 to 0.99 percent in 2020. Mobile voice subscription penetration however declined marginally from 134.02 percent in 2019 to 130.85 percent in 2020. Dropped-call rate (DCR) remained stagnant at 0.05 percent from 2019 to 2020. Despite these achievements, the sector is still challenged with poor Quality of Services (QoS) and Quality of Experience (QoE) in ICT; inadequate and high cost of ICT infrastructure development and services in Ghana; difficulty in securing adequate resources for implementing Girls-in-ICT Initiative; inadequate infrastructure to support localized services; and limited capacity in ICT. 4.3 SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES 4.3.1 Protected Areas Increasing forest degradation of conservation areas; inadequate capacity of relevant institutions; increasing loss of endangered species; inadequate and untimely release of funds; and conflict between traditional (chieftaincy) and government institutions; poor collaboration and coordination among relevant institutions; encroachment in conservation areas, forest 115 reserves, and protected areas; weak enforcement of regulations; insufficient logistics to maintain boundaries of protected areas; mining in protected areas; Illegal logging of trees; non-compliance with the ban on economic trees (e.g., rosewood) and release of protected areas for investors. 4.3.2 Minerals Illegal mining; weak enforcement of environmental and mining laws and regulations; over dependence on traditional mineral resources (Gold, Diamonds, Manganese & Bauxite); environmental degradation; children engaged in hazardous forms of labour; use of manual mining cadastre for mineral title administration; inadequate capacity of local suppliers to meet industry; limited value addition to primary products; inadequate mineral revenue; poor management of royalties and compensation; unaccounted flows of minerals revenues; and limited participation of women in the mining value chain. 4.3.3 Water Resources Pollution of water bodies from illegal mining; uncoordinated development of water resources shared with neighbouring countries; weak management of freshwater resources; poor agricultural practices which affect water quality; negative impact of climate variability and change; limited reliable and comprehensive data; inadequate protection and development of water resources; and increased encroachment of Ramsar sites. 4.3.4 Coastal and Marine Areas Limited funds to implement planned programmes and projects in the coastal areas; pollution and degradation of the ocean; irrational exploitation of fisheries and other blue resources; weak coordination among institutions in the marine sector; changes in sea temperature, acidity, rise in sea levels, increased incidence in tidal waves and surges as a result of climate change; increasing rate of coastal erosion; unauthorized development along the coast; defecation along the coastal line; and weak implementation of regulations against sand wining and stone quarrying in coastal areas. 4.3.5 Environmental Pollution Weak enforcement of environmental laws and regulations; weak natural resource management systems; improper management of solid and liquid waste including e-waste; indiscriminate dumping of plastic waste on terrestrial, aquatic and marine ecosystems; air and noise pollution, especially in urban areas; emissions from poorly maintained vehicles; and pollution of water bodies and the environment with discharges of radioactive materials. 4.3.6 Deforestation, Desertification and Soil Erosion Weak collaboration between stakeholder institutions; high incidence of wildfires; illegal sand winning/mining activities; forest degradation; indiscriminate use of weedicides; overexploitation and inefficient use of forest resources; illicit trade in forest and wildlife resources; and poor enforcement of laws on exploitation of forest resources. 116 4.3.7 Climate Variability and Change Inadequate inclusion of gender and vulnerability issues in climate change actions; inadequate institutional capacity to access global funds; poor ownership of climate change interventions at the local level; loss of trees and vegetative cover; degraded landscapes; increasing GHG emissions; Inadequate domestic climate finance mechanism; limited sectoral (national) and district adaptation plans; weak institutional coordination mechanism for climate action; low institutional capacity to address climate change and variability issues; and inadequate and fragmented data on climate change related issues. 4.3.8 Transportation (Road, Rail, Air, Water) Poor quality of road condition and network; iinadequate human and logistical capacity in transport system; poor road maintenance/rehabilitation culture; traffic congestion in major cities; poor public transport vehicles; inadequate operational standards for transport services; poor transportation planning and budgeting; and low participation of women in the transport sector. Others are inadequate road infrastructure; rising road fatalities and injuries; weak enforcement of road traffic regulations; high incidence of road accidents; inadequate road furniture; unauthorized construction of speed ramps and rumble strips; leakages in revenue collection systems; poor service delivery in the road transport sector; inadequate and poor infrastructure and facilities at the existing sea ports; under-utilisation of Lake Volta’s transportation potential; limited safety facilities; poor services on inland waterways; and ineffective regulatory regime. 4.3.9 Information, Communication and Technology Development Low broadband wireless access; poor Quality of Services (QoS) and Quality of Experience (QoE) in ICT; limited use of ICT in businesses and provision of public services; weak online data protection; low promotional drive on ICT policies; difficulty with maintenance of imported technologies; inadequate local content online and in the deployment of ICT solutions; inadequate ICT infrastructure across the country; inability to catch up with technological changes in the ICT domain; low number and competence in ICT skills across the public sector; and high cost of ICT infrastructure development and service. 4.3.10 Science, Technology, Research and Development Limited utilisation of relevant research outputs; limited collaboration between public research institutions and businesses on product, service and process innovation; inadequate funding for research and development; lack of large-scale modern foundry-based manufacturing; and inadequate knowledge and skills in precision engineering. 4.3.11 Energy and Petroleum Limited financial viability of the energy sector; high cost of electricity generation; weak regulatory enforcement; unreliable power supply; low involvement of private capital in the 117 power sector; low contribution of renewable energy in power generation mix; low utilisation of biofuels for energy; high generation cost of renewable energy; high dependence on wood fuel; and inadequate infrastructure for energy delivery. 4.3.12 Human Settlements Development and Housing Inadequate spatial plans; poor prioritisation of spatial planning (Structure and Local Plans); inadequate human and institutional capacities for land use planning and management; haphazard building and non-compliance to available planning schemes; weak database for spatial planning and management; outdated zoning regulations and planning standards; weak enforcement of building regulations at the MMDA level; uncompleted affordable housing projects; inadequate financial instruments in the housing supply value chain; lack of adoption and application of innovative financing models for affordable housing; inadequate housing units; and high cost of mortgage. 4.3.13 Rural and Urban Development Management Congestion and overcrowding in urban areas; high urban concentration in coastal zone; poor urban air quality; and rapid growth of urban slums. 4.3.14 Construction Industry Development Absence of a central agency responsible for the development of the construction industry; weak classification and certification systems for the registration of contractors; inadequate regulation of contractor conduct and performance; shortage of skilled construction workers; poor enforcement of regulations and statutes; proliferation of sub-standard construction materials and products; and poor health, safety and environmental management practices at construction sites. 4.3.15 Infrastructure Maintenance Poor and inadequate maintenance of infrastructure; and high cost of maintenance. 4.3.16 Land Administration Lengthy turnaround time for land title and deeds registration; limited digitization and automation of land records and services delivery; insecurity of land tenure; increasing encroachments on public and vested land; delays in adjudication of land disputes complex land tenure systems; speculative acquisition of land on large scale (land grabbing); protracted land disputes; outdated land policy; indiscipline in the purchase and sale of land (including the use of land guards); unregulated land use regime; and poor demarcation of Land boundaries. 4.3.17 Zongo and Inner-cities Development Proliferation of slums; inadequate investments in social programmes; and inadequate basic social infrastructure and services. 4.4 MEDIUM-TERM GOAL 118 The medium-term goal is to safeguard the natural environment and built environment. 4.5 MEDIUM-TERM POLICY OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES 4.5.2 Mineral Extraction The objectives over the medium-term are to promote sustainable extraction of mineral resources; and ensure effective linkage of the extractive industry to the rest of the economy. Promote sustainable extraction of mineral resources: For the attainment of this objective, the interventions include: ensuring mining activities are undertaken in an environmentally sustainable manner; ensuring land reclamation after mining operations; streamlining and regularize the activities of illegal miners; implementing the Artisanal and Small-Scale Mining (ASM) framework and the Multilateral Mining Integrated Project (MMIP) to address the illegal mining menace; improving technical capacity of small-scale miners to enhance efficiency and sustainability in their operations. Others include implementing institutional reforms including fully decentralising the Minerals Commission; collaborating with relevant institutions for the effective enforcement of the legal framework governing mining including prevention of smuggling; intensifying enforcement of regulations on health and safety in mining operations; protect sensitive areas from pollution and contamination; intensifying enforcement of regulations on chemical pollution and control; and promote alternative livelihood in mining communities. Ensure effective linkage of the extractive industry to the rest of the economy: The strategies to be implemented include promoting mining value-addition through the processing of minerals; mainstreaming critical strategic mineral feedstock into the domestic economy, including industrial minerals, to support economic value addition; and providing incentives to attract private investors into the sustainable exploration of unexploited mineral resource. 4.5.3 Water Resources Management The objective to be pursued over the medium-term is to promote the sustainable development and management of water resources. Priority interventions to be implemented include harmonizing and enforcing legal and regulatory instruments for strategic development and use of water resources; implementing protocols for developing and sharing transboundary water resources; promoting efficient water use; integrating water resources planning in national and sub-national development planning; strengthening regulatory regime for small-scale miners to protect water bodies. Others include implementing the Clean Rivers Programme (CRP) nation- wide in collaboration with voluntary organisations and traditional leaders; intensifying the protection of all major water bodies, tributaries and major treatment plants; exploring and developing hydrogeological and groundwater base maps; enforcing appropriate legislation to protect wetlands; and regulating harvesting of wetland resources. 119 4.5.4 Coastal and Marine Management Improve coastal and marine management: Strategies to achieve this objective are to promote investment in hard control structures including gabions and boulders; promote an integrated approach to reducing coastal floods, erosion and degradation involving all relevant stakeholders; facilitate effective inter-agency coordination of coastal management programmes; and formulate a comprehensive policy for the development of the blue economy. Others are to strengthen coordination and management of the marine sector; support the development of comprehensive coastal development, planning and regulatory frameworks; encourage Public- Private Partnerships to ensure efficient management of the coastal and marine sectors; and ensure robust monitoring and control system (MCS) in the implementation, management and conservation of marine resources. 4.5.5 Environmental Pollution The objective is to reduce environmental pollution. Strategies to be pursued include intensifying enforcement of regulations and standards on water, noise and air pollution including open burning; enforcing environmentally sound management of chemicals and related waste throughout their life cycle; protecting sensitive areas from pollution and contamination, especially groundwater sources and intake of public water supplies; ensuring conformity to sustainable practices by companies. Others include enforcing Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Act 2016, (Act 917); ensuring compliance with applicable laws and international standards for environment, health and safety in the oil and gas sector including the policy on zero gas flaring; implementing National Plastics Management Policy and Implementation Plan; developing Circular Economy Framework for Ghana; developing Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR); and promulgating regulations for effective implementation of the Nuclear Regulatory Authority Act, 2015 (Act 895). 4.5.6 Deforestation, Desertification and Soil Erosion In the medium term, the policy objectives are to combat deforestation, desertification and soil erosion; and promote sustainable use of forest and wildlife resources. Combat deforestation, desertification and soil erosion: Strategies to be pursued include implementing green infrastructure recommendation in the National Spatial Development Framework; developing and promote financing mechanism for forest value chain management; ensuring enforcement of National Wildfire Management Policy and local bye- laws on wildfires; enacting and enforcing legislative instrument on tree tenure and benefit sharing framework. Others include strengthening the collaboration between government, CSOs, NGOs and traditional authorities and other relevant stakeholders in combating deforestation and desertification; setting up a taskforce to combat illegal sand winning; and enforcing the Minerals and Mining Act 2006 (Act 703); and strengthen the implementation of the Minerals and Mining Policy, especially the Minerals Licensing System to combat illegal sand winning activities. 120 Promote the sustainable use of forest and wildlife resources: Strategies to be implemented are to: promote alternative livelihoods, including eco-tourism, in forest fringe communities; reviewing and enforcing strict punitive legislation for wildlife crimes, including poaching and trafficking; enforcing legislation on exploitation of forest resource; promoting and developing mechanisms for transparent governance, equity sharing and stakeholder participation in the forest, wildlife and wood fuel resource management (e.g., CREMAs). Others include improving incentives and other measures to encourage users of environmental resources to adopt less exploitative and non-degrading practices in agriculture particularly the indiscriminate use of agro-chemicals; promoting the use of lesser used species (LUS); and promoting the development of viable forest and wildlife-based industries and livelihoods. 4.5.7 Climate Variability and Change The medium-term objectives are to enhance institutional capacity and coordination for effective climate action; enhance climate change resilience; and reduce greenhouse gases. Enhance institutional capacity and coordination for effective climate action: Strategic interventions to be pursued include: intensifying capacity development in climate change; establishing and operationalising comprehensive data systems on climate change; accelerating the implementation of Ghana’s Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs); strengthening M&E systems for climate change related interventions; advocating for the establishment and institutionalization of public climate finance; strengthening coordination and partnerships among research institutions, industry and government; and accelerating the implementation of the National Adaptation Plan (NAP) Programme. Enhance climate change resilience: Specific strategies to be implemented will include: developing capacity to access Global Climate Funds; promoting climate-smart indigenous agricultural knowledge; promoting climate-resilience interventions for vulnerable groups especially women; developing climate-responsive infrastructure; mainstreaming climate change in national development planning and budgeting processes; intensifying awareness creation on climate change; and promoting co-financing arrangements for climate change interventions at the local level. Reduce greenhouse gases: Strategies to be pursued are accelerating implementation of Ghana REDD+ Strategy (2016-2036); accelerating programmes to reduce environmental risks and ecological scarcity, focusing on energy, agriculture, forestry and waste sectors; and initiating Green Ghana campaign with traditional authorities, civil society, religious bodies and other recognized groups. 121 4.5.8 Transportation: road, rail, air and water The objectives over the medium-term are to improve efficiency and effectiveness of road transport infrastructure and services; enhance safety and security for all categories of road users; improve capacity and efficiency of port operations; develop and promote inland water transport system; position Ghana as the aviation hub for West African sub-region; and modernize and extend railway network. Improve efficiency and effectiveness of road transport infrastructure and services: The strategies to be pursued are to: expand and maintain the national road network; strengthen health and safety standards in planning, design, construction, operations and maintenance for road transport; strengthen road-based mass transportation system, including extending Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) corridors; develop standards for public transport vehicles in line with international best practices; review and strengthen institutional arrangements governing the mass transit system. Others are to ensure implementation of the provisions on transportation under the PWDs Act, 2006 (Act 715); enhance maintenance and management practices for all transport sector; promote Public-Private Partnership in the road sector; ensure effective planning and budgeting for transport infrastructure; promote and institutionalize knowledge, skills and attitudinal change programmes for transport sector personnel and build capacity for the transport sector. Enhance safety and security for all categories of road users: strategies include: incorporating pedestrian safety facilities in planning, design, construction and maintenance of road infrastructure; ensuring an effective and efficient system to reduce fraudulent practices, revenue leakage, and guarantee efficient and speedy service delivery; developing adequate technical know-how to efficiently and effectively manage road transport service delivery; promoting dedicated safe, reliable and appropriate facilities for Non-Motorised Transport (NMT) users; maintaining and freeing-up all existing NMT facilities from encroachment; enhancing capacity for prompt removal of accident and broken-down vehicles; improving road furniture (street lighting, road markings and road signage etc.); and enhancing institutional capacity and coordination for effective emergency response. Improve capacity and efficiency of port operations: Strategies to be pursued over the medium term are to ensure full compliance with Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) Code; accelerate implementation of existing ports and harbours master plans; ensure efficiency and competitiveness in seaport operations; promote private sector participation in the development and management of seaport facilities; strengthen institutional capacity to regulate the maritime industry. Others are to expand berthing facilities at seaports to support sub-regional coastal marine transport; develop integrated truck staging and management systems; promote containerization, especially for supporting intermodal logistics; expedite the development of Boankra Inland Port; and provide modern port reception facilities to promote cruise tourism. 122 Develop and promote inland water transport system: Strategies to achieve this objective include developing the Volta Lake into a major transportation artery; developing and ensuring strict enforcement of regulations and standards for operation on inland waterways; establishing an efficient multimodal logistics system; and implementing government policy to transport bulk cargo via the Volta Lake. Others include developing safe and navigable routes along the Volta Lake and all identified inland water transport systems; improving landing, terminal and warehousing facilities along the lake; and promoting the use of modern, safe, sustainable materials and technology in the construction of local boats and vessels. Position Ghana as the aviation hub for West African sub-region: Strategies include re- establishing a Home-Based Carrier; enhancing compliance, safety and security of air transport services; accelerating the development of an integrated transport system; updating the Aviation Policy and developing an Aviation Master Plan. Others include collaborating with the private sector to develop and upgrade airport infrastructure in the regions; creating an enabling environment for foreign and domestic private airlines to make full use of the nation’s route rights; promoting programmes to restore passenger confidence and reliefs for airlines and commercial stakeholders in the aviation industry; and building an aviation repairs hub in Kumasi. Modernise and expand the railway network: The strategies to be pursued are to revamp and expand rail network to northern Ghana; accelerate implementation of the railway master plan; integrate railways in the Tema-Mpakadan-Buipe multi-modal transport system to the north; reconstruct the western, eastern and central lines to facilitate passenger and freight movement; and develop integrated light rail transit system in major urban areas to improve public transportation. Others are to integrate rail transport with other modes to ensure a sustainable transport system; develop associated infrastructure for improved railway services; create a well-functioning and self-financed regulatory body for the railway sector; improve passenger and freight transport and logistics chain on the Ghana-Burkina Railway corridor; and develop Ghana’s section of the Trans-ECOWAS Railway line from Aflao to Elubo to boost trade and facilitate economic growth in West Africa. 4.5.1 Protected Areas The policy objective to be pursued over the medium-term is to improve forest and protected areas. Strategic interventions to be implemented include: accelerating the implementation of the Ghana Forest Plantation Strategy (2016-2040) and Ghana REDD+ Strategy (2016-2036); maintaining the integrity of forest conservation areas through protection and law enforcement; mapping and assigning conservation status through bye-laws to mangrove forests, wetlands and sensitive marine areas in district spatial plans; promoting alternative sources of livelihood, including provision of bee-hives to forest fringe communities; strengthening Forestry Commission and related institutions to effectively implement the 123 National Environmental Protection Programme (NEPP) and the Environmental Action Plan (EAP). Others include establishing gene banks for indigenous species and refuge areas for threatened, endemic and rare species; ensuring the provision and timely release of resources to manage conservation areas; streamlining demarcation of forest reserves; supporting the protection of the remaining network of natural forest and biodiversity hotspots in the country; and enhancing capacity of MDAs and MMDAs to mainstream biodiversity into development planning and budgeting processes. 4.5.9 Information Communications and Technology Development The broad objectives to be achieved in the medium term are to enhance application of ICT in national development; and expand the digital landscape. Enhance application of ICT in national development: To realize this objective, the strategies to be implemented will include positioning the country as a regional ICT hub; mainstreaming ICT in public sector operations; improving telecommunications affordability and accessibility; creating opportunities for entrepreneurship in ICT; increasing citizens’ access to data platforms; collaborating with the private sector to increase the broadband, bandwidth and speed of connections nationwide. Others include accelerating investment in development of ICT infrastructure; improving the quality of ICT services, especially internet and telephony; accelerating implementation of identification coding schemes for landed properties and online tracking services for registered properties; improving security of access and use of ICT infrastructure and services; and enhancing technology transfer, in-service training and capacity building for local ICT personnel. Expand the digital landscape: Strategies to be pursued include building an integrated national ICT digital infrastructure; providing regulatory framework to use national ICT infrastructure as a platform for e-government services; creating a favorable environment to promote e- commerce and offline cashless payments; deepening internet availability and accessibility nationwide. Others include promoting business process outsourcing and IT enabled services including innovation hubs and software applications development; ensuring adequate digital capability to support production and use of ICTs for development; and promoting the establishment of ICT parks across the country. 4.5.10 Science, Technology and Innovation The objective in the medium-term is to mainstream science, technology and innovation in all socio-economic activities. The strategies to be implemented to realise this objective include applying science, technology and innovation in implementation of policies, programmes and projects; scaling up investments in research and development to find local solution to challenges; and promoting an enabling environment for strong partnership with research institutions, academia and industry. Others include promoting the establishment of foundry- based manufacturing and precision machine tooling, using computer-aided design (CAD) and computer numerical control (CNC) systems; ensuring transfer of knowledge and technology between foreign and local companies; and adopting and mastering technologies such as Nanotechnology and Fibre optics. 124 4.5.11 Energy and Petroleum The broad objectives to be pursued over the medium term are to ensure availability of clean, affordable and accessible energy; promote efficient transmission and distribution system; improve financial capacity and sustainability of utility companies; and ensure efficient utilization of energy. Others are to promote petroleum exploration; promote development and use of indigenous capabilities for exploitation of petroleum resources; leverage the oil and gas industry as a catalyst for national economic development; and minimise potential environmental impact of oil and gas industry. Ensure availability of clean, affordable and accessible energy: strategies to be pursued include restructuring and strengthening the management of hydro plants; developing a thermal insulation market; strengthening independent power producers (IPPs) and other private sector institutions involvement in the generation and distribution of power; promoting the production and use of renewable energy; promoting the use of solar energy for all public and private buildings. Others include accelerating replacement of kerosene lanterns with solar lanterns; developing, implementing and maintaining a safe, secure and sustainable nuclear power programme; and revising self-help electrification project (SHEP) and use means testing approaches to enable the poor to connect to the national grid. Promote efficient transmission and distribution system: Strategies to be implemented include: modernising transmission and distribution networks to reduce operational inefficiencies in energy supply and distribution; expanding the distribution and transmission networks; supporting and intensifying sub-regional power interconnectivity under West African Power Pool (WAPP); and expanding the provision of mini-grids to lakeside and island communities. Improve financial capacity and sustainability of utility companies: strategic interventions include implementing an energy sector financial restructuring and recovery plan; and instituting mechanism to ensure that all added capacities are acquired through open and competitive tender processes. Ensure efficient utilisation of energy: The specific strategies to be implemented include promoting demand-side management in energy utilization; and promoting the use and design of energy efficient technologies in public and private buildings. Promote Petroleum exploration: Strategies to be pursued include: improving infrastructure, governance, legislative and investment conditions in the petroleum sector; accelerating the development of a legislative instrument for Petroleum Exploration and Production Act, 2016 (Act 919); strengthening the bidding process in the award of petroleum blocks for exploration and production to make it more competitive; accelerating the reconnaissance exploration 125 programme in the Voltaian basin; enhancing collaboration and coordination among petroleum sector institutions; ensuring adherence to the Petroleum Revenue Management Act, 2011 (Act 815); and promoting Ghana as a hub for petroleum operations in the West Africa sub-region. Promote development and use of indigenous capabilities for exploitation of petroleum resources: Strategies to be implemented include: developing local capability in all aspects of the oil and gas value chain; enforcing the Petroleum (Local Content and Local Participation) Regulations, 2013 (LI 2204) especially, the Financial Services Guidelines; promoting education and skills enhancement initiatives to manage the petroleum sector; and expanding capital and risk capacity of financial system to support energy-driven based industries. Leverage the oil and gas industry as a catalyst for national economic development: Strategies to be pursued include: promoting the use of gas in strategic industries and public transportation; mobilising domestic capital to invest in petroleum products storage capacity and operations; extending petroleum bulk transportation and distribution infrastructure nationwide; facilitating universal access to adequate, reliable and cost-effective petroleum products such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG); promoting value addition in the oil and gas industry; and ensuring efficient management and utilisation of oil and gas revenue. Minimise potential environmental impact of oil and gas industry: The medium-term strategic interventions to be pursued include ensuring compliance with applicable laws and international standards for environment, health and safety in the oil and gas sector; implementing key recommendations from strategic environmental assessment for both onshore and offshore oil and gas developments; and intensifying community education on co- existence of oil and gas with fishing industries. 4.5.12 Human Settlements and Housing The medium-term objectives are to promote sustainable spatially integrated development of human settlements; and provide adequate, safe, secure, quality and affordable housing schemes. Promote sustainable spatially integrated development of human settlements: Priority strategies to achieve this objective include: facilitating the preparation and implementation of human settlement policy; accelerating the preparation and implementation of Spatial Development Frameworks, Structure Plans and Local Plans for MMDAs; undertaking regular monitoring and evaluation at all levels; and intensifying the use of Geographic Information System (GIS) in spatial/land use planning at all levels. Others include reviewing and publicizing planning standards and zoning regulations; developing database for spatial planning and 126 management; enhancing capacity for spatial planning in MMDAs; and enforcing building codes and standards at all levels. Provide adequate, safe, secure, quality and affordable housing schemes: Achieving this objective will entail implementation of the following strategies: creating a credible mortgage regime leveraging on the Pension Fund expanding investor potentials to capitalize on private sector investments; developing and institutionalize an integrated housing database; leveraging private sector resources and expertise for the provision of affordable housing and its related social infrastructure in an integrated manner; and ensuring completion of abandoned public housing projects. 4.5.13 Rural Development and Management Medium-term priority interventions in this policy area aim at enhancing the quality of life in rural areas. To realize this objective, the strategies to be implemented are to establish rural service centres to promote agriculture and agro-based industries; promote rural enterprise development, financial inclusion, service delivery, capacity building and local economic development; expand and improve basic infrastructure; fully implement the rural development policy. Others are to facilitate sustainable use and management of natural resources to support the development of rural communities and livelihoods; and provide incentives to attract direct private investments into rural areas. 4.5.14 Urban Development and Management The policy objective in this focus area is to promote resilient urban development. To achieve the objective, strategic initiatives to be pursued will include: establishing special growth centres and urban networks, with spatially targeted investment interventions; implementing the five-tier hierarchy of urban centres; creating structured metropolitan city regions around Accra, Kumasi and other metropolitan areas; implementing district capital and small-town improvement programme; improving linkages between emerging secondary cities and towns and preparing and implementing structure plans for all grade 1, 2 and 3 settlements. Others include supporting the implementation of the National Urban Policy and Action Plan and the United Nations New Urban Agenda; integrating security and disaster prevention into urban planning and management systems; facilitating implementation of urban renewal programmes; promoting public-private partnerships in the development; and maintaining of urban infrastructure at all levels and establishing special economic corridors. 4.5.15 Construction Industry Development The objective for the sector over the medium-term will be to build a competitive and modern construction industry. To attain this objective, the strategies to be implemented include establishing a central agency for the construction industry to improve efficiency; improving and standardise techniques and material use; promoting and stimulating the development and expansion of the Ghanaian construction industry; promoting research and applying modern 127 technology in the construction industry; and establishing and maintaining a construction industry information system. Others include ensuring accreditation and certification of skilled construction workers; supporting technical education institutions and other professional bodies to train more skilled personnel for the construction industry; creating an enabling environment to ensure affordable and efficient use of construction materials; promoting the use of the Ghana Building Code GS 1207; and facilitating the timely issuance of honour certificates to contractors. 4.5.16 Infrastructure Maintenance The medium-term objective is to promote effective maintenance culture. Strategies to be pursued are to institute a robust maintenance scheme for the transport system, public office buildings and other critical infrastructure; enforce relevant standards in various sectors to reduce rapid deterioration of public infrastructure, including strengthening the axle load control on roadways; build capacity to ensure requisite skills for infrastructure maintenance and develop asset register on infrastructure conditions. 4.5.17 Land Administration The medium-term objective is to promote efficient and effective land administration. The strategies to be pursued are to: continue on-going land administration reforms to address title and ownership rights; fully decentralise land administration on an automated platform; accelerate digitisation of land records and automation of land services delivery; accelerate efforts for the development of the National Geo-Spatial Policy; ensure the production of base, topographic and orthophoto maps nationwide; and promote the production of reliable maps and site plans to ensure security of land tenure. Others are to ensure high standard of land data security; domesticate and implement fully the AU Framework Guidelines on Land Policy in Africa; promote gender equity in land reforms, management and land use planning; promote sustainable land management (SLM) interventions using the integrated landscape management (ILM) approach; establish and maintain a geodetic reference network for mapping and engineering; deploy Ghana Enterprise Land Information System (GELIS) nationwide; and fully implement the Land Act, 2020 (Act 1036). 4.5.18 Zongos and Inner-City Development Over the medium term, implementation of policy interventions will be targeted at improving basic social infrastructure and services, and livelihood conditions of Zongo and Inner-City Communities. Specific strategies to be implemented include accelerating investments in local economic development in Zongo and Inner-City Communities; providing basic social infrastructure and services in Zongo and Inner-City communities; and promoting the implementation of a national slum upgrading and prevention strategy. 4.6 MEDIUM TERM TARGETS Some of the medium-term targets to be achieved by the end of 2025 are: 128 1. Proportion of water bodies with good ambient water quality surpasses 75 percent. 2. Restoration/ rehabilitation of degraded forest, mining area, dry and wet lands within forest reserves increases to 5,000 hectares 3. Level of greenhouse gas emissions reduced to 57.6MTCO2e (million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent) 4. Percentage of road network in good condition appreciates to 60 percent. 5. Proportion of classified road network-maintained increases to 70 percent. 6. Electricity distribution losses reduced to 20 percent (ECG) and 7.0 percent (NEDCo) 7. Existence of database on National Infrastructure and State of Infrastructure Report. 8. Percentage of MMDAs with districts Spatial Development Frameworks and structural Plans stands at 100 percent. 9. Number of public household units provided nationally (thousands) (refer to appendix 5.3 for details of medium-term targets for other focus areas under the environment, infrastructure and human settlement dimension) 4.7 FLAGSHIPS FOR ENVIRONMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE AND HUMAN SETTLEMENTS Environment 1. Strengthen the implementation of the Clean Rivers Programme aimed at improving the quality of major water bodies in the country 2. Strengthen the implementation of infrastructure policies of “Water for All” to expand access to safe drinking water. Infrastructure / Housing 1. Establish a National Rental Assistance Scheme (NRAS) 2. Develop and operationalise a new Rent Control Act 3. Build low-income housing estates using local materials in collaboration with the Building and Roads Research Institute (BRRI) and other relevant stakeholders including private developers 4. Establish two anchor institutions: a Ghana Housing Authority (GHA), and a National Housing and Mortgage Finance Company (NHMF) 5. Expand the capacity of State Housing Company Limited (SHC) to lead government’s efforts, along with the private sector, to build a large pool of affordable homes for Ghanaian workers and families 6. Create Land Banks and provide Infrastructure in partnership with Land owners and District Assemblies. 7. Promote and sponsor Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) as a vehicle to encourage rent-to-own schemes, private sector mortgage finance companies and mortgage-backed securities 8. Review the Home Mortgage Finance Act, 2008 (Act 770) to ensure that foreclosure processes are simplified. 9. Implement more rigorously the tax-deductible mortgage interest regime 10. Amend the law to allow for Pension Funds to invest more than 5% of their portfolio in real estate assets, including pension backed mortgages 129 11. Provide targeted, project-based tax incentives (instead of blanket incentives) for private developers to build more social housing, as well as inner city redevelopment and revitalisation schemes 12. Promote establishment of an integrated local manufacturing industry to support the housing sector 13. Sustain the Ghana Post GPS or the National Digital Addressing System 14. Sustain the roll-out of the biometric National ID Card (NID) or Ghana Card Energy and Petroleum 1. Extend electricity to cover the entire population 2. Enforce competitive procurement of power, and minimise excess capacity charges to improve upon the financial health of the sector 3. Reduce losses, particularly in power distribution, by ensuring ECG and NEDCo implement incentive-based loss reduction targets for all District Managers. 4. Improve revenue collection with the implementation of remote sensing technology. 5. Sustain implementation of the Auction-Based Licensing Strategy for exploratory Oil Blocks. 6. Sustain enforcement of local content policies for upstream and downstream sub-sectors. 7. Build technical capacity across all skills areas for the oil and gas and other natural resource sectors Transportation 1. Develop and expand railway infrastructure in some prioritized areas 2. Establish a new airport in Cape Coast 3. Prioritise local content in infrastructure development 4. Establish an Airport Free Zone (AFZ) through private sector investments 5. Accelerate the development of road infrastructure through Public-Private Partnerships and toll-financing 6. Develop and implement a public transport policy and network commensurate with the needs of a fast-growing economy 7. Implement road infrastructure maintenance programmes to create jobs for the youth 8. Re-launch the metro mass transport system throughout regional capitals. 9. Introduce innovative policies to facilitate urban traffic de-congestion 10. Complete development of prioritized Inland port infrastructure 11. Implement a government-backed, private sector-led Lease-To-Own financing arrangement Science, Technology and Innovation 1. Resource the operations of Advisory Council on Science, Technology and Innovation (PACSTI) 2. Establish foundry-based manufacturing and precision machine tooling plant, using computer-aided design (CAD)/computer-aided manufacturing and computer numerical control (CNC) systems 130 3. Rationalise the functions of institutions in the technology space to avoid functional overlaps, as well as streamline the legal and regulatory framework in line with international best standards. 4. Update Ghana’s spectrum policy and regulations to promote greater transparency, competitiveness and rapid expansion of internet services to rural areas. 5. Enhance Ghana’s soft infrastructure through a national data centre that centralises all digital information, data storage, management and protection 6. Leverage Ghana’s digital transformation as a driver of growth, by increasing broadband coverage throughout the country, as well as increasing access and affordability of digital devices 7. Invest in human capital to build Ghana’s digital skills base, by continuing investments in teaching ICT from primary schools 8. Create a large local digital market in West Africa and beyond, and provide solutions to problems in the region 9. Explore innovations to ensure that the visually impaired are not left out of the ongoing digital revolution 10. Reduce the high cost of data in Ghana through the reduction of taxes on digital devices as well as the cost of spectrum and licenses Human Settlements 1. Strengthen the capacity of Development Authorities and the Zongo Development Fund, to enable them to attract private investors to develop infrastructure in their catchment areas 2. Continue implementation of existing policies and ongoing projects such as IPEP Land Administration 1. Improve maps and spatial data, and digital transformation of Lands Commission 2. Decentralize land service delivery. 3. Systematic recording, verification and creation of National Cadastre 4. Sustain capacity development programmes to improve work culture and corporate governance 131 CHAPTER FIVE GOVERNANCE, CORRUPTION AND ACCOUNTABILITY 5.1 INTRODUCTION The chapter assesses the performance of the Governance, Corruption and Accountability dimension over the period 2018 -2021 and outlines the medium-term policy objectives, strategies, and targets for 2022 - 2025 for 13 focus areas. These are: democratic governance; local governance and decentralization; public accountability; public policy development and management; public institutional reforms and transformation; corruption and economic crimes; law and order; and human security and public safety. Others include civil society and civic engagement; promoting attitudinal change and patriotism; development communication; culture for national development; and Ghana’s role in international affairs. 5.2 PERFORMANCE REVIEW 2.1 Democratic Governance Figure 5.1: Budgetary Allocations to IGis Ghana recorded improvement in budgetary allocations to independent governance institutions (IGIs)70 1,363 between 2018-2020. National Media 766.3 GH₵ MN Commission (NMC), the least 406.0 373.4 211.4 resourced among the IGIs over the 272.8 360.0 400.7 period, recorded over 100 percent 356.7 5.1 1.4 41.1 46.8 71.7 23.6 27.8 40.8 change in budgetary allocation 4.1 between 2019 and 2020 (Figure 5.1). JS NMC EC NCCE CHRAJ PARLMT 2018 2019 2020 The IGIs successfully implemented a number of programmes in the year Source: EC 2020, NMC 2020, NCCE 2020, CHRAJ 2020, PARLMT 2020, JS under review. Electoral Commission in 2020 2019 and 2020 successfully conducted district level elections, and presidential and parliamentary elections. The above notwithstanding, IGIs faced resource constraints that affected the performance of their functions. In addition, the high cost of elections to political parties and the recurring threats of political violence especially during elections remains a challenge. 5.2.2 Local Governance and Decentralisation Six new regions namely, Oti, Ahafo, Bono East, Western North, Savannah and North East were created in 2019 to promote effective governance and ultimately accelerate and sustain decentralisation. Government also introduced a bill to amend Articles 243 (1) and 55(3) of the 1992 Constitution to allow for MMDCEs to be elected into office. However, the processes stalled due to lack of national consensus. 70 Electoral Commission (EC), Commission on Human Rights and Administrative Justice (CHRAJ), National Commission on Civic Education (NCCE), Judicial Service (JS) and the National Media Commission and Parliament 132 The number of MMDAs staff increased from 39,382 in 2017 to 592,125 in 2020. This represents a share of 5.76 percent and 6.91 percent of the total number of personnel on government payroll in 2017 and 2020 respectively. Transfer of resources from central government to MMDAs declined from 2.24 percent in 2018 to 1.89 percent in 2019 but increased to 2.52 percent in 2020. This is below the allocation (≥5%) provided for in Article 252 of the 1992 Constitution. The share of MMDAs total revenue in relation to total national revenue however increased from 2.53 percent in 2018 to 2.59 percent in 2019 to 3.61 percent in 2020. The District Development Facility (DDF) was mainstreamed into the DACF Responsive Factor Grant as part of the financial sustainability measures for MMDAs. A new assessment tool known as the District Assembly Performance Assessment Tool (DPAT)71 was introduced to enhance the assessment based on the lessons from the Functional Organizational Assessment Tool (FOAT). A new National Decentralization Policy and Strategy (2020-2024) was developed to foster quality service delivery through a decentralized local governance system and active citizens’ participation. Also, a Rural Development Policy was formulated and approved by Cabinet. 5.2.3 Public Accountability Government over the years has implemented mechanisms to deepen transparency and public accountability. These include implementation of the Ghana Integrated Financial Management Information System (GIFMIS), the National Anti-Corruption Action Plan (NACAP) and the examination of the audited accounts of public sector institutions by the Public Accounts Committee (PAC) of Parliament. The passage of the Public Financial Management Act, 2016 (Act 921), the Public Financial Management Regulation, 2019 (L.I. 2378), and the Public Procurement (Amendment) Act, 2016 (Act 914) also provide other instruments to ensure financial integrity in the public financial management system. The Public Accounts Committee (PAC) in 2018 and 2019 pursued measures to reduce financial irregularities identified in the Auditor-General’s report. The Committee held public hearings to consider 15 Auditor-General’s Reports. A total of 53 and 139 recommendations were implemented in 2018 and 2019 respectively resulting in a recovery of about GH¢ 97million. The Right to Information Bill was passed into law (Act 989) and an RTI Commission with a governing board inaugurated. In addition, a Data Mapping Tool and Template was designed to facilitate the compilation and publication of information manuals by public institutions. The Ministry of Information also collaborated with the Information Services Department to recruit and post 94 Assistant RTI officers and five Principal Officers. The ministry also engaged 71 The DPAT is a diagnostic instrument for assessing the performance of MMDAs and for determining the allocation of the DACF Responsiveness Factor Grant (RFG) to MMDAs. 133 Independent Governance Institutions such as EC, CHRAJ, Judicial Service on the implementation and transition guidelines. 5.2.4 Public Policy Development and Management A National Public Policy Formulation Guidelines was developed and launched over the medium-term by NDPC. The Guidelines aim at standardizing public policy development and format and streamlining public policy formulation and approval processes among others. In addition, the Commission initiated the development of a web-based Policy and Legislative almanac to strengthen policy coordination and enhance the achievement of development outcomes. Over the period, GSS collaborated with some MDAs, private sector and Civil Society Organizations to improve the quality of surveys and administrative data. Funding was also secured for the implementation of the National Statistical Development Strategy (NSDS). The Ghana Statistics Development Project was fully implemented in 2018. GSS conducted some key national activities including Agricultural Census 2020 and Multi Cluster Indicator Survey 2017/2018. The National Population and Housing Census which was scheduled for 2020 was conducted in 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In order to assess the impact of the COVID- 19, the Service conducted some studies including the Households and Jobs Tracker; COVID-19 Local Economies Tracker; and COVID-19 Business Tracker. 5.2.5 Public Institutional Reforms Public Services Commission (PSC) developed the Human Resource Management Information System (HRMIS72) to manage the human resource database of public sector workers. Between 2017 and 2019, 64 public sector institutions have been enrolled and are able to update recruitment, promotions and transfer of staff in real time as well as generate various HR reports. In 2018, government developed the Public Sector Reform for Results Project (PSRRP) to reform the public sector. As part of the project, some services have been digitized. These include birth and death registration, issuance of environmental permits, and registration of vehicles and passport services. Despite the progress made so far, issues such as limited modernization and use of technology in the public sector, weak enforcement of PSC rules and regulations and poor work ethics continue to persist. 72 PSC in 2015 established a comprehensive HRMIS on a common platform for all public service employees on Government payroll. The system was established to provide accurate, reliable and centralized human resource database to facilitate informed decision making in the development and management of human resource in the Public Services. 134 5.2.6 Corruption and Economic Crimes Recent efforts at combating corruption and economic crimes have included the implementation of the National Anti-Corruption Action Plan (NACAP); establishment of the Office of the Special Prosecutor; enactment of Right to Information Act, 2019 (Act 989) and Witness Protection Act, 2018 (Act 975); as well as ensuring implementation of recommendations of the Public Accounts Committee (PAC) of Parliament. In 2020, EOCO investigated 132 cases, prosecuted 11, secured 2 convictions and recovered a total amount of GHC 2,526,623.94 from proceeds of crime. CHRAJ received 158 corruption cases and investigated 20 of these cases. The past four years witnessed an enhanced performance in the number of Auditor-General’s reports generated, and the formulation of a five-year public sector reform strategy (2018- 2023). Ghana’s score on the Corruption Perception Index by Transparency International (TI) improved from 41 in 2019 to 43 in 2020. Ghana ranked 75th in the Transparency International’s (TI) Corruption Perception Index in 2020 Despite these efforts, the perception of corruption remains high. The 2019 Afro barometer study reveals that Ghanaians perceived corruption levels to be increasing. Other issues include limited support for the implementation of anti-corruption strategies; low transparency and accountability of public institutions; misappropriation of funds by public office holders; abuse of discretionary powers and weak coordination and implementation of recommendations of the Public Accounts Committee of Parliament. 5.2.7 Law and Order Efforts to promote the rule of law and access to justice saw an increase in resource allocation to the Judiciary, continuation of the court computerization process, and introduction of an E- Justice project to improve case management, reduce processing time and enable effective monitoring of cases. More than 42,000 cases were processed digitally within the period, following the introduction of the E-justice project. Furthermore, approximately 1,239 lawyers were called to the bar from 2017-2020. Ghana remained among the top highest ranked countries in Africa in the Judiciary Independence Index by the World Economic Forum73. The country also ranked 51st out of 128 countries in the 2020 World Justice Project (WJP) Rule of Law Index74. (Establish a trend for lawyers called to the bar) 73 The “Judiciary Independence Index” by the World Economic Forum shows a steady increase of ranking since 2008 74 135 5.2.8 Human Security and Public Safety The number of Police personnel grew to 38,347 in 2020 from 35,027 in 2019. Police officer to citizen ratio and Fire officer to citizen ratio as at 2020, stood at 1:807 (from 1:864 in 2019) and 1: 2,864 (from 1:3469 in 2019) respectively. However, police and fire officer to citizen ratios are still significantly above UN recommended standards. The security services were retooled with necessary logistics and their remuneration improved. For instance, there are now more CCTV cameras that have been installed in many more locations in Ghana to help keep communities and residents safe. The Ghana Immigration Service enforced immigration laws relating to the entry, residence, employment and exit of foreign nationals. From 2018 to 2020, more than 5000 foreign nationals residing in Ghana were arrested for not being in possession of requisite permits. The Police’s Domestic Violence and Victim Support Units (DOVVSU) were expanded and Family Tribunal and Gender-Based Violence Courts were established to speedily resolve and improve the administration of justice for gender-based violence. The Anti-Human Trafficking Unit of the Ghana Police Service also rescued 141 victims of human trafficking in 2020. As of 31st December 2020, Police Professionals Standard Bureau (PPSB) recorded 1,176 complaints of which, 361 had been completed and 817 remained under investigation. Complaints included unprofessional handling of cases; undue delay of investigation; unfair treatment; police brutalities; unlawful arrests and detentions; misconduct; and extortions. The Ghana Armed Forces has a workforce strength of approximately 13,000 to 15,50075 (2019). The net recruitment rate increased from 4.7 percent in 2019 to 13.5 percent in 2020 while attrition rate remained at 1.9 percent. It deployed one state-of-the-art Level II Field Hospital for COVID-19 response and contributed to the maintenance of peace in Northern Ghana. The percentage of personnel deployed in peacekeeping operations declined to 10.01 percent in 2020 from 16.40 percent in 2019. 5.2.9 Civil Society and Civic Engagement The number of CSOs registered with the Department of Social Welfare and Development increased from 7,950 in 2018 to 9,251 in 2019. CSOs actively participated in and supported the legislative process for a number of bills to be passed into law, for instance passage of the RTI Bill, the Fiscal Responsibility Act, review of the Persons with Disability Act, advocacy for the passage of the Affirmative Action Bill and advocacy against a proposal to increase VAT, among others. They also supported the preparation of progress reports on the implementation of national, regional and global agendas and published analytical reports on expenditures; social protection; poverty reduction; taxation; child protection and welfare; and water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH). 75 -11,500 Army; 2,000 Navy; 2,000 Air Force 136 Level of Press Freedom The ranking on the World Press Freedom Index released by Reporters without Borders placed Ghana in the 30th position in 2020 from 27th and 23rd position in 2019 and 2018 respectively out of 180 countries assessed. Within the African region, Ghana recorded the 1st position in 2018 and 3rd position in 2019, behind Namibia and Cape Verde. In the 2021 ranking, Ghana was second behind Namibia among African countries. 5.2.10 Promoting Attitudinal Change and Patriotism Over the medium-term, the National Commission on Civic Education was allocated over 30 million Ghana Cedis76 between 2018 and 2020, to promote patriotism and good citizenship. As part of the programme, NCCE visited 11,849 schools annually between 2018 and 2020 to educate the youth on good citizenship and patriotism. The National Development Planning Commission also organized a national development forum in 2019 on societal values and national development which highlighted attitudinal change. Government also launched a Ghana Beyond Aid Charter document establishing some 11 key fundamental values that Ghanaians must commit to in its quest to develop. In spite of these initiatives, poor attitudes, particularly towards work, sanitation, law enforcement, morality, business and maintenance of public property, as well as low sense of patriotism continue to bedevil Ghana’s socio-economic development. 5.2.11 Development Communication Ghana made significant advances in key indicators of progress including the promotion of press freedom and the number of development dialogues organised by the government. The media continued to perform its watchdog role over the three arms of government. During the implementation of the Agenda for Jobs policy framework (2018-2021), MDAs participated in meet-the-press series, town hall meetings, regional press soirées, budget dissemination exercises and policy summits. Furthermore, presidential meet-the-press sessions were organised to enable citizens engagement with the President of the Republic. 5.2.12 Culture for National Development Efforts at integrating culture into national development have included promoting the role of the chieftaincy institution in national development. Interventions pursued include promoting the development of literary works; maintaining cultural assets and skills; and promoting Centres for National Culture. Other achievements include codifying chieftaincy lines of 76 Based on 2018, 2019 and 2020 MoF PBB Report. 137 succession; addressing conflicts and chieftaincy disputes; and developing traditional institutional mechanisms to provide an alternative framework for settling chieftaincy disputes. Key national institutions continued to be established and existing ones strengthened to coordinate the integration of cultural issues in national development. An additional legislative instrument on lines of succession was drafted in 2020, bringing the total number to 20 from 19 in 2019. These legislative Instruments provide the regulatory framework for succession to stools and skins in traditional areas to promote peace and development. Additionally, a 103 (21.3%) out of 483 chieftaincy disputes, were disposed of as at the end of December 2020. 5.2.13 Ghana’s role in international affairs The foreign policy thrust of Ghana since independence has been to maximise the benefits of its interactions with the international community while preserving its sovereignty and making unique contributions to its neighboring countries and the world. The objectives pursued over the medium term included: accelerating economic and social integration with regional and sub-regional states; integrating the Ghanaian diaspora in national development; leveraging economic and technological opportunities for sustainable development; and promoting international peace and sustainable development Accelerating Economic and Social Integration with Regional and Sub-Regional States The year 2020 saw the penetration of Ghanaian products into two new markets bringing the total number of foreign markets penetrated to 32. Trade exhibitions held in the year were 45 compared with 20 in 2019. The year 2019 was declared by President Nana Akufo-Addo as the ‘Year of Return’ which brought thousands of African Americans and Afro-Caribbeans from all over the world to Ghana to mark the 400th anniversary since the first Africans were taken to the Americas as slaves. It also afforded the country the opportunity to introduce some made-in-Ghana products such as kente, chocolate, artefacts, locally manufactured fabrics, and foot wears, among others to the diasporians who visited the country. Ghana ratified the protocol establishing AfCFTA, a market that covers 1.2 billion people with a combined GDP of US$ 2.5 trillion. Ghana also contested and won the bid to host the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) Secretariat at the 12th African Union Extraordinary Summit held in Niamey, Niger. In 2020, the country secured an office complex in Accra for the AfCFTA secretariat to commence its operations. Integrating the Ghanaian Diaspora in national development In May 2019, an eight member committee was constituted to review modalities on the operationalization of the Peoples Amendment Act (ROPAA), 2006 (Act 699). The Act was 138 passed to provide the framework for Ghanaians diaspora exercise their universal suffrage. The ROPAA committee has completed its work but is yet to submit its report to the EC for study. The Government of Ghana strengthened the Diaspora Office established at the Presidency to ensure effective mobilisation of Ghanaians living abroad for national development. The number of Ghanaians registered with Ghana missions abroad increased from 1 million in 2018 to 3.6 million in 2019 and 6.1 million in 2020. The registered Ghanaian nationals potentially provide a credible database of Ghanaians living in the diaspora to be registered by the National Identification Authority and Electoral Commission, which can help in the implementation of ROPAA. Leveraging Economic and Technological Opportunities for Sustainable Development MFARI in the medium-term introduced an online passport application for all passport application centers. This initiative has improved the turn-around time for processing biometric passports from 15 days in 2018 to 10 days in 2019 and 12 days in 2020. A total of 314,500 passports were issued in 2019 globally by MFARI, exceeding the target of 300,000. This was made possible partly through the issuance of biometric passports by 7 missions abroad. Promoting International Peace and Sustainable Development In 2018 to 2020, Ghana’s security personnel were involved in 19 peacekeeping missions around the globe. Additionally, MFARI assisted seven Ghanaians in 2019 to occupy positions in international organizations. This is an improvement on the 2018 performance where four Ghanaians occupied such positions. At the ECOWAS and AU level however, the number of Ghanaians elected were seven in 2019. Ghana’s development agenda has been informed by regional and global commitments such as the AU Agenda 2063 and UN 2030 Agenda. Ghana is also collaborating with its neighboring countries, Cote d’Ivoire, Togo and Burkina Faso to implement West Africa Growth Ring Master Plan (WAGRIC) as part of efforts to enhance infrastructural connectivity within the West Africa Region. 5.3 SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES 5.3.1 Democratic Governance There is uneven balance of power between the three arms of government; inadequate resources to Governance Institutions; relatively weak capacity of governance institutions; monetisation of elections/electoral process; pockets of electoral violence; political violence; and inadequate capacity of Parliament to exercise its oversight function over the Executive. 5.3.2 Local Government and Decentralisation Inadequate consultations on election of MMDCEs; weak implementation of political and administrative decentralization; poor service delivery at the local level; weak capacity of local government staff; ineffective sub-district structures; weak coordination of administrative 139 functions; poor coordination in preparation and implementation of development plans; deepening and widening participation on development and MMDAs activities at the grassroot levels; poor linkage between planning and budgeting at national, regional and district levels; weak spatial planning capacity at the local level; and weak involvement and participation of citizenry in planning and budgeting. 5.3.3 Public Accountability Weak coordination and commitment to the implementation of NACAP; weak sanctions regime inherent within the PAC; low public interest in public institutions; limited demand for accountability at the local level; and limited involvement of the public in expenditure tracking. 5.3.4 Public Institutional Reform Overlapping functions among public sector institutions; weak enforcement and low compliance with PSC legislations by public sector agencies; limited modernisation and use of technology in public sector; significant decreases in capital expenditure overtime; undue interference in the functioning of public sector institutions; inefficiencies in public service delivery; and weak linkage between performance and pay administration in public service. 5.3.5 Public Policy Management Limited involvement of non-state actors in public policy formulation process; weak coordination of the development planning system; lack of a comprehensive database on public policies; ineffective M&E on implementation of development policies and plans; inadequate financial resources; weak capacity in development policy formulation; and weak research capacity of MDAs and MMDAs. 5.3.6 Human Security and Public Safety Inadequate equipment and infrastructure; politicisation of the security services; weak professionalism; inadequate capacity to combat emerging crimes; incidence of Cybercrime and cyber-insecurity; weak collaboration among security agencies; weak relations between citizens and law enforcement agencies; inadequate personnel; overcrowding in custodial facilities; inadequate rehabilitation centres; and poor prison conditions; increasing levels of crime (including drug related crimes); inadequate community and citizen involvement in public safety; weak monitoring and regulation of private security firms; proliferation of small arms; and incidence of ethnic clashes, violent demonstrations, armed robberies and sexual and gender-based violence. 5.3.7 Corruption and Economic Crimes Limited support for the implementation of anti-corruption strategies; high perception of corruption among public office holders and citizenry; low transparency and accountability of public institutions; misappropriation of funds by public office holders; abuse of discretionary powers; increasing incidence and diversity of economic crimes; weak coordination and implementation of recommendations of Public Accounts Committee and other relevant institutions; and high levels of alleged bribery scandals and corruption. 140 5.3.8 Law and Order Low affordability, proximity, comprehensibility and responsiveness to justice; decline in public confidence in the legal system; limited number and poor quality of court infrastructure; inadequate capacity of judges and state attorneys to handle specialty cases; protracted pre- trial detentions; perceived corruption in the legal system; abuse of human rights by security personnel; declining press freedom; and challenges to implementation of the Rule of Law and freedom of expression. 5.3.9 Civil Society and Civic Engagement Increasing politicization of CSOs; inadequate capacity of civil society to optimise existing civic spaces; lack of effective regulatory mechanisms for the non-profit sector; inadequate transparency and information on processes and timing of development discourse to enable sufficient civic participation; gaps in awareness, advocacy and enforcement of citizen rights and responsibilities; insufficient funding for institutions responsible for public education; communal strife and disunity as a result of leadership succession and land disputes; and inadequate involvement of traditional authorities and religious bodies in national development. 5.3.10 Attitudinal Change and Patriotism Weak patriotism and loyalty to the state; poor attitudes negatively impacting quality of life; political and civic apathy; and indiscipline. 5.3.11 Development Communication Limited ownership and accountability for national development at all levels; polarised media landscape; insufficient funding of development communication and low awareness of government agenda. 5.3.12 Culture for National Development Poor appreciation of national culture; growing negative influence of foreign culture; inadequate cultural infrastructure; limited reliable data on the cultural sector; weak frameworks, regulations and institutions for promoting Ghanaian culture; gaps in the governance regime for emerging areas in the cultural industry; and negative cultural and outmoded practices inimical to development. 5.3.13 Ghana’s Role in International Affairs Fragmented policies and strategies for Ghana’s engagement with the global community; weak service delivery by Foreign missions abroad; inadequate training of staff; limited leverage of Ghanaian culture in the international arena; threats of global terrorism; incidence of political instability particularly among neighbouring countries; poor management of trans-boundary resources; and limited diaspora engagement and participation in national development. 5.4 MEDIUM-TERM GOAL The goal for the Governance, Corruption and Accountability dimension is to maintain a stable, united and safe country built on efficient institutions, rule of law, freedom, public trust and strong international relations. 141 5.5 MEDIUM-TERM POLICY OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES The medium-term policy interventions for the governance dimension are: to deepen democratic governance; reform and transforming public institutions; effective management of public policy; improve human security and public safety; accelerate and sustain decentralisation; fight corruption and economic crimes; promote respect for law and order; improve participation of civil society in national development ; promote attitudinal change and values for national development; ensure responsive governance and citizen participation in development; promote development communication; promote culture in the development process; strengthen Ghana’s role in international affairs; and reposition the diaspora to contribute to national development for mutual benefit. 5.5.1 Democratic Governance Deepen Democratic Governance: The strategies to be used to achieve this objective include strengthening the three arms of government and promoting the effective separation of powers; strengthening independent governance institutions to perform their functions effectively; accelerating the implementation of the Constitutional Review Committee’s recommendations; and accelerating the implementation of electoral reforms. Others include orienting the security services to make them more responsive to the demands of democratic processes; promoting the ownership of development processes and transparency at the local level and strengthening the capacity of Parliament to exercise oversight on government finances and implementation of policies and programmes. 5.5.2 Local Government and Decentralisation Policy objectives prioritized for the medium-term are to deepen political and administrative decentralisation; improve decentralised planning; strengthen fiscal decentralisation; and improve popular participation. Deepen Political and Administrative Decentralisation: The strategies to be implemented are to: ensure the election of District Chief Executives (DCEs) and formalise performance appraisals of MMDCEs; resolve discrepancies in inter-district boundary demarcation; strengthen sub-district structures; institute mechanism for effective inter-service/inter- sectoral collaboration and cooperation at district, regional and national levels; and strengthen capacity of the Institute of Local Government Studies to deliver on its mandate. Others are to accelerate the implementation of the Local Government (Departments of District Assemblies) (Commencement) Instrument, 2009 (LI 1961); and strengthen regional structures in support of devolution of powers. Improve Decentralised Planning: Strategies to be implemented to improve decentralised planning would focus on strengthening local capacity for spatial planning; creating enabling environment for implementation of Local Economic Development (LED) and Public-Private Partnership (PPP) policies at the district level; and strengthening the implementation of 142 planning and budgeting provisions in LI 2232 and the Public Financial Management Act 2016 (Act 921). Strengthen Fiscal Decentralisation: Strategies to be implemented would focus on enhancing revenue mobilisation capacity of MMDAs; strengthening PPPs in IGF mobilization; implementing the Inter-Governmental Fiscal Framework (IGFF) and Inter-Governmental Fiscal Transfers (IGFT); and enhancing financial capacities of regional and district administrations. Strengthen the Coordinating and Administrative Functions of Regions: the prioritized strategy under the objective is to strengthen regional structures in support of devolution of powers. Improve Popular Participation: Strategies to be implemented include promoting effective stakeholder involvement in development planning process, local democracy and accountability; promoting ownership of development process and transparency at the local level; building the capacity of civil society organisations; and strengthening the People’s Assembly concept to encourage citizens to participate in governance. 5.5.3 Public Accountability The medium-term objective would focus on deepening transparency and public accountability. Strategies to be implemented to attain this objective include: strengthening systems and structures for ensuring transparency and accountability in the management of public funds; strengthening the sanctions regime inherent in public accountability mechanisms; promoting public interest in performance monitoring reports of public institutions; and expanding opportunities for public information and initiatives in accountability and enhancing participatory budgeting, revenue and expenditure tracking at all levels. 5.5.4 Public Institutional Reform Build an effective and efficient government machinery that supports citizens’ participation: Strategies to be implemented include improving coordination to address conflicting mandates of public sector institutions; implementing a Client Service Charter for public institutions; modernising public service institutions to improve leadership, efficiency, productivity and delivery; and empowering citizens to demand quality public services. Others include ensuring implementation of the Public Sector Reform Strategy; implementing a comprehensive human resource payroll system and database; improving documentation within the public sector and developing and implementing a comprehensive human resource strategy. 5.5.5 Public Policy and Management Enhance capacity for policy formulation and promote coordination of the development process: Strategies to achieve these objectives are to implement national policy guidelines to 143 streamline public policy formulation; strengthen the capacity of public institutions to undertake policy analysis, development planning, monitoring and evaluation, macro- econometric modelling and forecasting; strengthen capacity for research and statistical information management systems of MDAs and MMDAs; intensify the use of Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) in public policy processes, plans and programmes; deepen political party participation in national development; expedite implementation of the Legislative and Policy Almanac; and ensure the implementation of Long-Term Development Frameworks. 5.5.6 Human Security and Public Safety The following policy objectives would be prioritized over the medium-term to address the limitations of human security and public safety. These include enhancing security service delivery and public safety. Enhance security service delivery: Strategies to be implemented include: promoting world- class security services with modern infrastructure and equipment; building capacity for surveillance and intelligence sharing within the security services; developing a comprehensive framework to enhance professionalism within the security services; ensuring increased technical and financial support to institutions that manage gender-based violence cases; enhancing community-based approaches to safety and security, especially in border areas; and promoting competitive remuneration to enable the security services to attract the best personnel. Enhance Public Safety: strategies to be implemented are to reduce recidivism, promote effective re-integration of ex-convicts; implement a robust and comprehensive anti-narcotics and crime policy; strengthen and coordinate institutions dealing with drug trafficking; promote security awareness of the various communities; enhance border management technology, infrastructure and institutional inspections; and enhance national capacity for fire prevention, protection and fighting. 5.5.7 Corruption and Economic Crimes Reduce corruption and bribery in all its forms: Strategies to achieve the objective are to ensure continued implementation of the National Anti-Corruption Action Plan (NACAP); undertake comprehensive institutional and legislative reforms including laws on appointments and confirmation of officers in acting capacity/positions; strengthen the Judiciary, Parliament, security services and other anti-corruption institutions to perform their functions effectively. streamline delegated prosecutorial powers of the police and other agencies in the fight against corruption; and strengthen OSP to develop effective systems to combat corruption and organized crimes. 5.5.8 Law and Order Promote access and efficiency in delivery of justice: Strategies to achieve the objective are to: Ensure implementation of the e-justice system; operationalize the Legal Aid Commission Act in consonance with recommendations of the CRC; strengthen the Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) mechanism; strengthen judicial training and legal education reforms for 144 judiciary personnel, police CID, prosecutors and law students; and expand judicial infrastructure across the country. 5.5.9 Civil Society, and Civic Engagement Improve participation of civil society in national development: Strategies to be undertaken to achieve this policy objective include: creating an enabling environment for philanthropy and volunteerism; creating opportunities for increased technical and financial support for CSO coalitions and partnerships; establishing partnership agreements with the media; strengthening national and regional houses of chiefs to promote development; and building the capacity of religious bodies to promote religious tolerance. 5.5.10 Attitudinal Change and Patriotism Promote attitudinal change and values for national development: The strategies to be implemented would include instilling patriotism in the citizenry, especially amongst children and the youth; formulating and implementing a consensus-driven national values policy; promoting a campaign on good society; and promoting discipline in all aspects of life. 5.5.11 Development Communication Ensure responsive governance and citizen participation in development: The strategies to be implemented include creating an enabling environment for development communication; integrating development communication across the public policy cycle; strengthening institutional structures for development communication at all levels of governance and providing sustainable financing for development communication. 5.5.12 Culture for National Development Promote culture in the development process: The strategies to be implemented would include mainstreaming positive traditional values and believe systems in all aspect of national development; implementing the policy framework on the traditional values and belief systems in Ghana; increasing support to chieftaincy institutions; strengthening national and regional houses of chiefs to promote development; and continuing the codification of chieftaincy lines of succession. 5.5.13 Ghana’s Role in International Affairs The objectives to be pursued over the medium-term are to promote a globally competitive foreign service; enhance Ghana’s International Image and Influence; promote Ghana’s political and economic interests; and reposition the diaspora to contribute to national development. Promote a globally competitive Foreign Service: Strategies to be implemented include: harmonising foreign policies and strategies for engagement with global community; reviewing Ghana’s foreign policy in line with changing global environment; improving efficiency and effectiveness of foreign missions; expanding markets for intra-regional trade and economic co- 145 operation; and repositioning the Economic Trade and Investment Bureau (ECTIB) to serve as the link between Ghana Missions abroad and MDAs and other stakeholders. Enhance Ghana’s international image and influence: Strategies that will be prioritised are: leveraging Ghana’s democratic credentials to enhance international image; promoting the engagement of Ghanaians in leadership roles at regional and international levels; maintaining an identity-based population register for effective management of immigration; and making Ghana a preferred destination for business, education and tourism and ensuring commitment to regional bodies and international organisations. Promote Ghana’s political and economic interests: Strategies to be implemented include creating an enabling environment to attract domestic and foreign investors; repositioning Ghana to leverage on emerging international and regional developments; reducing Ghana’s vulnerability to shocks and threats from the international system; defending Ghana’s interests and maintaining its sovereignty; and developing markets for Ghanaian goods and services abroad. Reposition the diaspora to contribute to national development: Strategies to be pursued include: extending political, economic and social rights of the diaspora; ensuring participation of Ghanaians abroad in national development; implementing the Diaspora Engagement Policy; repositioning Diaspora Affairs Bureau to effectively support the diaspora; promoting and protect the welfare of Ghanaians abroad; and attracting and retaining mutually beneficial and sustainable partnerships with Ghanaians in the diaspora. 5.6 MEDIUM-TERM TARGET The broad medium-term targets to be achieved by the end of 2025 under the governance, corruption and accountability dimension are: 1. Nine result areas of the Public Sector Reform Strategy achieved by 2023 2. Ethics officers appointed in all public organizations 3. Local government officials elected 4. The Good Society Campaign conceptualised, launched and sustained 5. Recommendations of the Constitutional Review Report implemented 6. Ghana’s foreign policy and service strengthened 7. National security and peace building mainstreamed into development plans 8. The Ghanaian public sensitized to identify and fight corruption and make its practice a high risk, low gain activity 9. Roadmap for the Ghana Beyond Aid Charter and Strategy and implemented (refer to appendix 5.4 for details of medium-term targets for the other focus areas of the governance, corruption and accountability dimension). 5.7 FLAGSHIPS FOR GOVERNANCE, CORRUPTION AND ACCOUNTABILITY 146 Governance 1. Continue to improve the financing of governance and anti-corruption MDAs to enable them recruit, train, and retain dedicated staff to support the fight against corruption 2. Improve development outcomes through local government by working to build consensus towards amendment of Articles 55(3) and 243 of the Constitution and other consequential laws to allow for the direct, popular election of MMDCEs on a partisan basis and to devolve more powers to local authorities 3. Ensuring the completion of property valuation and digitisation of valuation rolls across the country by devolved offices of the Land Valuation Division of the Lands Commission in all MMDAs to improve local revenue from property taxation 4. Provide resources for the Right to Information Commission to operationalise effectively the Right to Information Law 5. Expedite processes for the amendment of the law for public disclosure of asset declarations Ghana’s Role in International Affairs 1. Continue to promote and support ECOWAS and the AU domestically and internationally 2. Strengthen Ghana’s multilateral engagements with the United Nations General Assembly, United Nations and other international Conferences, Commonwealth Heads of Government Meetings, and La Francophonie (OIF), among others. 3. Expand the level of engagement and promote the interests of Ghanaian and African Diaspora 4. Continue to facilitate the election and appointment of Ghanaians to positions in various international organisations. 5. Develop Ghana into a Regional Economic Hub77, by leveraging its position within ECOWAS and as host of the Secretariat of the Africa Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA). 6. Expedite processes in collaboration with Electoral Commission for the implementation of ROPAL Act. 7. Introduce chip-embedded passports to keep up with technological advancement and enhance the security of Ghanaian passports 8. Implement the project to issue Machine-Readable Visa Stickers 77 Financial services, Mining, Aviation and Logistics, Petroleum, Automobile, Digital Services, Tourism, Hospitality and Creative Arts. 147 CHAPTER SIX EMERGENCY PLANNING AND RESPONSE (INCLUDING COVID-19 RECOVERY PLAN) 6.1 INTRODUCTION The chapter outlines the state of emergency planning and response and provides the medium- term policy objectives, strategies and targets for building resilience against hydrometeorological; geological; biological; technological; anthropogenic; and security threats. It also assesses the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on Ghana’s development and highlights Governments’ response, the Ghana CARES Programme among others. 6.2 PERFORMANCE REVIEW This section discusses both natural and man-made disasters that have affected Ghana in the past and in recent years under the following focus areas: 6.2.1 Hydrometeorological threats These refer to meteorological, hydrological, and climate related occurrences such as floods, storms, droughts, wildfires, and coastal erosion, extreme temperatures, gust wind/thunderstorm, etc. Floods: Flooding has become a perennial problem in Ghana, especially in urban areas. Flooding also occurs in the northern part of Ghana as a result of heavy rainfall and the opening of the Bagre dam in Burkina Faso which causes the White Volta to overflow its banks leading to displacement of people, destruction of farm lands and loss of livelihood. Under the 2018 National Flood Control Programme, a number of critical interventions were undertaken in major urban centers across the country. These include the Figure 6.1: Number of deaths and directly affected people by floods per 100,000 population, 2017-2020 construction of drains and culverts, channel opening, widening, deepening 1,184 and upgrading. In addition, two flood 997 1,063 forecasting and warning systems were established and a total of 23.8 kilometers 739 of primary and secondary drains constructed between 2018 and 2020. The number of deaths and people directly affected by floods increased from 997 in 2017 to 1,184 per 100,000 population in 2017 2018 2019 2020 2020 (Figure 6.1). In 2020, a total of 366,223 people were directly affected; out of which 57,689 people were supported by Source: Annual Report, NADMO, 2020 National Disaster Management Organisation (NADMO). 148 Flooding stems from a number of factors such as poor physical planning, poor drainage systems, poor waste disposal practices, silting and choking of drains, uncovered drains, unapproved and haphazard development, delay in honouring payment certificates and non- payment of advance mobilization for the execution of flood control works. Droughts/Dry spells: Ghana is vulnerable to drought/dry spells, more profoundly in the north and the Accra plains. According to the 2019 Afro barometer report, drought in Ghana is believed to have worsened by 30 percent in the last 10 years. Generally, drought has occurred in the past within a sequence of 30 years. However, the World Bank predicts its frequent occurrence every decade over the period of 2010-2050 for all regions of the country. The situation is exacerbated by climate change with severe economic and environmental consequences, affecting crop viability and production. Drought also results in water shortage and rationing, decline of soil fertility with associated food shortages leading to hunger, poor diets, malnutrition and micronutrient deficiencies. The lack of real-time information, poor quality of climate forecasts and early warning systems have however affected Ghana’s ability to respond to the occurrence of droughts. Wildfires and fire outbreaks: Fire outbreaks are witnessed yearly in various parts of the country. The causes of these outbreaks include unstable electricity; inferior electrical wires; faulty wiring and appliances; negligence; and illegal electrical and gas connections. Domestic fires accounted for 26 percent of the total number of fire incidents in 2019 in the country and usually occurred in the populated cities of Ghana. The number of persons affected by domestic and commercial fires as well as bush fires stood at 52, 56 and 97 per 100,000 population respectively in 2017, 2019 and 2020 (Table 6.1). Table 6.1: Number of persons affected by wildfire and fire outbreak per 100,000 population No. of people per 100,000 population Selected Disaster Type 2017 2019 2020 Domestic and Commercial fires 36 42 74 Bush (wild) fires 16 14 23 Total 52 56 97 Source: NADMO, 2019 According to the Ghana National Fire Service (GNFS), Ghana lost GH¢19 million due to 4,800 fire incidents between January and September 2020. The three leading types of the fire outbreaks were domestic fires (35%), bush fires (22%) and commercial fires (14%). These claimed 271 lives and left 1,714 persons with varying degrees of injury. Most of the commercial fire outbreaks were due to illegal electrical wiring in most markets and exposure to naked fire from cooking in these markets. In recent times, some facilities of great value that have been gutted by fire include the Ministry of Information, the loading gantry of Tema Oil Refinery, offices of the Electoral Commission, 149 the Large Taxpayer Office of the Ghana Revenue Authority, Central Medical Stores, Makola, Kantamanto and Kumasi Central markets. The Ghana National Fire Service launched the National Bush Fire Prevention Campaign in 2017 to curtail the incidence of fire outbreaks. As part of the strategy, citizens were encouraged to change their attitude and support the fight for the preservation of the environment. In addition, the country is also implementing the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction (2015-2030) , which was adopted in 2015. Coastal erosion: In Ghana, coastal erosion and its associated flooding continues to be an environmental problem for coastal settlements. Over the years, it has resulted in flooding and destruction of infrastructure; loss of land and forced migration. It is estimated that, the ocean claims between 1.5 to 4 meters of the 560 kilometres coastline annually, with the riskiest areas being Ada Foah and the eastern parts of Keta, recording 4 meters78. Coastal protection measures such as groynes79 and gabions80 have been set up at several segments of Ghana’s coastline. 6.2.2 Geological threats Geological threats include earthquakes, landslides, rockfalls, subsidence, mudslides and volcanos. Earthquakes: Recent earthquakes in Ghana have occurred along the Akwapim fault (conspicuous mountain range) which runs northeast – southwest from Ho through parts of Accra and along the coastal boundary fault which lies along the coast. These zones have, and continue to experience movements in the underlying (sub-surface or crustal) rocks. In recent times, there has been increasing seismic activities along the fault zones, especially in Accra (south of Weija) where the two known seismically active faults intersect. These ground shakings in Accra have been described by the Ghana Geological Survey Authority (GGSA) as weak to moderate earthquakes. 78 Apeaning-Addo, K (2009) Detection of coastal erosion hotspots in Accra, Ghana. Journal of Sustainable Development in Africa 4(11): 253-258 79 Groyne is a rigid hydraulic structure built from an ocean shore (in coastal engineering) or from a bank (in rivers) that interrupts water flow and limits the movement of sediment 80 Gabions are wire, stone filled cages or mattresses and are normally used to retain or protect slopes from erosion e.g., along eroding coasts. 150 Landslides: The country has recorded cases of landslides since 1933. Notable among these are two landslides which were recorded on the portion of the Peduase-Ayi Mensah stretch of the Aburi road in a spate of 2 weeks in 2019. The Ghana Institution of Geoscientists (GhIG) has indicated that areas such as Kasoa Toll-booth, Ablekuma, McCarthy Hill, Gbawe, Kwabenya, Ofankor, Nkawkaw scarp, Voltaian scarp (Camp), Jamase-Ashanti Mampong, Gambaga- Nakpanduri Road, Larteh Road and their surrounding areas form part of a mountainous range and are subject to the risk of possible landslides and rockfalls. 6.2.3 Biological threats These refer to disease-related threats in humans, plants and animals such as cholera, ebola, COVID-19; Cerebrospinal Meningitis (CSM), insect infestation (army worm), polio, HIV/AIDs, etc. Although a biological threat, the COVID-19 pandemic, its impacts on Ghana’s development and response is treated as a separate focus area. Cholera: Since the re-emergence of cholera in the 1970s, the country has suffered several outbreaks which is becoming seasonal. According to data from the Ghana Health Service, a total of 9,542 cases with 100 deaths were recorded in 2010; 10,628 cases with 105 deaths in 2011; 28,975 cases with 243 deaths in 2014; 618 cases with 5 deaths in 2015; and 150 cases in 2016. An epidemiological surveillance in Ghana reported 82,754 cholera cases and 519 fatalities between 1998 and 2017 and has since not recorded any outbreak. Meningitis: Since 1980, cases of meningitis have been reported each year with a major epidemic in 1997 which affected over 19,000 people with 1,200 deaths in the northern part of the country. Districts outside the meningitis belt began experiencing yearly focal outbreaks in the year 2000. It is believed that the introduction of the meningitis vaccine and new strains of the organisms in susceptible populations, drought, and increased mobility of population have over the years influenced the occurrence and spread of the disease. Ebola: No case of Ebola Virus Disease had been confirmed in Ghana, although 150 suspected cases were investigated across the country. However, the disease remains a major public health threat to Ghana due to the country’s proximity to recently affected countries. Poliomyelitis: Ghana recorded the last case of the indigenous wild polio virus in 1999. It however resurfaced in 2003, 2008, and recently in August 2019. Between July 2019 and August 2020, 31 children were paralysed due to polio81. Three cases of circulating vaccine-derived poliovirus type 2 (cVDPV2) were confirmed on 8th July 2019. Ghana was classified under the International Health Regulations (IHR) as a state infected with cVDPV2, with potential risk of international spread. 81 Fighting polio in the COVID-19 context | UNICEF Ghana, accessed on 20th February 2021 151 Insect Infestation (Fall Army Worm): The Fall Army Worm (FAW) infestation was first reported in Ghana in 2016 in the Yilo Krobo district. As at September 2017, over 14,000 hectares of maize, sorghum, millet and rice farms invaded by FAW had been destroyed across the country. The Plant Protection and Regulatory Services Directorate (PPRSD) in collaboration with the Centre for Agriculture Biosciences International (CABI) and other stakeholders, developed a short to medium- and long-term plan for managing the pest in 2017. 6.2.4 Anthropogenic threats These are threats caused by man-made activities such as pollution, transport and fire accidents; gas explosion; oil spillage; and chemical releases, among others. Pollution: Most of the country’s water bodies have been polluted by mining, industrial activities and leachate from poor municipal solid and liquid waste management. Mortality attributed to indoor and outdoor air pollution was estimated at 203.8 per 100,000 population in 201682. Air pollution was found to be the second-highest driver of death and disability combined, just after the malnutrition risk factor83. The cost of diseases caused by pollution was estimated between US$226 million and US$300 million in 2015 due to lost productivity. This cost represents between 0.6 percent to 0.8 percent of 2015 GDP. During the same year, welfare damages from diseases caused by pollution amounted to US$2,839 million (7%of the Gross National Income (GNI)) for the same year84. Gas explosions: Ghana has since 2014 recorded about 8 major gas explosions resulting in fatalities and multiple degrees of burns. It is estimated that 35 percent of the over 300 burn cases recorded at the Korle Bu Teaching Hospital in 2017 were from gas explosions. These explosions have occurred due to non-adherence to Standard Operating Procedures; over pressurization of overfilled Bulk Road Vehicle (BRV) with limited vapour space to accommodate excess pressure; allowing vehicles and unauthorized persons into facilities during transfer of LPG from BRV into site storage vessels; opening of entry and exit points of the facilities before transfer of LPG from BRV into storage vessels located on site, and sales of product during transfer. Other factors include limited competence, skills and formal training on Safe Product Handling, Health, Safety and Environmental processes. 82 World Health Organization, World Health Statistics 2021: Monitoring Health for the SDGs Sustainable Development Goals, World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland, 2021. 83 Institute of Health Metrics and Evaluation (2017): Global Burden of Disease 2016 study 84 UNIDO (2019): Health and Pollution Action Plan; Republic of Ghana 152 Mercury Exposure: The WHO considers mercury as one of the top ten chemicals of primary public health concern. The Global burden of disease associated with mercury is estimated to range from 1.22 to 2.39 million Disability Adjusted Life Years (DALYs)85 . It is estimated that about 70 percent of the almost one million artisanal and small-scale gold miners work in the informal sector, where conditions are not inspected for health and safety standards may be at greater risk of mercury exposure. E-waste and hazardous waste: Ghana does not have a sustainable, efficient recycling system for dealing with and disposing of e-waste. The digital waste dump at Old Fadama (Agbogloshie) in Accra, is an example of improper recycling of e-waste. The resulting environmental and health problems include pollution of soil and surface area by heavy metals and organic pollutants, formation of toxic gases from the burning of electrical cables often causing respiratory diseases and emission of greenhouse gases. 6.2.5 Technological Threats The private sector and governments are constantly faced with rapid technological innovations which provide opportunity for higher levels of productivity, but also pose different levels of threats such as cybercrime and sim boxing. Cybercrime: Ghana’s score on the Global Cyber Security Index (GCI) improved from 43.7 percent in 2018 to 86.7 percent in 2020. Key initiatives contributing to the improved score include the establishment of the National Cyber Security Center (NCSC); passage of the Cyber Security Act, 2020 (Act 1038); and the ratification of international conventions & treaties such as the Convention on Cybercrime in Budapest-Hungary, the AU Convention on Cyber Security and Personal Data Protection in Malabo, Equatorial Guinea. Despite the improvement, the cyber security space of Ghana is still laced with threats such as identity fraud/theft, estate fraud, fake gold dealership, mobile money fraud, internet blackmail, ‘Sakawa’ or 419, cyberstalking, distribution of pornographic material, hacking of government and military websites, and cyber terrorism. Ghana is estimated to have lost over US$200m to recorded cases of cybercrime between 2016 and 201886. 6.2.6 Security Threats These threats include terrorism; organized crime (trafficking, money laundering; fraud) and conflict (chieftaincy, land, religious, ethnic, economic, and political). 85 (Steckling et al., 2017) 86 Ghana loses $230m to cyber criminals - CID (citinewsroom.com) 153 Terrorism: Although Ghana has not experienced any act of terrorism, it is vulnerable to attacks due to its geo-location, with the recent terrorist attacks of its neighbours, Côte d'Ivoire and Burkina Faso. The fight against terrorism relies on intelligence and high level of awareness among the public. Government sought to strengthen the capacity of the military to improve surveillance and tighten border security. There is however the need to invest in modern equipment such as drone and satellite, and promote terrorism awareness and preparedness among citizens to neutralize any potential attacks. Organised crime: Organised criminal networks in Ghana focus mainly on armed robbery; kidnap-for-ransom; white collar crimes (Illegal Gambling and Casinos, Illegal Bank Transfers, Live Cash Exports by Aircraft Carriers, Over-invoicing and Under-Invoicing, Pyramid Schemes, Internet Fraud); and cocaine trafficking to various destinations in Europe. Other threats include: “land-guardism”87, aggravated assaults, and burglaries. The sophisticated and changing nature of crime requires a well-equipped security service with the capacity to neutralize acts of organized crime before they are committed. Conflicts: Though Ghana is generally described as a peaceful nation, conflicts occur from time to time across all regions. Conflicts in Ghana are largely ethnic, chieftaincy, political and land related. Ethnic, Chieftaincy and Land-related Conflicts: Over the past decades or more, the country has witnessed ethnic, chieftaincy and land-related conflicts. Examples of these conflicts include Nanumba-Kokomba, Nkonya-Alavanyo, Konkomba-Gonja, Dagomba-Nanumba; Gonja-Vagla ethnic conflicts as well as chieftaincy conflicts in Dagbon, Winneba and Gushiegu. The influx of Fulani herdsmen from the sub-region in search of grazing lands for their herds have led to violent conflicts with local communities in many parts of the country, especially around Agogo in the Asante Akim North District. This is due largely to overlapping rights and interests between crop producers and Fulani herdsmen. Political conflicts: These normally occur through electoral violence and vigilantism. Electoral violence can take many forms, such as intimidation and assault of opponents, voters and electoral agents. Examples of electoral violence in recent years have occurred in Ayawaso West Wuogon, Chereponi, Atiwa, Odododiodio and Talensi by-elections. The Ghana Police Service identified about 6,178 flashpoints nationwide ahead of the 2020 Presidential and Parliamentary elections. 87 The act of using violence or the threat of violence to protect or guard land or property belonging to that person or another person. 154 6.2.7 Relief operations and victims’ welfare The occurrence of the aforementioned threats contribute to destruction; injuries and deaths; and displacing and rendering people homeless. Reliefs are provided by government through NADMO and in some instances supported by local and international relief agencies. Reliefs to victims come in many forms with some agencies providing assorted items. For instance, in 2018, the government of Ghana handed over assorted emergency relief items including food, clothes among others to flood victims in the northern regions. In addition, the families of those who passed away as a result of the flood also received cash donations to help lessen their burden. In the same vein, NADMO disbursed GH₵814,000.00 to support the 2015 June 3 disaster victims. Though humanitarian organisations in Ghana have developed Standard Operating Procedures (SOP), their operations have been fraught with financial and logistical challenges. 6.2.8 Impacts of COVID-19 on Development Ghana reported its first official cases of COVID-19 on March 12, 2020. The two people who tested positive were identified to have returned to the country from Norway and Turkey. These two imported cases trigged the first contact tracing process, which helped in detecting several cases. By the end of 2020, the total number of COVID-19 cases were 54,771 and 335 deaths. In a bid to contain and stop the spread of the virus, government instituted measure, such as the partial lockdown of two major cities (Accra and Kumasi) which were the epicentres for the pandemic. Educational institutions were also closed down affecting about 9.2 million basic school pupils (kindergarten, primary and junior high schools) and 500,000 tertiary education students. This disrupted the entire educational system, resulting in the reduction of school time. Teachers and students had to resort to e-learning. This created disparities in access to education across the country. The pandemic extensively impacted the economy. GDP growth declined sharply from 6.5 percent in 2019 to 1.9 percent in 2020. Inflation increased from 7.9 percent in 2019 to 10.4 percent in 2020 coupled with depreciation of the Cedi. Micro, small and medium-sized enterprises (MSMEs) were among the hardest-hit. About 36 percent of firms closed down during the partial lockdown, with 16 percent continuing to be closed. The firms that remained open experienced reduction in sales. The pandemic also resulted in about 41,952 workers laid- off, while 770,124 experienced reduced wages. As reported by the Household and Jobs Tracker Survey, (2020), about 82.8 percent of households reported a reduction in income from their non-farm businesses. Fifty- five percent of households also recorded a reduction in income from paid employment. Most firms responded to the crisis by reducing employees’ wages and working hours. For instance, about 38.3 percent and 31.8 percent of firms reported to have reduced wage and working hours respectively. 155 The hospitality industry, comprising hotels, lodges, restaurants and rest stops, which is a major source of foreign exchange for the tourism sector was also affected due to restrictions on movement and the closure of borders. Leisure, sports and recreational venues, including sports betting, lottery, casinos, museums, galleries, heritage sites and cinemas also experienced revenue and job losses as uncertainties led to the cancelation and postponement of events. COVID-19 Response Initiatives Government introduced the Coronavirus Alleviation Programme (CAP) which households were relieved households from paying for utilities such as water and electricity for three months. Businesses also received three months subsidies on electricity, while vulnerable communities benefitted from hot meals and food packages. PPEs, tax waivers, allowances, transportation and COVID insurance were provided for frontline health workers. Two funds, namely the COVID-19 National Trust Fund and the Ghana COVID-19 Private Sector Fund were established as vehicles to mobilise resources to provide logistics, medical supplies, test kits and PPEs to various National COVID-19 Treatment Centres and health institutions. The Funds also supported the construction of a 100-bed National Infectious Disease Centre in Accra. Under the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan (EPRP I & II) and the Coronavirus Alleviation Programme (CAP), government rolled-out the GH¢750 million CAP-BuSS Programme in May 2020 to directly support Micro, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (MSMEs). It established a GH¢2 billion Guarantee Facility to support all large enterprises and for job retention; a GH¢100 million Fund for Labour and Faith-Based Organisations for retraining and skills development; and an Unemployment Insurance Scheme to provide temporary income support to workers who are laid off due to the pandemic. The programme also transferred over GH¢50 million to 400,000 most-vulnerable individuals under the LEAP programme. The government also launched a GHȻ100 billion Ghana CARES (Obaatanpa) programme to stabilize, revitalize and transform Ghana’s economy to create jobs and prosperity for Ghanaians over a three-year period. The programme is sequenced in two phases: A Stabilization Phase from July to December 2020; and a medium-term Revitalization Phase from 2021-2023. 6.3 SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES 6.3.1 Hydrometeorological Incidence of natural disasters; human induced disasters; violation of disaster risk reduction (DRR) legislations; inadequate knowledge on disasters; weak legal and policy frameworks for disaster prevention, preparedness and response; poor early warning systems; poor physical planning; poor drainage systems; poor waste disposal practices; and unapproved and haphazard development. 156 6.3.2 Geological Limited awareness and education on earthquakes and their associated risks; limited seismic hazard monitoring stations; weak enforcement of building and seismic codes; limited knowledge in the design and construction of earthquake-resistant structures; inadequate maps for earthquake prone zones/areas; and limited presence of assessment monitoring stations at the Local Level. 6.3.3 Biological Weak surveillance systems; weak institutional capacities; non-compliance of health regulations; unapproved health emergency preparedness and response plans; lack of emergency funds; weak inter-sectoral collaboration; and inadequate health infrastructure and personnel. 6.3.4 Anthropogenic Absence of emergency plan for hazardous substances pollution (HSP); high levels of pollution in different forms (air, noise, water, etc); incidences of gas explosion; and increased e-waste in the environment (offices, residential areas and commercial centres). 6.3.5 Technology and Security Threats Cybercrime and Terrorism High cost and time lag in adopting new technology; disruption to existing technology; sim box crimes, mobile money fraud; Cyber-attacks and risk of terrorism; hacking of bank accounts and credit cards; bitcoin fraud and phishing scams; identity theft, cyberstalking and distribution of pornography; weak protection of key national infrastructure; and weak border infrastructure. Organized Crime Contract killing and extortion; bank/bullion Heist; kidnap for ransom; robberies and assaults; stock manipulation; home Invasion; illegal manufacture of small arms and light weapons; existence of illegal private security companies; and increasing trafficking among children and women for prostitution. Economic, Political, Ethnic and Religious Conflicts Chieftaincy disputes; political party vigilantism and landguardism; election violence; and multiple sale/claimants of land. 6.3.6 Relief Operation and Humanitarian Assistance for Disaster Victims Poor coordination and collaboration among relief assistance agencies; logistical management challenges; weak social protection system for victims of disaster and limited psychosocial support for victims of disaster. 6.3.7 Impacts of COVID-19 on Development The key impact of COVID-19 include: exposure of the fragility of the health system; shutdown of businesses and collapse of vulnerable industries ; decreased demand for non-essential commodities; delay in manufacturing of materials for the Self-Help Electrification Project (SHEP) due to closures of shipping lines; disruptions in procurement processes and implementation of projects; low patronage of restaurants; heightened hygiene management 157 in tourism facilities; disruptions in agriculture and food supply chains; inequity in accessing digital platforms for education; limited capacity for water delivery; slow progress of implementation, supervision and monitoring of projects in the road and rail construction sectors. 6.4 MEDIUM-TERM GOAL The overall goal of the emergency planning and response (including COVID-19 recovery plan) dimension is to build back a resilient and robust country with strengthened adaptive capacity for withstanding national and global threats. 6.5 MEDIUM-TERM POLICY OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES Policy objectives to attain this goal will focus on the following priority areas: promote proactive planning and implementation for disaster prevention and mitigation; minimise Ghana’s geological threats; enhance capacity for surveillance and management of epidemics and pandemics; minimise anthropogenic threats; strengthen National Preparedness against cybercrime and terrorism; minimise the incidence of organised crime; and ensure safety of life, property and social wellbeing; and enhance relief operations and humanitarian welfare. The objectives for the COVID recovery plan are to enhance industry resilience to shocks; ensure a resilient and innovative tourism and arts industry; sustain agriculture and rural development; promote innovative and alternative learning; ensure secured health systems; sustain food and nutrition security; reduce business and workers’ vulnerability to internal and external shocks; and promote shock resilient construction in the road and rail sectors. 6.5.1 Hydrometeorological Promote proactive planning and implementation for disaster prevention and mitigation: Strategies for the achievement of this objective include: strengthen early warning and response mechanisms for disasters; support data gathering, preparation of hazards/ risk maps and sensitization on natural hazards and human induced disasters; set up National Hydrology Authority to develop long-term solutions to flooding and the protection of inland and sea coastlines; support the development and implementation of national and local drainage plans to make cities and communities resilient. Other strategies to be implemented include: strengthening capacity of the National Disaster Management Organisation (NADMO) and other related institutions to perform functions more effectively; mainstreaming disaster planning into development plans; developing and implementing an action plan for the Sendai Framework; integrate gender sensitivity in disaster management; strengthening policy and legal framework for disaster prevention, preparedness and response; ensuring adherence to zoning policies and building regulation; sensitizing stakeholders on disaster risk reduction legislation; and enacting and enforcing appropriate byelaws. 6.5.2 Geological Minimise Ghana’s geohazard threats: Strategies for the achievement of this objective include: intensifying public education on earthquake awareness, pre-disaster drills and building codes; 158 improving capacity of engineers, architects and other stakeholders on earthquake-resistant construction; supporting research to catalyse interest in disaster risk reduction; enforcing laws on haphazard siting of buildings; developing and enforce legislative instrument for Ghana Geological Survey Authority Act 2016 (Act 928); developing maps for earthquake prone areas or zones to inform land use; decentralizing the Geological Survey Authority; developing capacity to design resilient drainage system and mitigate landslide risks; creating safety buffer zones and rock support techniques for uplands; and ensuring the protection of district earthquake zones. 6.5.3 Biological Threats Enhance capacity for surveillance and management of epidemics and pandemics: Some of the strategies to address this objective include: ensuring implementation of the health emergency preparedness and response plan; improving surveillance, monitoring and evaluation of health threats and epidemics and pandemics; enforcing the Public Health Act; ensuring the establishment of a Health Emergency Fund; and strengthening the Ghana Centre for Diseases Control and other disease control centres across the country. 6.5.4 Anthropogenic Threats Minimise anthropogenic threats: The strategies for this policy objective include developing and implement contingency plan for Hazardous Substances Pollution (HSP) at all levels; enforcing the Standard Operating Procedures of Gas Station facilities; operationalising Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Act, 2016 (Act 917) at all levels; and enforcing regulations and standards on water, noise and air pollution. 6.5.5 Technology and Security Threats The medium-term objectives are to strengthen national preparedness against cybercrime and terrorism; minimise the incidence of organised crime; and ensure safety of life, property and social wellbeing. Strengthen national preparedness against cybercrime and terrorism: Key strategies to be implemented for this objective include: strengthening existing laws on cybercrime; enhancing capacity on detection of cybercrime and terrorism among stakeholders; implementing the Ghana National Cyber Security Policy & Strategy; investing in modern surveillance technologies for border patrols; establishing Inter-Agency task force for Counter-Terrorism; developing inventory of targets and installations for potential attacks by terrorist groups; and enforcing the Whistle Blowers Act, 2006 (Act 720). Minimise the incidence of organised crime: Strategies under this objective include: improving operational response to organised crime at home and abroad; strengthening multilateral cooperation and public-private partnerships; enhancing monitoring of stock trading activities beyond the Ghana Stock Exchange; strengthening border management; operationalising national legal framework on narcotics trafficking; implementing FATF recommendations on anti-money laundering systems; intensifying monitoring of financial transactions to combat 159 money laundering; strengthening inspection systems at airports and ports; and sensitising the public on pyramid and other fraudulent schemes. Ensure Safety of Life, Property and Social Wellbeing Associated strategies for the period include building stronger alternative dispute resolution centres; strengthening criminal Investigations; enforcing Vigilantism and Related Offences Act, 2019 (Act 999); developing a pastoral policy to drive the formulation of cattle ranching law; strengthen land administration systems; strengthening dispute resolution mechanisms; and creating awareness on the consequences of ethnic and chieftaincy conflicts. 6.5.6 Relief Assistance and Victim Welfare Enhance relief operations and humanitarian welfare: Strategies to be implemented are to design and implement post disaster social protection programmes; adopt innovative and responsive mechanisms in humanitarian relief operations; and enhance resilience of communities. 6.5.7 COVID-19 RESPONSE AND RECOVERY The policy objectives for mitigating the impacts of COVID-19 include enhancing industry resilience to shocks; ensuring a resilient and innovative tourism and arts industry; sustaining agriculture and rural development; promoting innovative and alternative learning; ensuring secured health systems; sustaining food and nutrition security; reducing business and workers’ vulnerability to internal and external shocks; and promoting shock resilient construction in the road and rail sectors. Enhance Industry Resilience to Shocks: Strategies to achieve this objective are to reduce regulatory constraints and institutional bureaucracies of doing business; enhance public- private partnership on demand driven research and development; develop a functional recovery plan for industries; ensure implementation of Corporate Restructuring and Insolvency Act, 2020 (Act 1015); and improve the technology ecosystem in Ghana through the use of machine tools. Ensure a Resilient and Innovative Tourism and Arts Industry: Strategies are to: improve tourism database, monitoring, evaluation and learning; promote a coordinated policy response; ensure enterprise credit schemes to support the tourism industry; Identify and support small and vulnerable businesses in the industry; strengthen and institutionalise hygiene management as part of safety and security measures in the sector; encourage the consumption of made in Ghana goods; and encourage Public-Private Partnership (PPP). Sustain Agriculture and Rural Development: Strategies to achieve objective include enhancing extension service delivery (E-extension; extension information; logistics); revamping and boost farming through R&D and innovation; promoting youth involvement in the agricultural food chain; expanding domestic production to meet the food supply gap; and encouraging diversification of farmers’ income. 160 Promote Innovative and Alternative Learning: Strategies to be implemented include enhancing alternative ways of teaching and learning; enhancing capacity of teachers for effective remote learning; improving infrastructure for remote or distance learning; ensuring equity in remote learning; providing tax breaks to private business that support alternative learning; and ensuring the provision of enhanced equitable and accessible (disability-friendly) alternative teaching and learning methods. Ensure Secured Health Systems: Strategies to achieve this objective include: maintaining continuity of essential health services through innovative approaches; anticipating and addressing mental health needs of the health workforce and general public; mobilizing financial support and easing logistical and operational barriers; ensuring full implementation of the health sector emergency response policy; decentralizing the sensitization on covid-19 and general health and wellbeing; and enhancing the use of whole-of-government and whole- of society approach to provide a resilient health system. Sustain Food and Nutrition Security: Strategies include: protecting, promoting and supporting optimum infant and young child feeding practices; supporting and promoting optimal nutrition in the general public and among COVID -19 patients and vulnerable groups including older persons and those with underlying vulnerabilities such as NCDs; ensuring continuity of essential nutrition services and provision of nutrition support to vulnerable groups; and ensuring systematic assessment and monitoring effects of the outbreak and containment measures on the food and nutrition security of the population, with a focus on the most vulnerable groups. Reduce Business and Workers’ Vulnerability to Internal and External Shocks: Strategies for the objective include: sustaining the current flexible working arrangements for workers; instituting mechanisms to support vulnerable businesses, workers and their households; developing a nationwide database for all businesses and workers; establishing a long-term fund to relief distressed businesses; strengthening capacity for business diversification; and promoting unemployment insurance/benefit for vulnerable groups. Promote Shock Resilient Construction in the Road and Rail Sectors: Strategies include reviewing processes in the road and rail construction sectors to account for risk management; enhancing the capacity of local personnel in the sectors, and employing the use of ICT in construction, supervision and monitoring of projects and management processes. 6.6 MEDIUM-TERM TARGETS The medium-term targets to be achieved by 2025 include key indicators from the Sendai framework (2015-2030) and the Ghana COVID-19 Alleviation and Revitalisation of Enterprises Support (CARES) Programme. These include: 1. Multi-hazard early warning systems (Ascertain whether systems are specific or integrated) o Earthquakes o Flooding 161 2. Access to disaster risk assessments/information to affected people (Ascertain time standards for information delivery) 1. Number of deaths, missing persons and directly affected persons attributed to disasters per 100,000 population reduced to 538 by 2025 2. Direct economic loss due to disaster as a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP) 3. Proportion of MMDAs with, and implementing effective disaster reduction strategies increased to 100 percentage by 2025 4. Availability of a National Risk reduction strategy 5. Number of development partnerships (local and international) in disaster risk reduction (COVID 19 response indicators from MoF to be added) (Refer to appendix 5.6 of the results matrices for indicators detailed targets 6.7 FLAGSHIPS Proposed Flagships for this dimension are to: 1. Implement Ghana Innovative Resilience Programme and Scheme (GIRPAS) in flood prone areas88. 2. Reposition National Disaster Management Organisation (NADMO) and other relevant institutions to perform more effectively 3. Implement a Seismic Risk Mitigation and Emergency Response Programme (SeiRMERP) for all earthquake prone areas 4. Implement a Ghana Road Safety Support (GRoSS) Initiative 5. Implement Non-Toxic Ghana Agenda89 (NoToG) 6. Develop and implement national and local action plans for fire- free markets and homes 7. Adopt innovative and responsive mechanisms in humanitarian relief operation 8. Implement National and Local Security Campaign (NLSC) against threats 9. Establish and Inter-Agency task force for Counterterrorism 10. Invest in modern technologies for national security and border patrols Ghana COVID-19 Alleviation and Revitalisation of Enterprises Support (CARES) Programme 88 It includes promoting construction of storm drains in cities and towns; setting up National Hydrology Authority; development and Implementation of national and local drainage plans; and desilting of storm drains and rivers. 89 It includes developing and implementing contingency plan for Hazardous substances pollution (HSP) including oil and gas; and enforcing regulations and standards on water, noise and air pollution. 162 1. Increase the original soft loan programme, dubbed the Coronavirus Alleviation Programme-Business Support Scheme (CAP-BuSS), by an additional GH¢150 million to support MSMEs and also, the Creative Arts, the Media, and the Conference of Independent Universities 2. Establish a GH¢2 billion Guarantee Facility to support all large enterprises and for job retention. 3. Set up a GH¢100 million Fund for Labour and Faith-Based Organisations for retraining and skills development (Retraining Programme) 4. Establish an Unemployment Insurance Scheme to provide temporary income support to workers who are laid off. 5. Intensify support to the “Planting for Food and Jobs” and “Rearing for Food and Jobs” programmes to ensure food security 6. Provide financial support for the National Buffer Stock Company and the Ghana Commodity Exchange, and set up a Food Security Monitoring Committee 7. Implement Agenda 111 (originally labelled Agenda 88)90 8. Leverage on Agenda 111 project to build local capacity in the housing and construction industry, strengthen the housing mortgage and construction finance scheme and facilitate access to land for housing by estate developers Revitalisation and Transformation Phase (2021 to 2023) 1. Position Ghana as a regional hub by leveraging the siting of the Secretariat of the Africa Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA), including the establishment of the International Financial Services Centre (IFSC) 2. Review and optimise the implementation of Government flagships such as 1D1F, PFJ, and Free SHS 3. Complement the Planting for Food and Jobs initiative with a targeted programme to support the activities of the Ghana Tree Crop Development Authority in promoting selected cash crops, support commercial farming and attract educated youth into agriculture 4. Build Ghana’s light manufacturing sector, including capabilities for manufacturing machine tools to support our industrialisation 5. Fast-track digitisation of government business and build a digital economy 6. Strengthen the enablers of growth and transformation 90 Construction of 100-bed hospital in 101 districts that currently lack such facilities, regional hospital in each of the six new regions, a new regional hospital in the Western Region, rehabilitation of the Effia-Nkwanta Hospital, two new psychiatric hospitals and infectious disease centres for each of the three ecological zones 163 CHAPTER SEVEN IMPLEMENTATION, COORDINATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION 7.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter presents the national decentralised planning (System) Act, 1994 (Act 480), within which the medium-term national development policy framework (MTNDPF, 2018-2021) was developed and implemented. It also assesses the current situation (performance review), identifies goals; policy objectives and strategies; and performance indicators under the five focus areas of: implementation and coordination; monitoring and evaluation; production and utilisation of statistics; development finance and cooperation; and knowledge management and learning. 7.1.2 Decentralised Planning System The planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the medium-term national development policy framework (MTNDPF) would be through the decentralised planning system (Figure 7.1) as espoused by key legislation such as the National Development Planning (System) Act, 1994 (Act 480); Legislative Instrument 2232; Public Financial Management Act, 2016 (Act 921); and the Local Governance Act, 2016 (Act 936). Figure 7.1: National Development Planning System 164 The system is made up of NDPC (as the apex planning authority), and ministries, departments and agencies (MDAs) at national level; regional coordinating councils (RCCs) at regional level; metropolitan, municipal, and district assemblies (MMDAs) at district level; and the sub- structures. The primary aim of the decentralised planning system is to institute a mechanism that allows for broad participation and partnership in the development planning process at all levels of society. Consequently, the MDAs and the MMDAs are the basic structures for the implementation, monitoring and evaluation of plans, programmes and activities based on their respective institutional mandates. The planning process involves formulation of national development policy frameworks, issuance of planning guidelines, preparation of development plans at the sector and district levels, budgeting and implementation, monitoring and evaluation. The NDPC formulates the medium-term national development policy framework (MTNDPF) through the soliciting of inputs from the Cross-Sectorial Planning Groups (CSPGs), Parliament, political parties, cabinet, general public, development partners and media. These inputs are synthesised/harmonised into a draft NDPF, which is submitted to Cabinet for approval. When approved, it becomes the blueprint or development agenda of the nation. To implement the policies and strategies outlined in the MTNDPF, MDAs and MMDAs are required by law to prepare their respective medium-term development plan (MTDP) in accordance with planning guidelines provided by NDPC. The MMDAs MTDPs are then harmonised into Regional Integrated Plans. A national medium-term development plan (NMTDP) which synthesizes SMTDPs and DMTDPs, which is facilitated by the regional integrated plans is prepared by NDPC and is an indicative plan expected to serve as the basis for the national budget. MDAs and MMDAs implement their MTDPs through annual action plans which informs the annual budget through the medium-term expenditure framework (MTEF) and programme-based budgeting (PBB). The implementation of the MTNDPF and subsequent MTDPs are governed by the monitoring and evaluation (M&E) arrangements outlined in the planning system. This entails among others, annual monitoring of progress of implementation, participatory monitoring and evaluation and evaluation of the National Development Policy Framework. Annual monitoring of Progress of Implementation: This involves tracking of a set of pre- determined indicators agreed on by all stakeholders. The Annual Progress Report (APR) serves as the key instrument for annual reporting. NDPC, MDAs and MMDAs are required to prepare the APRs every year. Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation: To complement the quantitative data obtained through the APR process, NDPC, MDAs and MMDAs are required to periodically conduct Citizens’ Assessment Surveys (CAS). The survey provides an opportunity for citizens to participate in the monitoring and evaluation process. It also provides an opportunity to: (i) obtain feedback from citizens at the grassroots about the extent to which the key objectives of national development policies are being met from their perspective; and (ii) obtain views 165 from local communities on how to improve policy implementation in order to achieve maximum impact. Evaluation of the National Development Policy Framework: To better understand and distinguish between the effect of the policies and programmes and those of external factors, NDPC, MDAs and MMDAs are required to undertake evaluations to answer specific questions to guide decision makers and/or programme managers, and to determine the relevance, efficiency, effectiveness, impact and sustainability of policies, strategies, programmes and projects being implemented. 7.2 PERFORMANCE REVIEW Plan Implementation: MDAs and MMDAs developed and implemented annual action plans (AAPs) within the medium-term. On average, MMDAs implemented 77.6 percent of their AAPs in 2018. This declined to 63.3 percent in 2019 but improved to 85.0 percent in 2020. Table 7.1 provides more details on AAP implementation. Table 7.1: Average AAP implementation of MMDAs by Region, 2018-2020 Region Years 2018 2019 2020 Ahafo 53.4 79.1 Bono 74.8 78.8 90.7 Bono East 55.4 87.0 Volta 76.0 85.1 76.1 Oti 74.2 78.6 Western 73.7 84.2 74.0 Western North 67.0 84.6 Ashanti 76.9 78.2 87.9 Greater Accra 78.9 87.9 92.4 Northern 86.3 82.4 North East 78.3 70.6 83.0 Savannah 73.0 83.7 Central 83.2 82.5 86.7 Upper West 79.4 79.2 84.3 Upper East 78.8 86.8 88.4 Eastern 75.2 77.4 81.8 Average 77.6 63.3 85.0 MMDAs in the Greater Accra region had the highest implementation rate of 87.9 percent in 2019 and 92.4 percent in 2020 while Ahafo and Oti regions recorded the lowest implementation rate of 53.4 percent and 78.6 percent in 2019 and 2020 respectively. Although MDAs did not provide adequate information on action plan implementation during the 2018-2021 plan period, the few that provided data, on average, implemented about 79.9 percent of their AAP in 2020. Table 7.2 provides information on MDAs that provided data on AAP implementation. Table 7.2: Average AAP implementation by MDAs, 2018-2020 Years MDAs 2018 2019 2020 Ministry of Finance 86.9 81.6 78.9 166 Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology 82 91 67 and Innovation Ministry of Energy 80 85 100 Ministry of Works and Housing 80 78 87 Ministry of Interior 76.7 Ministry of Fisheries 38 70 78.5 Ministry of Chieftaincy and Religious Affairs 67 71.4 The key factors that accounted for the inability of MDAs and MMDAs to fully implement their plans include inadequate financial resources; delays in the release of approved funds; limited internally generated funds; non-functional sub-district structures of some MMDAs; implementation of programmes and projects outside approved plans. Other factors are inadequate personnel and logistics; weak procurement practices; weak functioning of DPCUs and RPCUs; and weak coordination of programmes and projects. Personnel: With regard to personnel, a huge deficit currently exists at the district level91. All MMDAs do not have the minimum required staff strength. About 96.5 percent of MMDAs are critically understaffed with staff strength below 50 percent of the minimum required (See Table 7.3). Table 7.3: Staff strength of MMDAs in 2020 Coverage of Minimum Threshold Type of MMDA Less than 50% 50% or More Total Metropolitan 2 4 6 Municipal 103 4 107 Districts 146 1 147 Total 251 9 260 Source: OHLGS, 2021 Resource Mobilization: Total revenue from all sources for MMDAs increased over the medium-term from GH¢1.2 billion in 2017 to 2.3 billion in 2020. On average, MMDAs achieved 71.1 percent of the estimated revenue in 2020. There are however wide disparities across regions. Bono and Ahafo regions recorded the highest achievement of their estimated revenues (80% each) with Western North region recording the least (44.5%) in 2020 (Table 7.4). Table 7.4: Revenue Performance of MMDAs, 2017-2020 TOTAL REVENUE % achieved in Region 2017 2018 2019 Estimated 2020 Actual 2020 2020 Upper West 36,063,266.84 48,788,354.68 63,676,572.90 105,050,511.03 75,321,513.25 71.7 Upper East 43,570,866.61 64,521,546.79 81,705,856.11 171,049,591.72 109,347,766.56 63.93 Northern 70,504,975.17 89,107,570.71 118,192,195.66 196,700,069.74 114,248,232.52 58.08 North East 17,945,178.95 23,246,433.04 32,295,952.72 62,657,861.75 42,169,021.28 67.3 Savannah 27,643,104.12 30,313,525.63 36,679,142.14 67,979,905.85 41,397,049.25 60.90 91 Staffing Norm: Metropolitan (minimum 718 and maximum 1,126); Municipal (minimum 465 and maximum 690); District (minimum 356 and maximum 519) 167 Bono 54,763,019.55 89,654,728.06 85,208,817.74 146,488,704.88 118,485,941.19 80.88 Bono East 42,127,465.54 74,486,606.69 65,902,654.27 120,386,153.62 92,869,514.31 77.14 Ahafo 26,218,898.71 48,968,987.26 42,442,504.22 62,392,376.63 51,061,459.10 81.84 Ashanti 183,919,899.63 224,446,690.85 310,961,921.60 552,509,045.63 401,015,300.10 72.58 Eastern 130,389,208.96 155,127,955.78 213,972,160.54 349,054,566.73 253,290,833.05 72.56 Western 75,048,744.16 90,064,837.20 122,305,201.78 192,013,533.08 148,457,930.25 77.32 Western 27,890,537.90 36,015,017.93 47,939,703.93 132,886,758.75 59,104,859.13 44.48 North Volta 64,062,628.14 77,488,593.46 105,245,078.18 202,271,141.23 129,424,417.20 63.99 Oti 21,915,829.20 28,582,838.77 38,977,992.92 66,075,511.97 43,490,204.27 65.82 Central 36,347,264.99 97,286,661.64 143,541,790.25 247,426,093.91 182,659,945.33 73.82 Greater 307,025,837.62 302,263,794.21 360,113,402.70 519,425,701.86 407,521,085.59 78.46 Accra Total 1,165,436,726.09 71.06 1,480,364,142.70 1,869,160,947.66 3,194,367,528.38 2,269,865,072.38 Source: Ministry of Local Government, Decentralisation and Rural Development, 2020 7.2.2 Monitoring and Evaluation Over the period, all MMDAs submitted their APRs as required by LI 2232. However, the submission of APRs by MDAs declined from 35 in 2018 to 16 in 2019 and further down to 15 in 2020. An assessment of the reports revealed data gaps, limited conduct of evaluations, non- achievement of annual targets among others. The challenges affecting M&E include ineffective sub-district structures; limited M&E capacities; inadequate logistics and funds; low demand for and utilization of evaluation outcomes; lack of a national M&E information system; inadequate database at the departmental level; and different reporting cycles and formats. 7.2.3 Production and utilisation of Statistics Over the period the statistical system produced a number of reports in aid of national development. These included the Ghana Living Standard Survey Round 7; Household and Jobs Tracker; Agribusiness Tracker; Business Tracker; Household Survey on ICT in Ghana; MICS 6; Multidimensional Poverty Ghana Report; Multidimensional Child Poverty Report; and Ghana Malaria Indicator Survey Report. However, fundamental challenges for the production and utilisation of official statistics persisted within Ghana’s statistical system. The main challenges with statistics included poor statistical quality control; ineffective generation and utilisation of statistics; low funding for statistics production; limited technological infrastructure; limited availability of appropriate skills set to undertake statistical activities; and high staff attrition. Some decentralised units that are the building blocks of statistics production in Ghana lack manuals, standards, principles or classifications to guide the production and management of data and statistics in the country. 168 7.2.4 Development Finance and Cooperation The development finance and cooperation landscape continues to be challenged by the absence of development cooperation policy; inadequate alignment of development cooperation with national development priorities; lack of formal structures and guidelines and high transaction costs for mobilizing and managing development finance. In addition, there is heterogeneity of donor policies, procedures and guidelines in the development cooperation space; exchange rate losses effect on cost of financing counterpart projects; and unsustainable funding sources for development projects. As part of efforts to address the above challenges, government in 2019, developed the Ghana Beyond Aid Charter and Strategy Document to ensure efficient and effective mobilisation and utilisation of resources and reduce dependency on aid. 7.2.5 Knowledge Management and Learning A national assessment to review and classify record keeping systems, records management procedures and practices was conducted during the period under review. In addition, Public Records and Archives Administration Department (PRAAD) completed the digitisation of one million sheets of archival documents from various MDAs as part of national knowledge management and learning practices. The assessment revealed that MDAs and MMDAs have not effectively leveraged on knowledge management and learning techniques and platforms to improve on development efficiency and outcomes. This was mainly due to poor record keeping and documentation; inadequate and weak structures for knowledge management and learning; weak institutional memory; limited peer learning among implementing institutions; and inadequate evaluation of programmes and projects. 7.3 SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES 7.3.1 Implementation and Coordination Inadequate capacity for plan preparation and implementation; delay in the release of approved funds; inadequate Internally Generated Funds (IGF); non-functional sub-district structures; implementation of programmes and projects outside approved plans; weak collaboration and coordination in the design, implementation and M&E of government programmes and projects; low absorptive capacity; and weak design and implementation of public infrastructure projects. 7.3.2 Monitoring and Evaluation Inadequate financial, logistical and human resources; low demand and utilisation of M&E results; untimely release of funds for M&E activities; lack of statutory budgetary allocation for M&E; inadequate evaluations at all levels; limited human and technical M&E capacities; and inadequate infrastructure and logistics including unreliable internet connectivity for accessing and sharing data. 169 7.3.3 Production and Utilisation of Statistics Limited generation and utilisation of statistics; inadequate district statisticians; delays in the publication of key statistical reports; inadequate funding for statistics production; limited technological infrastructure; and lack of manuals, standards, principles or classifications to guide the production and management of data and statistics. 7.3.4 Development Financing and Cooperation Absence of development cooperation policy; inadequate alignment of development cooperation with national development priorities; lack of formal structures and guidelines and high transaction costs for mobilizing and managing development finance; and heterogeneity of donor policies, procedures and guidelines in the development cooperation space. 7.3.5 Knowledge Management and Learning Poor record keeping and documentation; inadequate and weak structures for knowledge management and learning; weak institutional memory in MDAs and MMDAs and inadequate peer learning among MMDAs and MDAs. 7.4 MEDIUM-TERM GOAL The medium term goal of this dimension is to improve delivery of development results efficiency and value for money at all levels. 7.5 MEDIUM-TERM POLICY OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES The policy objectives for achieving the goal for this dimension are to improve plan preparation, implementation and coordination at all levels; strengthen monitoring and evaluation systems at all levels; enhance the production and utilisation of statistics; improve resource mobilization and effectively manage its utilization; and enhance knowledge management and learning. 7.5.1 Implementation and Coordination Improve plan preparation, implementation and coordination at all levels: Strategies to achieve this objective are to strengthen: the linkage between national development planning and budgeting processes; enhance resource mobilization for plan implementation; CSPG engagement across the planning cycle for effective implementation and coordination; procurement systems at all levels by strictly adhering to PPA guidelines; planning, implementation and coordination capacities at all levels; coordination among CSOs, NGOs, DPs, MDAs and MMDAs. Others are to enforce the implementation of National Development Planning (Systems) Regulations, 2016 (L.I. 2232); ensure timely release of central government funds to implementing agencies; strengthen the utilization of ICT systems to facilitate easy access and identification of all projects at all levels; and undertake comprehensive capacity development to enhance effectiveness and efficiency of public service delivery 7.5.2 Monitoring and Evaluation Strengthen monitoring and evaluation systems at all levels: Strategies to achieve this objective are to finalise and Implement the National Monitoring and Evaluation policy; develop and operationalise an automated national M&E system; increase investments in development and use of M&E results; strengthen M&E technical and logistical capacities at all levels; develop 170 effective participation and communication arrangements for M&E results; and ensure uniform reporting at all levels. 7.5.3 Production and Utilisation of Statistics Strengthen production and utilisation of statistics: Strategies to be implemented are to: institutionalise production and utilisation of statistics at all levels; strengthen relationship between the statistical producers and users including the media; improve investments in ICT and geographical information systems (GIS) for the production and utilisation of statistics; enhance investment in human capacity development and office infrastructure for statistics production; and develop guiding principles and code of ethics in the production and dissemination of statistics. 7.5.4 Development Financing and Cooperation Improve resource mobilization and effectively manage its utilization: The strategies to be adopted are to finalise and implement the development cooperation policy; strengthen implementation of the Accra Agenda for Action on Aid Effectiveness;; and harmonise and rationalize aid delivery. Others are to improve efficiency in the use of public resources; promote joint government-partner evaluations to enhance mutual accountability; promote effective exchange rate management to enhance delivery of counterpart projects; create enabling private sector environment for domestic businesses and foreign direct investment; increase domestic and external resource mobilization; and enhance the role of civil society organisations in making aid effective. 7.5.5 Knowledge Management and Learning Enhance knowledge management and learning: The strategies to be implemented are to develop platform for effective knowledge management and learning; encourage exchange visits and peer learning among MDAs, RCCs and MMDAs; digitize records and retrieval processes; and build capacity for data management at all levels. 7.6 MEDIUM-TERM TARGETS The following targets are envisaged to enhance Implementation Coordination Monitoring and Evaluation in the medium term: 1. Absorptive Capacity of MDAs and MMDAs increased from …….to ………. 2. Inefficiencies in the implementation of large infrastructure projects reduced 3. M&E system digitised to monitor quality of service delivery by government 4. Integration of National Identification system and civil registration completed 5. Capacity for the production and utilization of administrative statistics enhanced 6. Ghana’s partnership with development partners streamlined for a win-win situation and value addition for development 7. Ghana Development Cooperation Agency established and operational 8. Active platform for knowledge management established 9. Management information systems for knowledge sharing and exchange established 171 7.7 FLAGSHIPS FOR IMPLEMENTATION, COORDINATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION Proposed flagships for this dimension are as follows: 1. Revamp the Joint Agenda for Strengthening Monitoring and Evaluation and Statistics (JASMES) and establish fund 2. Strengthen the linkage between national development planning and budgeting processes 3. Strengthen the utilization of ICT systems to facilitate easy access and identification of all projects at all levels 4. Strengthen planning, implementation and coordination capacities at all levels 5. Develop roadmap for the implementation of Ghana Beyond Aid Strategy 6. Re-establish an aid effectiveness agenda based on the Paris principles and the Ghana Beyond Aid Strategy 7. Implement the special initiatives on capital market development 8. Strengthen the enforcement of the Public Financial Management Act (Act 921) 172 APPENDIX I: MATRICES OF MEDIUM-TERM POLICIES AND STRATEGIES, 2022-2025 APPENDIX 1.1: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country Focus Area 1: STRONG AND RESILIENT MACRO ECONOMY • Lower than expected 1.1 Enhance monetary 1.1.1 Enhance the institutional framework for monetary policy management (SDG Targets BOG, MoF, GRA, NIC, economic growth discipline and financial 16.6, 17.13) MOTI, SEC, EMT, GSE, • Depreciation of the cedi stability 1.1.2 Stabilise the exchange rate over the medium to long term (SDG Targets 17.10, 17.11, NPRA, NMC, GIBA, GSA, • Uncompetitive interest rates 17.12) Ghana Chamber of • High ratio of non-performing 1.1.3 Sustain measures aimed at addressing the structural causes of unstable inflation (SDG Telecommunications, loans Target 17.13) NCA • Significant proportion of 1.1.4 Sustain implementation of Basel III, particularly deepening of capital and financial unbanked Ghanaians markets, financial inclusion, supervision and regulation of financial institutions, electronic payment systems, and reviewing base rates across banks (SDG Targets 8.10, 9.3). 1.1.5 Enhance security on all digital transaction platforms 1.1.6 Position the country as an international financial services centre (IFSC) within the region (SDG Target 10.5) 1.1.7 Improve liquidity management, reinforcing provisions of the Bank of Ghana Act on foreign exchange cover (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, 17.1, 17.11, 17.12) 1.1.8 Deepen insurance and mortgage financing markets (SDG Targets 8.10, 10.5) 1.1.9 Strengthen reporting and enforcement of legal provisions against operations of Ponzi Schemes • Revenue under-performance 1.2 Ensure improved fiscal Enhance Resource Mobilization MoF, BOG, GRA, SIGA, SDG 8, 9, 10, • Systemic abuse in the performance and 1.2.1 Strengthen revenue institutions and administration to eliminate revenue leakages MDAs, MMDAs 16, 17 exemptions regime sustainability and diversify revenue sources (SDG Target 16.6, SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, 17.1, SDG • Narrow tax base Targets 17.1, 17.3) AU Goals 1, 4, 1.2.2 Leverage technology for tax policy formulation and administration 9, 20 1.2.3 Develop and implement an Internally Generated Funds (IGF) Policy (SDG Targets 17.1, 17.3) 1.2.4 Enhance revenue mobilisation potentials of relevant public agencies 1.2.5 Develop and implement revenue improvement plan in all MMDAs i KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Weak expenditure Strengthen Expenditure Management MoF, BOG, PPA, OoP, SDG 16, 17 management and budgetary 1.2.6 Enforce the Public Financial Management Act, 2016 (Act 921) (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, Parliament, CAGD, AU 1, 4, 9, 20 controls 17.4) FWSC, MDAs, MMDAs, • High public sector wage bill 1.2.7 Strengthen institutional collaboration for effective fiscal policy management (SDG SEC, SIGA, PSRS Targets 16.6, 16.7, 17.17) 1.2.8 Enforce the provisions of the Public Procurement Act, 2016 (Act 914), especially with regard to sole sourcing (SDG Targets 12.7, 16.6) 1.2.9 Strengthen the public sector wage bill management system (SDG Targets 10.4, 16.6) 1.2.10 Strengthen implementation of the GIFMIS system across all MDAs and MMDAs (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6) 1.2.11 Review administrative framework for earmarked funds to ensure efficiency in the management of public funds (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6) 1.2.12 Establish Financial Administration Tribunal (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, 16.a) 1.2.13 Ensure effective financial management and oversight of State-Owned Enterprises (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.17) 1.2.14 Strengthen budget coordination and transparency at all levels • Increasing public debt service Ensure Effective Debt Management MoF, BoG, OoP, PPA, SDG 10, 12, cost 1.2.15 Ensure effective implementation of the debt management strategy (SDG Target 17.4, Parliament 16, 17 • Increasing risk in the public SDG Target 17.4) debt portfolio 1.2.16 Adopt global standards of risk and treasury management (SDG Target 17.4) AU 4, 20 1.2.17 Ensure effective and efficient public investment management 1.2.18 Enforce the Public Private Partnership Act, 2020 (Act 1039) • Weak coordination among Strengthen capacity for economic management NDPC, OoP, MoF, GSS, SDG 16, 17 agencies responsible for 1.2.19 Strengthen economic planning and forecasting capacities at national and sub-national BOG, MDAs, MMDAs economic management levels (SDG Targets 11.a, 17.18, 17.19) AU 4, 20 • Weak capacity for economic 1.2.20 Create economic development units in all MMDAs planning and forecasting 1.2.21 Strengthen collaboration between key state agencies in charge of economic management (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.14) • Volatility in primary 1.3 Promote international 1.3.1 Implement the Made-in-Ghana (MiG) policy, value addition and markets within Africa MoF, MoTI, MFARI, SDG 11, 16, 17 commodity prices trade and investment and beyond (SDG Targets 2.3, 9.3, 17.11) GEPA, AGI, GSA, FDA, AU 1, 4 • Low non-traditional exports 1.3.2 Address bottlenecks along the supply chain of exports, including port capacity, GIPC, Ghana Chamber of • Inadequate capacity to meet transport links, finance, trade facilitation, and market access issues (SDG Targets Commerce, PEF, internal and external demand 17.10, 17.12) MMDAs, MDAs, AfCFTA for goods and services 1.3.3 Ensure effective implementation of the National Export Development Strategy (NEDS, Secretariat 2020-2029) (SDG Target 17.11) 1.3.4 Promote effective implementation of the ECOWAS Trade Liberalisation Scheme (ETLS) (SDG Targets 2.b, 17.10, 17.12) 2 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Inadequate compliance with 1.3.5 Deepen implementation of AfCFTA strategy phytosanitary and other trade 1.3.6 Facilitate the effective implementation of the ECOWAS Common External Tariff (CET) related standards (SDG Target 17.12) 1.3.7 Harness opportunities from multilateral trade agreements such as the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA) and the EU-ECOWAS Economic Partnership Agreement (EPA) (SDG Target 17.10) 1.3.8 Establish a guarantee price system for non-traditional exports 1.3.9 Ensure compliance with trade policies and agreements Focus Area 2: INDUSTRIAL TRANSFORMATION • High cost and unreliable supply 2.1 Ensure energy availability 2.1.1 Re-align the electricity tariff structure in support of industrial development (SDG MoEn, EC, PURC, MoTI SDG 2, 9, 17 of electricity and reliability Targets 7.1, 9.1, 9.2) AU 8, 9, 19 ,20 • Limited domestic supply of raw 2.2 Enhance production and 2.2.1 Provide incentives for the production and supply of quality raw materials to support MoFA, MESTI, CSIR, SDG 7, 9, 16 materials for local industries supply of quality raw industries (SDG Targets 2.3, 2.c, 12.1, 12.2) MoTI, MoEn, MELR, • Concentration of local materials 2.2.2 Support recycling and reprocessing of industrial waste to extend the industrial value MLNR AU 4,5,7,9 factories in cities which are chain (SDG Target 12.5) distant from sources of raw 2.2.3 Promote even distribution of factories across the country materials 2.2.4 Strengthen the implementation of the Ghana local economic development policy and private sector participation (SDG Targets 17.5, 17.17) • Inadequate investments and 2.3 Improve research and 2.3.1 Support the development of selected strategic industries through applied research MOE, MESTI, MoTI, CSIR, SDG 2, 9, 12 utilisation of industrial development (R&D), (SDG Targets 9.5, 9.b) GSS, OAG&MOJ, MoF AU 4, 5, 7, 9 research innovation, and 2.3.2 Provide incentives for the establishment of R&D laboratories by the private sector to • Low private sector investment sustainable financing for support value chains in targeted industries (SDG Targets 9.5, 9.b) in R&D industrial development 2.3.3 Leverage science, technology and innovation for industrial development (SDG Targets 9.5, 9.b) 2.3.4 Create enabling environment to encourage financial institutions to provide long-term financing for Industrial Research and Development (SDG Targets 9.5, 9.b) 2.3.5 Monitor resource flows and financing of innovation and R&D in industrial development 2.3.6 Enforce Intellectual Property Rights • Limited numbers of skilled 2.4 Ensure improved skills 2.4.1 Transform the apprenticeship training model from a supply-driven approach to a MELR, MoE, MoTI, NVTI SDG 9, 12 industrial personnel development for industry market-demand model (SDG Targets 4.3, 4.4, 4.7) 2.4.2 Develop a database of trained apprentices and artisans in collaboration with AU 4,5,7,9 employers and trade unions (SDG Target 17.18) 3 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Limited contiguous land for 2.5 Pursue strategic national 2.5.1 Facilitate access to dedicated land in every region for the establishment of multi- MLNR, MoTI, LC, LUSPA, SDG 4, 9, 17 large-scale industrial industrial development purpose industrial parks, industrial enclaves and enterprise free zones (SDG Target MELR development initiatives 9.2) AU 2, 4,5,7,9 • Distressed but viable 2.5.2 Support the development of existing and new industrial clusters and manufacturing industries enclaves (SDG Target 9.2) 2.5.3 Develop vibrant commercial zones and explore the possibility of joint industrial development with neighbouring countries (SDG Target 9.1) 2.5.4 Sustain and revitalize businesses with stimulus packages (SDG Targets 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.b, 9.c) 2.5.5 Sustain the implementation of government flagship industrial development initiatives (SDG Targets 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.b, 9.c) 2.5.6 Introduce industrial subcontracting to link MSMEs with large-scale enterprises (SDG Targets 9.2, 9.3) Focus Area 3: PRIVATE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT • Tax burden on businesses 3.1 Enhance business 3.1.1 Ensure a continuous update of the electronic register for business legislation, MoTI, MoF, Parliament, SDG 9 • Inadequate access to enabling environment regulations and processes (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.10) MoCD, MoI, MoT, PEF, affordable credit 3.1.2 Conduct periodic review of business regulations to ensure reduction in cost and AGI AU 1, 4,5,7,9 • High interest on credit volume of regulatory compliance (SDG Target 10.5) • Cumbersome procedures and 3.1.3 Review and promote business friendly tax regime (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.5, 17.14). processes, including cost of 3.1.4 Develop communication strategies to enhance advocacy and public-private dialogue establishing businesses (SDG Targets 12.8, 16.7, 17.17) 3.1.5 Institute and operationalize effective commercial dispute mechanisms in support of private sector growth and development (SDG Targets 16.3, 16.b) • High cost of capital 3.2 Improve business 3.2.1 Review the mandate of the National Investment Bank (NIB) to provide financing to MoF, MoTI, GIPC, BoG, SDG 9, 10, 12, • Limited availability of medium- financing the industrial sector (SDG Targets 8.10, 16.6) Association of Bankers, 16, 17 and long-term financing 3.2.2 Establish an Industrial Development Fund (IDF) to finance critical private sector Parliament, Ghana AU 4,5,20 • Non-payment of government industrial initiatives (SDG Targets 8.10, 9.3) Enterprises Agency, revolving funds 3.2.3 Strengthen Ghana Investment Promotion Centre (GIPC) to attract investments into MASLOC, ARB Apex selected strategic industries (SDG Target 8.10) Bank, Ghana Exim Bank, 3.2.4 Restructure the existing state-sponsored microfinance schemes including MASLOC to OoP, Ghana provide credit for MSMEs (SDG Target 8.3) Microfinance 3.2.5 Strengthen oversight responsibilities for privately-financed micro finance institutions Institutions Network, (SDG Targets 8.3, 9.3) Ghana Free Zones 3.2.6 Strengthen the operation of Exim Bank to finance production for export, especially in Authority the agriculture and agribusiness value chain (SDG Targets 2.a, 8.10, 16.6) 4 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Limited capacity of MSMEs 3.3 Support 3.3.1 Create an entrepreneurial culture, especially among the youth (SDG Targets 4.4, 8.3, MoF, MoTI, GEA, SDG 2, 8, 9, 16 • Limited access to credit for entrepreneurship and 8.6) GIPC,PEF, NEIP,AGI, MSMEs MSME development 3.3.2 Expand the implementation of the National Entrepreneurship and Innovation Ghana Cooperative AU 1,4,9,20 • Low entrepreneur among the Programme (NEIP) to support start-ups and early-stage businesses (SDG Targets 8.3, Credit Union Association youth 8.5, 8.6) (CUA) 3.3.3 Optimise the provision and management of resources including infrastructure and facilities for entrepreneurship training and business development services (SDG Target 8.6, 8.3, 9.3) 3.3.4 Expand the Ghana Venture Capital Trust Fund to cover start-up businesses and MSMEs (SDG Targets 8.10, 9.3) 3.3.5 Provide opportunities for MSMEs to participate in all public-private partnerships (PPPs) and local content arrangements (SDG Targets 8.3, 8.5, 17.17) 3.3.6 Encourage formation of cooperatives and associations to facilitate easy access to credit. • Limited enforcement of 3.4 Enhance domestic trade 3.4.1 Implement reforms in port clearing systems and benchmark Ghana’s ports against MoF, MoTI, GIPC, AGI, SDG 4, 8, 9, 16, regulations on retail trade best practices (SDG Targets 9.1, 16.5) MMDAs, MDAs, PPA, 17 • Inadequate modern markets 3.4.2 Restructure the Customs Division of the GRA to improve its operational efficiency MLGRD (SDG Target 16.6) AU 1,4,5 3.4.3 Enforce regulations in GIPC Act, 2013 (Act 865) on retail trade (SDG Target 17.15) 3.4.4 Develop modern markets and retail infrastructure in every district to enhance domestic trade (SDG Target 17.15) 3.4.5 Accelerate the implementation of the National Trade Policy (SDG Targets 17.13, 17.14, 17.15) • Predominantly informal 3.5 Formalise the informal 3.5.1 Sustain the national identification system as primary identifier of all citizens (SDG NIA, MoCD, MoI, BoG, SDG 9, 12, economy economy Target 16.9) MoF, MoTI, Ghana 16,17 3.5.2 Deepen the reach of financial services and improve financial literacy, especially Enterprises Agency, AU 4 among the youth and women in the informal economy (SDG Target 5.a) MELR, Ghana Chamber 3.5.3 Improve access to finance for informal economy operators including agribusinesses of Telecommunication, in rural areas (SDG Targets 8.10, 9.3) MoYS 3.5.4 Ensure development of industry specific standards to enhance the formalisation process 3.5.5 Expedite the development of the formalization strategy and its implementation • Prevalence of sub-standard, 3.6 Ensure consumer 3.6.1 Facilitate the passage and effective implementation of a Consumer Protection Law MoTI, GSA, FDA, SDG 5, 8, 9, counterfeit and expired protection (SDG Target 16.b) Consumer Protection 16, 17 products 3.6.2 Strengthen the operations of institutions responsible for enforcing standards (SDG Agency (CPA) Target 16.6) AU 1,4,5 5 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Inadequate enforcement of laws on weights, measures and standards • Limited legislation for consumer protection • Poor corporate governance 3.7 Promote good corporate 3.7.1 Strengthen SIGA to ensure strong corporate governance (SDG Target 16.6) SIGA, MoF, Audit SDG 16 governance 3.7.2 Pursue a vigorous programme of improvements in corporate governance of SOEs and Service, GIPC, CHRAJ, AU 1,4,5 corporate entities (SDG Target 16.6) EOCO Focus Area 4: AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT • High cost of production inputs 4.1 Create an enabling 4.1.1 Build the capacity of actors along the value chain in negotiations, standards, MoFA, MoTI, MMDAs, SDG 16, 17 • Poor marketing systems agribusiness regulations, trade facilitation skills and procurement of services (SDG Targets 4.4, MLGDRD, MLNR, • Limited access to land environment 17.9) COCOBOD, MELR AU 4, 12 • Inadequate agribusinesses 4.1.2 Develop market support services for selected horticulture, food (including grains), (Department of along the value chain industrial crops and selected products (SDG Target 2.3) Cooperatives), Ghana • 4.1.3 Promote expansion of organic farming (SDG Targets 2.3, 12.2) Commodity Exchange, 4.1.4 Promote risk management including insurance schemes in the Agri - Food system NAFCO (SDG Targets 8.10, 10.5) 4.1.5 Develop and strengthen FBOs for better access to services 4.1.6 Sustain policy on agricultural input supply 4.1.7 Strengthen land administration system especially for women and PWDs • Inadequate investments in the 4.2 Improve public-private 4.2.1 Develop medium to long-term agricultural financing instruments (SDG Targets 2.3, MoFA, MoTI, MLGDRD, SDG 2, 4, 9, agricultural sector investments in the 2.a, 9.3, 17.3) MMDAs, GEPA, MoFAD 12, 17 Agricultural sector 4.2.2 Institute tax reliefs and incentives for agricultural investments (SDG Targets 1.4, 2.a, 9.3) AU 1,3,4,5,20 4.2.3 Strengthen agricultural marketing and trade (SDG Target 16.6) 4.2.4 Operationalise District Chambers of Agriculture, Commerce and Technology (DCACT) (SDG Target 16.6) 4.2.5 Support the development of exportable agricultural commodities in each district (SDG Targets 1.1, 1.2, 17.11) • Low application of technology 4.3 Modernise and enhance 4.3.1 Establish modalities and regulatory frameworks for production of seed/planting MoFA, MESTI, CSIR, AGI, SDG 1, 2, 9, 16, especially among smallholder agricultural production materials, and other agro inputs (SDG Targets 2.5, 2.a) GIDA, MSWR, EPA, GIPC, 17 farmers systems 4.3.2 Promote the application of science, technology and innovation (STI) in the agricultural WRC, WRI, PEF • Low proportion of irrigated value chain (SDG Targets 2.4, 2.c, 5.b, 9.c, 17.8) AU 1,3,4,5,20 agriculture 4.3.3 Improve the effectiveness Research-Extension-Farmer Liaison Committees (RELCs) in • Seasonal variability in food agricultural research (SDG Target 2.a) supply and prices 6 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Erratic rainfall patterns 4.3.4 Strengthen dissemination of research outcomes of the Council for Scientific and • Encroachment on designated Industrial Research (CSIR) and other institutions (SDG Target 2.a) irrigation sites 4.3.5 Scale up Greenhouse village concept • Inadequate access to irrigation 4.3.6 Increase investments in research and development in soil testing and analysis; facilities by women and climate resilient, high yielding, disease and pest resistant, short duration crop persons with disabilities varieties; and consumer health and safety (SDG Targets 2.1, 2.a, 2.4) • High cost of energy for 4.3.7 Intensify and increase access to mechanization along the agricultural value chain (SDG irrigation Targets 2.3) • Low transfer and uptake of 4.3.8 Promote commercial farming (SDG Targets 2.3, 2.4) research findings 4.3.9 Extend access to strategic national irrigation development initiatives to women and persons with disabilities (SDG Targets 1.1, 1.4, 1.5,2.3, 2.4) 4.3.10 Mobilise investments to expand and rehabilitate irrigation infrastructure including formal schemes, dams and dugouts (SDG Targets 2.4, 17.17, Targets 1.1, 1.4, 1.5, 1.a, 2.a, 17.3) 4.3.11 Promote the use of solar and wind energy for irrigation (SDG Target 7.2) 4.3.12 Develop policies, legal regime, and appropriate tenure arrangements for irrigation facilities (SDG Target 16.6) 4.3.13 Develop the capacity of farmers to use meteorological information (SDG Target 12.8) 4.3.14 Promote integrated pest management (IPM) approaches 4.3.15 Enforce river side buffer zone laws • Poor storage and 4.4 Improve post-harvest 4.4.1 Enhance post-harvest management protocols on storage, transportation, processing, MoFA, MESTI, CSIR, SDG 1, 2, 5, 7, transportation systems management packaging and distribution of agricultural produce (SDG Target 12.3) OoP, NAFCO, MoF, 10, 12, 16, 17 • Poor farm-level practices 4.4.2 Provide incentives to the private sector and District Assemblies to invest in post- MRH, MoTI, MMDAs • High cost of conventional harvest activities (SDG Target 17.17) AU 1,3,4,5,20 storage solutions for 4.4.3 Provide support for small and medium-scale agro-processing enterprises (SDG smallholder farmers Targets 1.2, 1.4, 2.3, 2.4, 2.a, 2.c, 8.3, 9.3, 9.4) • Low quality and inadequate 4.4.4 Ensure continuous expansion and upgrading of road infrastructure connecting farms agricultural infrastructure to marketing centres (SDG Targets 1.4, 2.3, 2.c) • Limited insurance for small- 4.4.5 Promote private sector participation to expand and enhance the operations of the holder farmers National Food Buffer Stock Company (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.17) 4.4.6 Facilitate the provision of storage infrastructure with drying systems at district level (SDG Targets 2.3, 12.1, 12.3, 12.a) 4.4.7 Promote warehouse receipt system 4.4.8 Implement commodities trading centres (i.e., modern farmers’ markets) across all MMDAs focusing on grains, vegetables and tuber (SDG Target 2.c) 7 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Ageing farmer population 4.5 Promote agriculture as a 4.5.1 Support youth to venture into agri-business along the value chain (SDG Targets 2.1, MoFA, MLNR, MoYS, LC, SDG 2, 5, 8, 9, • low interest in agriculture viable business among 2.3, 8.6) Financial institutions, 10, 12, 16, 17 among the youth the youth 4.5.2 Facilitate access to agricultural financing for youth (SDG Target 8.3) National House of AU 1,3,4,5,20 • Inadequate start-up capital for 4.5.3 Design and implement special programmes to build the capacity of the youth in Chiefs, MMDAs the youth agriculture (SDG Target 4.4) • Low quality genetic material of 4.6 Promote livestock and 4.6.1 Continue the implementation of the Rearing for Food and Jobs programme MoFA, MESTI, CSIR, SDG 1, 2, 4, 8 livestock species poultry development 4.6.2 Accelerate the passage of the Veterinary Services and Animal Production Bill and OAGMOJ • Low level of good husbandry amend the Veterinary Surgeon’s Law of 1992 (SDG Target 16.6) AU 1,3,4,5,20 practices 4.6.3 Enact legislation to cover poultry hatchery, livestock breeding, meat inspection and • Low productivity and poor dumping in the livestock/ poultry industry (SDG Target 16.6) handling of livestock/ poultry 4.6.4 Strengthen research into large-scale breeding, production and processing of livestock products and poultry across the country (SDG Targets 2.3, 2.a) • Inadequate feed and water 4.6.5 Improve existing livestock breeding stations and establish new ones (SDG Target 2.a) quality standards for livestock 4.6.6 Intensify disease control and surveillance, especially for zoonotic and scheduled • Inadequate and poor-quality diseases (SDG Target2.3) data 4.6.7 Promote cattle ranching and provide incentives to the private sector to develop • Inadequate pest/disease grazing reserves (SDG Targets 2.4, 16.1) monitoring and surveillance 4.6.8 Facilitate the establishment of Livestock Development Centres in the three agro- systems climatic zones in collaboration with the private sector (SDG Target 2.4) • Low levels of value addition to 4.6.9 Facilitate local production of vaccines to improve livestock development and livestock and poultry sustenance • Weak livestock extension 4.6.10 Construct and rehabilitate existing veterinary laboratories services delivery Focus Area 5: FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE DEVELOPMENT • Low levels of private sector 5.1 Ensure sustainable 5.1.1 Provide adequate economic incentives to stimulate private sector investment in MoFAD, MESTI, FC, SDG 2, 8, 16 investments in aquaculture development and aquaculture development (SDG Target 14. b) MoEn, Ghana National • High cost of aquaculture inputs management of 5.1.2 Provide consistent and quality extension service delivery (SDG Target 2.a) Association of Farmers AU 4, 5 • Challenges with pre-mix fuel aquaculture 5.1.3 Continue implementation of the Aquaculture for Food and Jobs Programme (SDG and Fishermen, Canoe distribution Targets 2.1, 2.3, 4.4, 16.6) Owners’ Association, • High capital requirement 5.1.4 Design and implement the Youth in Aquaculture Development Programme (SDG National Premix • Lack of storage facilities and Targets 2.1, 2.3, 4.4, 16.6) Secretariat maintenance 5.1.5 Implement Fisheries Nucleus Out-grower Scheme (SDG Target 14.b) • Inadequate skills for 5.1.6 Develop aquaculture parks aquaculture development 5.1.7 Promote construction of culturing facilities (hatcheries, laboratories and fish feed mills) (SDG Target 12.3) 8 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Low involvement of youth in 5.1.8 Promote the use of irrigation systems and other impounded reservoirs for aquaculture aquaculture and promote mariculture (SDG Target 14.4) • Weak extension services 5.1.9 Implement appropriate bio-security measures at all aquaculture establishments (SDG delivery Targets 14.1, 14.2) 5.1.10 Promote the development of commodity value chains to boost investments 5.1.11 Support innovation and adoption of improved local fishery production for domestic consumption and exports 5.1.12 Invest in cold chain logistics and management of the sea food industry 5.1.13 Ensure efficient system for pre-mix fuel distribution 5.1.14 Enforce Fisheries Act for marine, inland and fresh water resources • Over-exploitation of fisheries 5.2 Ensure sustainable 5.2.1 Promote sustainable marine conservation and protection (SDG Targets 14.1, 14.2, MoFAD, MESTI, CSIR, FC SDG 2, 4, 12, resources development and 14.c) 14, 16 • Weak involvement of management of fisheries 5.2.2 Improve fisheries infrastructure to attract private sector investment (SDG Target communities in fisheries resources 14.4) AU 6, 7 resource management 5.2.3 Reduce illegal fishing and post-harvest losses (SDG Targets 12.3, 14.4) 5.2.4 Transform the fisheries sub-sector and industry through science, research, technology and innovation (SDG Target 9.5) Focus Area 6: TOURISM AND CREATIVE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT • Poor tourism infrastructure 6.1 Diversify and expand the 6.1.1 Transform the country into a major Meetings, Incentives, Conferences and MoTAC, GTA, MRH, SDG 9, 12, 14 and services tourism industry for Exhibitions (MICE) centre (SDG Target 8.9) MoT, Private Sector, • Low skills and professionalism economic development 6.1.2 Expand the tourism sector through investment (including PPP), innovation, and Ghana Museums and AU 6, 7 • High hotel rates pursuit of service excellence Monuments Board, • Low involvement of 6.1.3 Develop available and potential sites to meet international standards and promote National Commission on communities in tourism local tourism (SDG Target 8.9) Culture, MMDAs, CSOs, development 6.1.4 Develop palace museums to preserve national culture and promote tourism in Traditional Authorities, • Poor accessible roads to communities (SDG Targets 8.9, 12.b) National Folklore Board tourist sites 6.1.5 Institute preventive measures to curtail emerging threats to tourism, particularly • Inadequate data on tourist terrorism (SDG Target 8.9) sites 6.1.6 Encourage community initiatives in tourism development 6.1.7 Promote the establishment of tourism clubs in all educational institutions (SDG Target 12.b) 6.1.8 Improve road networks to tourist centres 6.1.9 Develop a comprehensive database on all tourist sites • Informality and its related 6.2 Develop a competitive 6.2.1 Enforce regulatory frameworks for the creative arts industry MoTAC, OAJ&MOJ, SDG 8, 12, 17 challenges creative industry 6.2.2 Build production and performance theatres to develop talents in underserved areas Copyright Office, AU 4,16 6.2.3 Strengthen the Copyright Office and its related agencies (SDG Target 16.6) Creative Arts Council, 6.2.4 Strengthen the National Creative Arts Council (SDG Target 16.6) 9 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Build a Prosperous Country • Absence of an effective 6.2.5 Promote PPP in the development of the creative arts industry (SDG Target 17.17) National Commission on regulatory and institutional 6.2.6 Promote partnerships and participation in global arts events and businesses (SDG Culture, GTA regime Target 17.17) • Weak coordination among 6.2.7 Strengthen institutional coordination within the creative arts industry (SDG Target MDAs on issues related to the 16.6) creative arts industry 6.2.8 Develop legal regime and processes for safeguarding the intellectual property and • Ineffective communication creative heritage of Ghana (SDG Targets 12.b, 17.10; ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23, 28) between MDAs and the creative industry 10 APPENDIX 1.2: SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All Focus Area 1: EDUCATION AND TRAINING • Slow and un-sustained 1.1. Enhance 1.1.1. Continue implementation of free SHS to include TVET for all Ghanaian MOE, GES, SPED, NCPD, UNCRPD, Agenda improvement in quality of equitable children (SDG Targets 4.1, 4.3, 4.a) MOH, Scholarship 2030, AU 2063SDG education access to, and 1.1.2. Enhance quality of teaching and learning environment at all levels (SDG Secretariat, NCCA, 4, 9, 13, 16, 17 • Geographical disparities in participation Targets 4.1,4.2, 4.6, 4.c) MHCI, COTVET, MOF, access to quality education in quality 1.1.3. Promote the ‘right age enrolment’ in basic education (SDG Targets 4.1, 4.2) GETFund, Faith-Based AU 2, 18 at all levels education at 1.1.4. Continue the establishment of well-resourced and functional model senior Organisation, CHASS, • Poor commitment to all levels high institutions in all districts (SDG Target 4.a, 4.c) MOGCSP, TAs, specialized teacher 1.1.5. Expedite the implementation of the Ghana Accountability for Learning NCCE, DSW, DOC, DCD, deployment Outcomes Project (GALOP) (SDG Targets 4.1, 4.2, 4.6) Media, UTAG, Student • Gender disparities at senior 1.1.6. Develop standards and national assessment test for foundational literacy Loan Trust, NCTE, GES high school and tertiary and numeracy competencies at primary level (SDG Target 4.1, 4.6) Trust Fund, NVTI levels 1.1.7. Accelerate the implementation of early childhood development policy on • Low participation of education (SDG Targets 4.1, 4.2) females in learning of 1.1.8. Stimulate the development of data driven Teacher (specialized and science, technology, regular) Deployment and Transfer Strategy (SDG Targets 4.c, 16.6) engineering and 1.1.9. Improve the gender parity at senior high school and tertiary level (SDG mathematics Targets 4.1,4.2, 4.3, 4.5, 4.b) • High teacher absenteeism 1.1.10. Expand infrastructure and facilities at all levels (SDG Target 4.a, 4.c) rates 1.1.11. Review and implement the language policy, especially at the basic level • Inadequate practical 1.1.12. Promote teaching and learning of science, technology, engineering, and teaching lessons in schools mathematics (STEM) and ICT education among girls in basic and secondary • Inadequate school education (SDG Target 4.1, 4.b) infrastructure 1.1.13. Accelerate implementation of the policy of 60:40 admission ratio of • Low prominence accorded science to humanities students at tertiary level (SDG Target 4.b) to language learning in the 1.1.14. Improve participation in non-formal education among youth and adults. school system 1.1.15. Introduce sign language at all levels of education 1.1.16. Institute special incentive scheme for teaching and non-teaching staff • Low participation in non- especially in deprived areas and teachers of PWDs formal education • Inadequate teacher motivation • Poor food and nutrition practices among school-age children 11 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Declining net enrolment at basic level • Negative perception of 1.2 Strengthen 1.2.1. Promote the importance of TVET education (SDG Targets 4.3, 4.4, 4.5) technical and vocational competency- 1.2.2. Strengthen standardisation and coordination of existing public technical education and training based skill and vocational institutions (SDG Target 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 16.6) (TVET) development in 1.2.3. Promote student industrial attachment, coaching and mentoring • Inadequate technical and programmes standardization and vocational 1.2.4. Institute a national tracer survey to evaluate the relevance of education coordination of TVET education and skill set (graduate employability) in the labour market (SDG Targets • Gaps in industrial skills 4.4) needs and employability skills among graduates • Inadequate and 1.3 Promote inclusive 1.3.1. Ensure inclusive education for PWDs and people with special educational inequitable access to education needs (SDG Targets 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 4.a) education for PWDs and 1.3.2. Provide facilities in all learning centres to improve access for PWDs and people with special needs people with special needs (SDG Targets 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 4.a) at all levels 1.3.3. Ensure the provision of support measures to learners with disabilities in • Inadequate support environments that maximize academic and social development provided for learners with 1.3.4. Recruit more teachers and professional staff (including sign language disability interpreters and braille transcribers) at all levels of education and enhance • Insufficient number of scholarships for PWDs (SDG Target 4.b). school teachers and 1.3.5. Facilitate the provision of resource persons such as sign language school personnel, trained interpreters and braille transcribers at all levels on inclusive education and teaching learners with disabilities at all levels of education • Inadequate resource persons for PWDs at all levels of education • High dropout rate for 1.4 Ensure a safe 1.4.1. Facilitate the re-entry of dropout boys and girls including adolescent MOE, GES, SPED, NCPD, AU 2063 SDG 4, 9, both adolescent boys and and supportive mothers back into school DOWSU, 16, 17 girls environment 1.4.2. Strengthen partnerships and financing among NGOs and government in the Social Welfare, NGOs, • Unsupportive school for the re-entry re-entry of school dropouts Education Unions, AU 2, 18 environment to facilitate of dropouts 1.4.3. Promote and invest in a safe and supportive school/community MMDAs, Academia, re-entry into school into school environments for pregnant schoolgirls and young mothers 12 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Low operationalization of 1.4.4. Strengthen the delivery of counseling services in schools FBOs, Traditional standards and procedures 1.4.5. Promote social education and acceptance of re-entry policy among Authorities, for handling pregnancy stakeholders in schools and communities Media cases in schools 1.4.6. Promote research and collection of adequate data on re-entry of dropouts • Lack of quality childcare back into mainstream education support systems after delivery • Stigmatisation and discrimination by society and peers of pregnant girls and other dropouts • Inadequate parental support to girls during pregnancy and after childbirth • Financial constraints for re-entry of dropouts • Inadequate real-time data for tracking girls’ re-entry • Insufficient parental 1.5 Promote 1.5.1. Ensure adequate and accessible infrastructure, tools and skills to facilitate understanding and equitable e-learning and teaching (SDG Targets 4.7, 9.c) engagement in e-learning access to e- 1.5.2. Improve research and innovation on e-learning (SDG Target 4.7, 4.b) • Inadequate assessment learning 1.5.3. Promote dialogues and public engagement on e-learning mechanisms for e- 1.5.4. Ensure adequate provision of e-learning tools for persons with disabilities learning • Inequality in access to virtual education • Inaccessible virtual and e- learning educational tools especially for persons with disabilities • Inadequate classroom management skills for virtual/e-learning among teachers 13 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Disparities between 1.6 Strengthen 1.6.1. Review and improve school management systems and protocols (SDG official management school management Target 4.b, 16.16) processes and school systems 1.6.2. Continue Implementation of the programme for teacher development, operations actualization and professionalisation (SDG Target 4.c) • Disparity between the 1.6.3. Ensure full implementation of the decentralised management of education number of teachers on service delivery (SDG Target 4.2, 16.6) payroll and actual 1.6.4. Implement reforms and strengthen education regulatory agencies (SDG numbers in districts Target 4.1, 16.6) • Inadequate supervision and 1.6.5. Ensure adequate supply of teaching and learning materials (SDG Target 4.2, monitoring of schools 4.c) 1.6.6. Promote quality EMIS data collection and use at the community and district levels (SDG Target 16.16) 1.6.7. Strengthen PTA, School Management Committees (SMC) and Board of Governors (BOG) in public schools. 1.6.8. Strengthen the payroll validation process 1.6.9. Strengthen supervision, management, and accountability at all levels of the educational system • Inadequate funding for 1.7. Ensure 1.7.1. Explore resource mobilisation for non-formal education at all levels (SDG education sustainable Target 17.3) financing of 1.7.2. Enhance accountability for utilisation of earmarked education resources education in tandem with regulations in the Public Financial Management Act, 2016 (Act 926) (SDG Target 4.b, 16.5) 1.7.3. Ensure the allocation of funds to implement the inclusive education policy (SDG Target 4.b, 16.5) • Inadequate information on 1.8. Promote 1.8.1. Strengthen inter-sectoral links to ensure lifelong learning opportunities Ghana Library Authority, Inadequate information on literacy and for non-formal graduates MOE, GES, MMDAs, The lifelong learning lifelong 1.8.2. Improve opportunities for non-literate youth and adults to have free Media, CSOs, NGOs. opportunities for non- learning access to meaningful quality education and training. Academia, literate youth and adult 1.8.3. Promote the application of acquired functional skills of learners to create • Inadequate library facilities wealth and reduce poverty and services in 1.8.4. Sustain learning interest and literacy skills of neo-literates through the communities and in schools creation of a literate environment in the local language and in English • Inadequate funding for 1.8.5. Increase access to school and public library facilities (SDG Target 4.6, 4.a) public library service 1.8.6. Build capacity of librarians to improve service delivery (SDG Target 4.6, delivery 4.a) 14 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Low level of reading culture 1.8.7. Ensure sustainable funding sources for public library service delivery among Ghanaians (SDG Target 4.6, 4.a) • High level of illiteracy 1.8.8. Expand access to functional literacy and community education • Limited access to print and programmes among adults (SDG Target 4.6) digital reading materials 1.8.9. Create a repository for national literary output and the preservation of national cultural heritage for public access (SDG Target 11.4) Focus Area 2: HEALTH AND HEALTH SERVICES • Gaps in access to health 2.1 Ensure 2.1.1 Accelerate equity-focused implementation of Community-based Health MOH, GHS, National infrastructure and services accessible, and Planning and Services (CHPS) policy (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.c, 16.6) Council on Persons with • Inadequate and poor- quality Universal 2.1.2 Build Planning and monitoring capacity among health sector workers Disability, DHS, Narcotics quality emergency and Health Coverage (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.c, 16.6) Control Board, FDA, NPC, healthcare services (UHC) for all 2.1.3 Expand, upgrade and equip health facilities with private sector NHIS, Ghana AIDS • Unmet need for mental involvement (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.c) Commission, PPAG, NMC health services 2.1.4 Revamp emergency medical preparedness and response services across • Increased cost of the country (SDG Target 3.7, 3.8, 3.d) healthcare delivery 2.1.5 Strengthen capacity and develop partnerships for local production of • Limited financing of the pharmaceutical diagnostics, reagents and PPEs among others (SDG health sector Targets 3.8, 3.b) • Inaccessible health facilities 2.1.6 Strengthen health referral system (SDG Targets 3.1, 3.6, 3.7, 16.6) to persons with disabilities 2.1.7 Strengthen the district and sub-district health systems as the bedrock of • Limited supply of personal the national primary healthcare strategy (Agenda 111) (SDG Targets 3.8, protective equipment 16.6) • Limited supply of assistive 2.1.8 Integrate traditional and alternate medicine in the health service delivery devices for PWDs system (SDG Targets 3.b, 16.6) • Inequitable use of 2.1.9 Improve medical supply chain management system (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.b, technology in health 16.6) delivery services 2.1.10 Mainstream gender and disability in the provision of healthcare services (SDG Target 3.8) • Limited access to 2.1.11 Promote use of ICT and e-health strategies in healthcare delivery and communication by the improve quality and coverage of healthcare data (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.d) deaf, blind and persons 2.1.12 Expand specialist and allied health services (e.g., diagnostics, ENT, with psychosocial and physiotherapy, paramedic etc.) (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c) intellectual disabilities. 2.1.13 Strengthen the National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS) (SDG Targets • Inadequate financing of 3.8, 3.c) essential nutrition 2.1.14 Scale up disease prevention strategies and nutrition counseling (SDG commodities Targets 2.1, 3.8, 3.c, 3.d) 15 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate proportion of 2.1.15 Facilitate the provision of resource persons such as sign language regional and district interpreters in healthcare delivery. hospitals practising 2.1.16 Sustain the public health emergency response fund (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.c) traditional medicine 2.1.17 Accelerate reconstruction of the central medical store for contingency stocking of critical supplies (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.c) 2.1.18 Promote appropriate testing, processing, storage and distribution of blood and blood components 2.1.19 Review and implement the health financing strategy taking into account the COVID-19 pandemic (SDG Targets 1.3, 3c, 16.6) 2.1.20 Increase resources towards essential nutrition commodities (SDG targets 2. 1, 2.2) • Rising burden of mental 2.2 Improve Mental 2.2.1 Accelerate implementation of the Mental Health Strategy (SDG Targets GHS, DHS, MOH, NHIS, health Health 3.4, 3.5, 3,8) Narcotics Control Board, • Inadequate mental health Administration 2.2.2 Ensure enactment and implementation of legislative Instrument for the CSOs facilities at regional and and Service Mental Health Act. (SDG Targets 3.4, 3.8, 3c, 16.6) district level Delivery 2.2.3 Increase public education and campaigns on mental health • Inadequate resources (financial and manpower) for mental health delivery • Stigmatisation and societal neglect of mental health patients • Delay in the establishment of Mental Health Fund • Limited use of M&E 2.3 Strengthen 2.3.1 Enhance efficiency in governance and management of the health system GHS, DHS, MOH, NHIS, UNCRPD, Agenda results of the health healthcare (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c, 16.6) Narcotics Control Board, 2030, AU 2063SDG 1, sector delivery 2.3.2 Strengthen and improve coverage and quality of healthcare data FDA, NPC, NHIS, 3, 5, 9, 10 • Inadequate and management capturing system and research in both public and private sectors (SDG inequitable distribution of system Targets 3.8, 3.c 17.18) critical staff mix 2.3.3 Formulate and implement health sector capital investment policy and • Wide gaps in health plan (SDG Target 3.c) service data 2.3.4 Improve production, training and equitably distribution of various • Inadequate ambulance categories and mix of critical health staff (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c) fleet 2.3.5 Strengthen the capacity of health regulatory bodies to enforce medico- legal issues (SDGs Target 3.c, 3.d) 16 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Limited health and 2.3.6 Finalise and implement health sector decentralisation policy and strategy nutrition data on school- (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c, 16.6) age children and the aged 2.3.7 Strengthen partnership with the private sector and community in provision of health services (SDG Targets 3.8, 17.17 2.3.8 Build capacity for monitoring and evaluation in the health sector (SDG Target 3.c, 16.6) 2.3.9 Expand access to and equip medical training facilities (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c) 2.3.10 Increase the strength of support staff to health facilities. 2.3.11 Provide Incentives to health personnel who accept posting to remote areas 2.3.12 Strengthen District Health Management and Human Resource systems. 2.3.13 Promote Telemedicine to enhance health delivery (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c) 2.3.14 Train more personnel in domiciliary and palliative care for the elderly and the sick (SDG Target 3.8, 3.c) 2.3.15 Establish a Patients’ Protection Council to fully implement the Patient’s Rights Charter (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.c) 2.3.16 Establish early-warning system for laboratory-confirmed infections (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.d) 2.3.17 Develop interoperability between health and birth registration systems 2.3.18 Integrate health and nutrition indicators of school-age children in the national information management systems and surveys • Increasing morbidity, 2.4 Reduce 2.4.1. Strengthen maternal, new-born care, child and adolescent services (SDG GHS, DHS, MOH, NHIS, 16 mortality, and disability disability, Targets 3.1, 3.2) Narcotics Control Board, • Limited testing capacity morbidity, and 2.4.2. Strengthen prevention and management of malaria cases (SDGs Targets FDA, NPC, NHIS, Ghana and delay in diagnosis, mortality 3.3, 16.6) AIDS Commission, PPAG, particularly in remote areas 2.4.3. Improve diagnosis, patient education, and counselling services for TB N&MC • Limited access for persons 2.4.4. Scale up community-based hypertension management project (SDG with disabilities to health Target 3.4) services 2.4.5. Intensify and sustain immunisation for all children under 2 (SDG Target 3.2) 2.4.6. Accelerate implementation of the national strategy for elimination of neglected tropical diseases and other diseases earmarked for elimination (SDG Target 3.3, 3.4) 2.4.7. Formulate National Disability Health Strategy to ensure highest standard of health services to persons with disabilities (SDG Target 3.3, 3.8) 17 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All 2.4.8. Formulate health strategies for vulnerable populations, including PWDs and the aged. 2.4.9. Strengthen Integrated Disease Surveillance and Response (IDRS) at all levels (SDG Target 3.8, 16.6) 2.4.10. Increase testing facilities and capacities 2.4.11. Establish a Cancer and Kidney Disease Trust Fund 2.4.12. Focus health delivery services on primary prevention and early detection of chronic disease conditions (SDG Targets 3.8, 3.d) 2.4.13. Establish disability assessment centers in all health facilities. • Increasing burden of NCDs 2.5 Reduce non- 2.5.1. Implement the non-communicable diseases (NCDs) control strategy (SDG MOH, GHS/Health AU 3 on national expenditure communicable Targets 3.4, 3.5) Promotion, FDA, MOF, • Increased NCDs related diseases 2.5.2. Review and scale-up Regenerative Health and Nutrition Programme NDPC, CSOs, deaths (RHNP) (SDG Target 2.2) • Rapid increase in the use of 2.5.3. Increase taxes on tobacco, alcohol, and other unhealthy food products tobacco, alcohol, and other (SDG Targets 3.4,3.5) unhealthy food products. 2.5.4. Increase health promotion to reduce poor health choices and exposure especially among vulnerable groups (SDG Targets 3.4, 3.5) 2.5.5. Strengthen the effective implementation of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (WHO FCTC) and its protocols (SDG Targets 3.4, 3.5, 3.a) 2.5.6. Implement the WHO recommendations on the marketing of foods and non-alcoholic beverages to children (SDG Targets 3.4, 3.5, 3.a) 2.5.7. Accelerate the implementation of the global strategy on diet, physical activity, and health (SDGs Target 3.4, 3.5, 3.d) • High incidence of HIV and 2.6 Reduce the 2.6.1. Expand and intensify HIV Counselling and Testing (HTC) programmes (SDG GAC, GHS, DHS, MoH, AIDS among young persons incidence of Targets 3.3, 3.7) NHIS, Narcotics Control • Limited knowledge of STIs, new STIs, HIV 2.6.2. Intensify comprehensive education on HIV/AIDS and STIs, including Board, FDA, NPC, NHIS, HIV and AIDS, especially and AIDS and reduction of stigmatisation (SDG Target 3.7) PPAG, N&MC, MMDAs among vulnerable groups other infections, 2.6.3. Intensify behavioural change strategies, especially for high-risk groups for • High HIV and AIDS especially HIV/AIDS and TB (SDG Targets 3.3, 3.7) stigmatisation and among 2.6.4. Strengthen collaboration among HIV/AIDS, TB and sexual and reproductive Discrimination vulnerable health programmes (SDG Targets 3.3, 3.7) • Periodic shortages of HIV groups 2.6.5. Intensify efforts to eliminate mother-to-child transmission of HIV and AIDS commodities (MTCTHIV) (SDG Targets 3.3, 3.7) (ARVs, test kits, condoms) 2.6.6. Improve access to antiretroviral therapy (SDG Targets 3.3, 3.7, 3.8) 18 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All 2.6.7. Support local production of antiretroviral therapy (ART) commodities (SDG Target 3.3, 3.b) FOCUS AREA 3: FOOD SYSTEMS TRANSFORMATION AND NUTRITION SECURITY • Poor knowledge on 3.1 Strengthen the 3.1.1. Apply science and technology to existing farming systems to promote MoFA, MESTI/CSIR/BNARI, SDG 3, 16, 17; AU 3 agroecology food production “modern” agroecological and industrial food production practices MLGDRD, MoTI, MoFAD, • Limited knowledge of best sub-system 3.1.2. Increase the production of climate-resilient varieties of food crops Fisheries Commission, practices and use of bad including the including diverse vegetables and legumes, fruits, and bio-fortified MMDAs, MoH/FDA, production practices agroecological nutrient rich crops using sustainable agricultural practices (SDG Targets Academia, CSOs, DPs, and industrial 2.1, 2.2, 2.4) FBOs, Private Sector, MOF, • Limited access to food production 3.1.3. Promote the cultivation of indigenous and traditional varieties of plant NMIMR agricultural land by systems and animal source foods women, youth and migrant 3.1.4. Re-orient stakeholders, particularly extension workers through farmers refresher courses, on sustainable agroecological and industrial • Reliance on imported production practices and processes. agricultural production 3.1.4.1. Support on-farm agroecology research inputs 3.1.5. Formulate and pass bye-laws at MMDA level with the active • Reliance on expensive participation of community stakeholders to promote secure access to imports of seeds, poultry agriculture land by women, youth and migrant farmers (SDG 2.5) and meat. 3.1.6. Expand the proportion of land area under irrigated agriculture by promoting solar-powered farmer-led irrigation (FLI) practices. • Low fish production 3.1.7. Prioritize the establishment of local inorganic and organic fertilizer • Excessive fishing industries as well as poultry and fish feed mills. • Use of inappropriate fishing 3.1.8. Promote seed and breed security and reduce importation of seed, day- methods (illegal fishing old chicks and livestock breeds. gears, dynamite, light 3.1.9. Promote local and exotic poultry production systems through active fishing etc.) improvements in their value chains to reduce the cost of eggs and • Low biosecurity poultry (including guinea fowl) meat. • High mortality of fish 3.1.10. Facilitate the establishment of a well-planned private sector-led breeds sustainable industrial food production systems to support industries. • High cost of inputs, 3.1.11. Promote women’s leadership and empowerment in food systems and agriculture especially feed for the 3.1.12. Strengthen and sustain local food systems and increase food self- fisheries sector sufficiency. • Limited access and high 3.1.13. Review and regulate the use of agrochemicals in the food production cost of credit to fisherfolks value chain (SDG Target 2.1, 16.6) • Poor access to land and 3.1.14. Identify and profile suitable areas for fisheries and aquaculture and water by fisherfolks (land create an enabling environment for investment. 19 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All given out to property 3.1.15. Develop appropriate infrastructure at appropriate places across the developers) country and structure fisheries sector to address the issues • Limited research and lack 3.1.16. Establish a well-structured subsidy scheme on fishery inputs, including of use of available research credit (subsidized interest rate). findings in the fisheries 3.1.17. Develop mariculture and aquaculture to farm marine and fresh fish species. sub-sector 3.1.18. Support research and development of diversified fish species for cultivation by fish farmers; and actively promote fisheries/blue foods research. 3.1.19. Pass and enforce bye-laws against fish and fish resources contamination and make resources available to field officers 3.1.20. Facilitate the acquisition of secure lands and water bodies for aquaculture through bye-laws. • Poor food storage 3.2 Improve the 3.2.1. Develop and promote appropriate and innovative post-harvest MOFA, MOH/FDA, AU 3 techniques food storage, technologies and methods MESTI/CSIR, Academia, • Inadequate efforts to preservation 3.2.2. Support small-scale farmers to reduce post-harvest losses (SDG Target CSOs, DPs, NMIMR, GSA, manage food maintenance and safety sub- 2.1, 2.2, 2.3) MOTI, FBOs, MLGRD, systems system 3.2.3. Identify and promote cost effective food storage and preservation MMDAs, Private Sector, MOF, MoFAD, Fisheries • Inadequate food safety technologies Commission, MSWR practices 3.2.4. Institute measures to reduce food losses, waste and avoidance practices • Poor sanitation of food (SDG Targets 2.c, 12.3) retail outlets 3.2.5. Update and implement national legislation and regulations to conform to • High post-harvest loses and international food safety standards (SDG Target 2.1, 16.b) waste especially of fruits 3.2.6. Establish effective food safety and security monitoring systems (SDG and vegetables Target 2.1, 16.6) 3.2.7. Build resilience to protect our food system against (natural/man-made) • High post-harvest losses in shocks (SDG Target 2.4, 9.1). fisheries and aquaculture sector • Limited value-addition and 3.3 Promote food 3.3.1. Provide incentives to local processors who source their raw materials MOTI/Enterprise Ghana, processing transformation from smallholder farmers in rural areas. MOH/FDA, MOFA, MoFAD, (processing and 3.3.2. Establish cottage industries for the processing and packaging of locally Fisheries Commission, • Limited food fortification value-addition) produced fruits and vegetables and other nutritious foods. MESTI/CSIR, MOF, with essential nutrients in 3.2.2 Expand and enforce food fortification laws and regulations and address Academia, CSOs, DPs, the country related bottlenecks (SDG Target 2.1, 2.2) NMIMR, GSA, FBOs, 20 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All 3.3.3. Stimulate local manufacturing and social marketing to increase MLGRD, MMDAs, Private availability of quality fortified foods or supplements (SDG Targets 2.a, Sector 17.5) • High costs of transporting 3.4 Ensure food 3.4.1 Reform the food distribution system MOFA, MOTI, food from production sites availability and 3.4.2 Promote farmers’ markets along major trunk roads and designated MESTI/CSIR, to markets accessibility places in all districts and municipalities. MOH/FDA/GHS, • Limited local and external 3.4.3 Promote public private partnership in cold chain systems for perishable academia, CSOs, DPs, markets for farm produce produce NMIMR, GSA, FBOs, 3.4.4 Ensure the development of sustainable food maintenance systems (SDGs MLGDRD, MMDAs • Unrestrained importation Target 2.5) Private Sector, MOF, of cheap unhealthy foods 3.4.5 Reduce taxes and increase subsidies on healthy foods MoFAD, Fisheries • Weak and unsustainable 3.4.6 Facilitate/ensure/augment livelihood diversification in fishing Commission, MMDAs food systems communities especially during “closed seasons”. • Household food insecurity 3.4.7 Facilitate access to social protection programmes by moderately and • Lack of fish markets severely food insecure households to (SDG Target 2.1, 2.2) • Poor access to healthy, 3.4.8 Ensure the implementation of the zero-hunger strategy diverse, quality and nutrient rich food • Rapid rise in the aggressive 3.5 Promote healthy 3.5.1 Enhance or reform food composition, marketing, retail, labelling and MOFA, MoFAD, Fisheries marketing of ultra- and sustainable fiscal policies and laws Commission, MoTI, GSA, processed and convenience food 3.5.2 Regulate unhealthy food and beverage promotion, sponsorship, and MOE/SHEP, MoGCSP, foods environment advertisement in schools and in the media. MESTI/CSIR, MOH/FDA, • Increase in the and choices 3.5.3 Update and consolidate local food composition databases, and develop MSWR, Academia, CSOs, a nutrient profiling system to facilitate implementation of food-based DPs, NMIMR, FBOs, consumption of ultra- policies MLGDRD, MMDAs, Private processed and convenience 3.5.4 Establish regular surveillance and monitoring of the food environment, Sector, MoF foods including overweight and obesity in the population across all age groups. • 3.5.5 Ensure the formulation of a well-planned awareness creation and advocacy strategy against poor food consumption habits and the consumption of unwholesome foods, especially by children 3.5.6 Develop and disseminate dietary guidelines (SDG Targets 2.1, 2.2, 2.4.c, 12.3) 3.5.7 Include fish consumption as a major component of the School Feeding Programme nation-wide. 21 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All 3.5.8 Institute mechanisms including trade policy to promote sustainable food system and healthy diets 3.5.9 Ensure stable and sustainable availability, access and utilisation of food within the framework of climate change. 3.5.10 Develop food provisioning policies to instruct implementation of healthy food services in government-funded settings, especially the School Feeding Programme • Triple burden of 3.6 Promote 3.6.1 Promote the consumption of indigenous and traditional varieties of plant MoFA, GSA, MELR malnutrition nutrition and animal source foods MOH/GHS/FDA, MOE, • Infant, adolescent and specific and 3.6.2 Sensitize and educate the public on health benefits of farmed fish MLGDRD, MOGCSP, adult malnutrition sensitive consumption. NADMO, MoFAD, Fisheries programmes 3.6.3 Adopt strategies to reduce infant and adult malnutrition including scaling Commission, MoTI, MSWR • Declining rate of exclusive and up proven, high-impact cost-effective, nutrition-sensitive, and nutrition- breastfeeding interventions specific interventions (SDG Target 2.2) • Inadequate food and 3.6.4 Promote the first 1000 days concept nutrition education 3.6.5 Ensure strong and sustained environment and resources for • Prevalence of hunger breastfeeding promotion and protection and promote Infant and Young • High levels of micro- Child Feeding including early initiation, exclusive and two years of nutrient deficiencies breastfeeding; enforce legislation on breast milk substitutes promotion especially anaemia in and the fortification of foods rich in iron and vitamin A (SDGs Targets 3.1, women of reproductive 3.2) ages 3.6.6 Implement comprehensive strategies for addressing anaemia, wasting • Increase in obesity and diet and stunting related NCDs 3.6.7 Improve nutrition outcomes among adolescent girls and women in their reproductive age (SDG Target, 2.1, 2.2) 3.6.8 Promote iodisation and appropriate fortification of selected foods with micronutrients and address related bottlenecks 3.6.9 Promote healthy diets and lifestyles for all including workplace fitness (SDG Target 2.1, 2.2, 3.4) 3.6.10 Integrate school-based food systems transformation and nutrition security education in the basic and senior school curriculum (SDG Targets 2.1, 2.2) 3.6.11 Promote nutrition education and sensitization (SDG 2.1, 2.2) 3.6.12 Revise existing national labour law to ensure that workplaces are provided with facilities that support breastfeeding 22 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All 3.6.13 Amend existing Labour Law to extend maternity leave to be in line with ILO recommendations (Maternity Protection Convention, 2000 (No.183)) of at least 18 weeks (SDGs Target 2.1, 3.1, 3.2) 3.6.14 Provide funding for nationally relevant research on nutrition and NCDs including food borne diseases 3.6.15 Support complementary feeding programmes and enhance quality of children’s diets (SDGs Targets 3.1, 3.2) 3.6.16 Strengthen early-warning and emergency preparedness systems and processes for food systems and nutrition security (SDGs Targets 3.d) 3.6.17 Strengthen national and local capacities for the formulation and implementation of nutrition specific and sensitive interventions (SDG Target 16.6). 3.6.18 Ensure responsible investments and action by the private sector in promoting nutritious foods. 3.6.19 Sensitize fishers on the country’s fisheries laws and enforce the laws. 3.6.20 Establish and promote well-functioning farmer-based organizations (FBOs) by fishers and fish farmers. • Inadequate mainstreaming 3.7 Integrate 3.7.1 Scale up and strengthen integration and implementation of Essential MOH/GHS, MOTI, GSS, of nutrition into the health nutrition into Nutrition Actions (ENAs) into the primary health care (PHC) system Academia, MoH, MOFA, sector Universal Health including preventive, promotion and palliative services (rehabilitative MESTI/CSIR, MoF, DPs Coverage services; growth monitoring; dietary supplementation; immunization; control of use of alcohol, tobacco and harmful substances) 3.7.2 Equip all district hospitals and CHPS compounds with anthropometric equipment and therapeutic foods to detect early and manage severe and moderate acute malnutrition (SDGs Target 2.1, 3.8, 3.c) 3.7.3 Build capacities for nutrition service delivery especially in rural areas by equipping all district hospitals and CHPS compounds to provide clinical and non-clinical nutrition services (SDGs Target 2.1, 2.1, 2.2, 16.6, 3.8, 3.c) 3.7.4 Strengthen and address operational bottlenecks, commodity security and integration to support expansion of the Girls’ Iron and Folic Acid Tablets Supplementation (GIFTS) program. 3.7.5 Transition from iron and folic acid to multiple micronutrient supplementation for pregnant women 3.7.6 Strengthen and expand the Micronutrient Powder Initiative 3.7.7 Implement actions to strengthen routine vitamin A supplementation of children and improve data capture and reporting 23 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate governance of 3.8 Improve Food 3.8.1 Sensitize policy makers and politicians to strengthen high-level political GSS, Academia, MoH, food systems and nutrition Systems and will and commitment for resilient and sustainable food systems MOFA, NDPC, MESTI/CSIR, • Weak nutrition-sensitive Nutrition transformation MoF, DPs planning and programming Governance 3.8.2 Develop and implement a strategy and legal framework for food systems and nutrition governance • Weak food systems and 3.8.3 Strengthen Food Systems Transformation and Nutrition Security multi- nutrition institutional sectoral platform and actions at all levels framework and 3.8.4 Institute sustainable mechanisms for funding food systems coordination transformation and nutrition at all levels • Weak M&E systems for 3.8.5 Provide adequate funding for food systems transformation and nutrition food systems security research including food safety and integrate sector information transformation and management systems (SDG Target 17.18) nutrition security 3.8.6 Improve knowledge management to support the development, • Inadequate funding of the financing, implementation and tracking of country action plans. food systems and nutrition 3.8.7 Conduct data needs assessment on food systems and nutrition security sector and fill the gaps to strengthen accountability 3.8.8 Strengthen M&E and accountability systems including budget tracking for • Inadequate food systems food systems and nutrition (SDG Target 16.6) and security research, data 3.8.9 Strengthen partnerships for nutrition action and information Systems • Gaps in coordination among sectors that address the underlying causes of malnutrition • Weak enforcement of fishery laws • Poor access to land and water by fisherfolks (land given out to property developers) Focus Area 4: POPULATION MANAGEMENT AND MIGRATION FOR DEVELOPMENT • Weak management of 4.1 Improve 4.1.1. Strengthen coordination, planning, implementation, monitoring and MOP, NPC, GSS, GNHR, population issues population, evaluation of population policies and programmes (SDG Targets 3.7, NDPC, OHCS, PSC, MOE, civil 11.a, 16.6, 17.14) MOH, GES, GHS, Academia, registration NCCE, ISD, NIA, Births & 24 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate funding for and vital 4.1.2. Strengthen reliable system for collection, compilation, analysis, Deaths, MFARI, MELR, population programmes statistics disaggregation, and dissemination of relevant and timely demographic NCPD, MINT, RIPS(UG), and projects management data (SDG Target 17.18) MFARI, MELR, NCPD • Limited disaggregation of 4.1.3. Provide adequate funding to deliver equitable, accessible, and timely population data registration services. particularly by disability 4.1.4. Facilitate the establishment of strong and effective implementation, • Poor implementation coordination and funding mechanisms for registration, integration and coordination, and authentication of civil events and vital statistics inadequate funding for the 4.1.5. Promote the production, dissemination, and use of vital statistics from civil registration and vital civil registration processes statistics system in Ghana • High adolescent fertility 4.2. Improve 4.2.1. Strengthen the integration of family planning education in adolescent MOH, GHS, MoE, GES, rate maternal and reproductive healthcare services (SDG Target 3.7, 5.6) NCCA, NPC, Academia, • Unmet needs for sexual adolescent 4.2.2. Provide Adolescent corners at CHPS zones. CSOs, FBOs, MMDAs and reproductive health reproductive 4.2.3. Eliminate child marriage (SDGs Targets 5.3) services health 4.2.4. Reduce teenage pregnancy (SDG Targets 3.7, 5.3) • Inadequate financial 4.2.5. Integrate culturally appropriate reproductive health education in support for family planning curricula at all levels of education (SDG Targets 3.7, 5.6) programmes 4.2.6. Increase investment in family planning programmes at all levels (SDG • High incidence of child Targets 3.7, 5.6) marriage 4.2.7. Improve quality of adolescent and youth friendly services (SDGs Target • High cases of teenage 3.5, 3.7, 3.8) pregnancy • Inadequate culturally appropriate sexual and reproductive health • Increasing trend of 4.3. Harness the 4.3.1. Increase sensitization on the dangers of irregular migration (SDG Targets MLGRD, GSS, irregular and precarious benefits of 10.7, 17.16) MINT, Labour migration migration for 4.3.2. Promote more avenues for regular migration, including its management Department, GNCM, • Brain drain and waste socioeconomi 4.3.3. Promote initiatives to optimize brain gain (locally and internationally) NDPC, MOE/GES, • Increased barriers to c and skill circulation through bilateral, multilateral, and regional MMDAs, MFARI, MOGCSP, regular migration development programmes (SDG Targets 10.7, 17.16) MIMR, MOI, GIS, MOH, • Human trafficking 4.3.4. Promote appropriate measures for preventing and managing internal GHS, MOF, MELR, NPC, • Persistent seasonal displacement (SDG Target 10.7). NGOs, CSOs, Ghana Police displacement of people 4.3.5. Review the status of policy, legal and institutional framework for Service - Anti-Human management of refugee and asylum situations (SDG Targets 10.7, 16.6) 25 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Migrant abuse, exploitation 4.3.6. Ratify and domesticate ILO Convention 189 on migrant domestic workers Trafficking, DOVVSU, and vulnerabilities (SDG Target 10.7) MoJAG, • Weak coordination of 4.4. Harness the 4.4.1. Expedite implementation of the National Labour Migration Policy. (SDG MELR, MINTER, MOF, labour migration benefits of Targets 8.8, SDG Target 10.7) MOTI, BOG, NDPC, GSS, • Weak legislative labour 4.4.2. Improve labour market and migration information systems (SDG Targets NPC, MLGRD, MOGCSP, framework for labour migration 8.8, SDG Target 10.7) MFARI, LD, GIS, OAJ, migration 4.4.3. Facilitate negotiations and signing of social security portability agreements DAUOP, NLC, NPC, GPS, Weak labour market and with major destination countries GIPC, MMDAs, CSOs, FBOs, migration information system 4.4.4. Promote international cooperation through bilateral and multilateral Private Sector, agreements on labour migration • High cost of remittances 4.5. Harness the 4.5.1. Reduce remittance transfer costs (SDGs Targets 10.c, 17.3) MOF, BOG, MFARI, • Delays in regulatory remittances 4.5.2. Review and strengthen the regulatory framework for international DAUOP, MINTER, MELR, approvals for national remittance markets in Ghana (SDGs Targets 10.c, 17.3) NDPC, Fintechs, Telcos, • Poor coordination of development 4.5.3. Improve coordination across government and non-government Private Sector, MMDAs, remittances landscape in stakeholders (SDGs Targets 10.c, 17.17) CSOs, Ghana 4.5.4. Promote transparency and ensure adequate consumer protection in • Low transparency and remittances transfer processes (SDGs Targets 10.c, 1717) consumer protection 4.5.5. Roll out innovative remittance products and services in rural and • Lack of comprehensive, underserved communities (SDGs Targets 10.c, 17.3) accurate and up-to-date 4.5.6. Encourage a partnership between Postal Regulatory Authority and Bank data on migration and of Ghana on Post remittances (SDGs Targets 10.c, 17.17) remittances. 4.5.7. Expedite digitilisation of Ghana’s remittances market (SDGs Targets • Limited access to money 10.c, 17.3) transfer services in rural 4.5.8. Promote collaboration between International Money Transfer and remote communities Operators and Fintechs to leverage inbound remittances as a tool for • Limited partnerships on financial inclusion (SDGs Targets 10.c, 17.17) inbound international 4.5.9. Promote stakeholder collaboration to address issues of fraud in the remittances services market (SDGs Targets 10.c) • Fraudulent activities 4.5.10. Promote stringent identification and verification system using the undermining financial Ghana Card and Ghana Post GPS (SDGs Targets 10.c) transfers 4.5.11. Conduct risk assessment of current restrictions around outbound • Missed opportunities in remittance transactions, especially intra-African flows (SDGs Targets restricting outbound 10.c) remittances 26 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate sensitization on remittances • Untapped benefits of the 4.6. Harness the 4.6.1. Deploy the Youth Development Index to promote advocacy for 1.1.1. NDPC, GSS, NPC, 1.1.2. youth bulge demographic increased investment in youth development (SDG Targets 1.b, 16.6, B&DR, MoH, GES, • Inadequate investments in dividend 16.7) GHS, CHAG, young people 4.6.2. Promote advocacy for increased investment in youth development. teaching • High unemployment rate (SDG Targets 16.7, 17.17) hospitals, faith- among the youth 4.6.3. Strengthen research and modelling on harnessing the demographic based • High levels of vulnerable dividend (SDG Targets 1.b, 16.6, 16.7) organisations, employment 4.6.4. Create linkages between the education system and the labour market Health Facility (SDGs Target 1.b, 4.4) Regulatory 4.6.5. Increase investment in quality, skill-specific human resources. Authority, media 4.6.6. Place entrepreneurship skills development at the core of job creation (GBC), FDA, 4.6.7. Direct growth strategies towards employment intensive sectors such as NGOs, CSOs agriculture and manufacturing 4.6.8. Increase technological skills of the youth to expand their economic resourcefulness 4.6.9. Increase entrepreneurial skills development for unemployed youth to reduce dependence on the public sector for jobs 4.6.10. Support the youth to create and sustain modern and climate-smart agribusiness (SDG Target 8.6) 4.6.11. Create an investment culture among the youth to spur economic growth 4.6.12. Promote exchanges among second generation Ghanaian diaspora and their counterparts in Ghana to support economic growth 4.6.13. Promote information dissemination continual dialogue and generation of feedback between youth and duty bearers at all levels. • Low capacity of relevant 4.7. Promote 4.7.1. Improve coordination of migration (SDG s Target 16.6) MINTER, MFARI, DAUOP, migration management good 4.7.2. Provide adequate funding to strengthen implementation of National MELR, MoGCSP, MLGRD, stakeholders migration Migration Policy (SDG Target 17.3) MOF, BoG, GIS, GPS, • Inadequate funding for governance 4.7.3. Establish and operationalize the National Migration Commission NCPD, MMDAs, NPC, National Migration Policy 4.7.4. Strengthen migration institutional structures or framework at all levels Ghana Refugee Board, • Weak legislative (SDGs Target 16.6) CSOs, FBOs, Private instrument and limited 4.7.5. Ensure the effective management of regular migration (SDG Target 10.7) Sector… coherence in migration- 4.7.6. Promote reciprocal relationships with the diaspora for socio-economic related laws development (SDG Targets 10.7, 17.16) 27 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Increased influx of 4.7.7. Create enabling environment for return and reintegration of Ghanaian immigrants migrants (SDG Target 10.7) • Weak diaspora 4.7.8. Develop and enforce legal and regulatory framework for migration (SDG engagement Targets 8.8, 10.7) • Insufficient structures for 4.7.9. Regulate and monitor the entry, residence, employment and exit of reintegration of return immigrants. migrants 4.7.10. Strengthen migration data and information management systems (SDG • Inadequate Target 17.18) comprehensive, accurate and timely migration data Focus Area 5: REDUCING POVERTY AND INEQUALITY • Slow rate of decline 5.1. Eradicate 5.1.1. Promote fair and balanced allocation of national resources to ensure GSS, GHS, MOGCSP, poverty across poverty and balanced development across geographical areas and socio-economic MOF, MLGDRD, Dept. Of geographical areas and address groups (SDG Targets 1.4, 10.2, 10.3) Social Welfare, among different vulnerability 5.1.2. Strengthen the institutional capacity to reduce poverty and mitigate Parliamentary Select population groups to poverty in vulnerability to shocks (SDG Target 16.6) Committee on Poverty, • Slow rate of decline in all forms and 5.1.3. Enforce the complementarity of existing social protection interventions MELR, NCPD, Dev’t monetary poverty dimensions through effective referral systems (SDGs Target 1.3, 1.5, 10.2) Authorities, NADMO • High incidence of multi- 5.1.4. Implement active labour market policies to mitigate job and income dimensional poverty losses (SDGs Targets 1.3, 8.8) • High poverty among 5.1.5. Strengthen income support schemes to workers affected by health and vulnerable households non-health shocks (natural and man-made) (SDGs Targets 1.3, 8.8) including those with 5.1.6. Establish an emergency fund to support vulnerable groups (SDGs Targets disabilities 1.3, 8.8)Implement the recommendations of the National Multidimensional Poverty Report for Ghana (SDGs 1.2, 17.15) 5.1.7. Implement active labour market policies to mitigate job and income losses (SDGs Targets 1.3, 8.8) 5.1.8. Strengthen income support schemes to workers affected by health and non-health shocks (natural and man-made) (SDGs Targets 1.3, 8.8) 5.1.9. Strengthen institutional capacity to mitigate vulnerability to shocks (SDGs Targets 1.3, 8.8, 16.6) 5.1.10. Promote a sustained emergency funds to support vulnerable groups (SDGs Targets 1.3, 8.8) • Persistent income disparity 5.2. Reduce 5.2.1. Expand economic opportunities and infrastructural development in rural GSS, GHS, MOGCSP, across socio-economic income areas, deprived zones and regions (SDG Targets 9.1, 11.a) MOF, MLGDRD, Dept. of groups and geographical disparities 28 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All areas (regions and within and 5.2.2. Accelerate the implementation of the Ghana local economic Social Welfare, ecological zones) across socio- development (LED) policy and private sector participation across the Parliamentary economic country (SDG Targets 17.5, 17.17) Select Committee on groups and 5.2.3. Strengthen development authorities to promote equitable distribution Poverty, MELR, geographical of growth (SDGs Target 16.6) Development Authorities areas 5.2.4. Encourage inclusive tax policies to protect the poor Focus Area 6: WATER AND ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION • High default rate in 6.1. Improve 6.1.1. Implement measures to prevent and eliminate system and commercial MSWR, Water and payment of water bills access to safe, losses (SDG Targets 6.4, 6.b) Sanitation • Inadequate maintenance of reliable and 6.1.2. Develop and implement District Water and Sanitation Plans (DWSPs) Directorate, CWSA, facilities sustainable within MMDAs (SDG Targets 6.1, 16.6) CONIWAS, MMDAs, • High distribution losses water supply 6.1.3. Ensure the provision of disability friendly water supply system Ghana Water Company, • Inadequate access to water services for all 6.1.4. Provide mechanised boreholes and small-town water systems to Water Resources services unserved areas (SDGs Target 6.1, Target 6.1) Commission, FDA, PURC, • Physical barriers to 6.1.5. Expand safe water production and distribution systems (SDG Targets MLGRD, OHLGS, NCPD accessing water supply 6.1, 6.4, 6.5) points by PWDs 6.1.6. Strengthen the implementation of cluster support programme for water • Increasing demand for and sanitation point Management. household water supply 6.1.7. Harmonise the implementation of legislation regulating decentralised • Damage of routes systems(SDG Targets 6.1, 16.6, 17.14) • Weak planning and M & E 6.1.8. Accelerate the implementation of the Ghana Drinking Water Quality for water service delivery at Management Framework (SDG Target 6.3, 6.5, 6.a) the MMDAs 6.1.9. Promote Household Water Treatment and Safe Storage (HWTS (SDG • Weak institutional Targets 6.3, 6.5) coordination and 6.1.10. Accelerate the implementation of the Water for All Programme (SDG harmonisation in water Target 6.1) service delivery 6.1.11. Set up mechanisms and measures to support, encourage and promote water harvesting (SDG Target 6.a) • Inconsistencies and 6.1.12. Institute sustainable financing arrangements for operations and conflicts in implementation maintenance of water supply systems (SDG Targets 6.a, 17.3) of legislation regulating 6.1.13. Promote public-private partnership in water service delivery. (SDG decentralised water Targets 6.a, 17.17) systems • Poor quality of drinking water 29 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate financing and investments of water sector institutions • Poor attitude of citizenry 6.2. Enhance 6.2.1. Scale-up sensitization campaigns to promote proper handwashing and Ministry of Sanitation SDG 3 towards the environmental access to hygiene practices particularly among children (SDGs Target 6.2) and Water Resources, sanitation improved and 6.2.2. Use health, education, nutrition platforms to promote optimal WASH GWCL, Water Resources • High prevalence of open sustainable practices (SDG Targets 2.1, 2.2, 3. 1, 3.2) Commission, MLGRD, defecation environmenta 6.2.3. Enforce building regulation (including accessibility standards for PWDs) CWSA • High user fee for sanitation l sanitation on the provision of toilet facilities in all homes services services 6.2.4. Develop innovative financing mechanisms and scale up private sector • Poor sanitation and waste participation and investments in the sanitation sector (SDG Targets 6.2, management 17.3, 17.5) • Low level of investment in 6.2.5. Promote National Total Sanitation Campaign (SDG Target 6.2) sanitation sector 6.2.6. Accelerate the implementation of the “Toilet for All” programme (SDG • Poor hygiene practices Targets 6.1, 6.2) • Inadequate policy and 6.2.7. Monitor and evaluate implementation of sanitation plan (SDG Target institutional coordination 16.6) and harmonisation in 6.2.8. Operationalize the sector information system (SIS) across all MMDAs sanitation and hygiene 6.2.9. Establish a National Sanitation Authority and Sanitation Fund services delivery 6.2.10. Effectively enforce legislation on zoning of sanitation facilities • Poor implementation of sanitation plans • Inadequate access to improved toilet facilities • Encroachment on land for sanitation facilities • Land scarcity for waste management Infrastructure • Limited sewerage 6.3. Promote 6.3.1. Develop and implement sewerage masterplans, including faecal sludge Ministry of Sanitation AU 3 coverage efficient and management and waste treatment facilities (SDG Targets 6.2, 6.3, 16.6) and Water Resources, • Poor collection, sustainable 6.3.2. Promote recycling and safe re-use of wastewater (SDG Targets 6.3, 6.a, Water Resources treatment, and discharge waste water 12.5) Commission, Water of municipal and management 6.3.3. Promote the use of efficient waste-to-energy technologies (SDG Targets Research Institute, industrial waste water 6.3,7.1, 12.5) MMDAs, CERSGIS, SADA, • Occurrence of waste 6.3.4. Attract private sector investment in wastewater management (SDG EPA, LUSPA, MESTI, water flooding Target 17.17) MLGRD, 30 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Presence of faecal matter 6.3.5. Improve liquid waste management (SDG Targets 6.3, 6.a, 6.b) CWSA, GIPC, PEF on urban agricultural produce • Poor Attitude of Citizenry towards Environmental Management • Land scarcity for waste management Infrastructure • Focus Area 7: CHILD PROTECTION AND DEVELOPMENT • Policy gaps in addressing 7.1 Prevent and 7.1.1. Develop and implement multi-sectoral plans of action to address issues MOGCSP, DOC, MOC, UNCRPD, SDG 1, 4, 5, pertinent child protection protect children of “streetism”, kayayei and other neglected conditions (SDG Targets 8.7, MOE, NCPD MLGRD, 8, 10, issues (e.g., streetism, from all forms of 16.2) MMDAs, LGS, NDPC, 16, 17 kayayei and online violence, abuse, 7.1.2. Implement and enforce comprehensive support mechanisms, including DSW, DOVVSU, AU 1,18 security) neglect and counselling, for victims of domestic violence including child victims. Academia, CSOs, MOF, • Limited access to justice exploitation 7.1.3. Improve online protection for children. DCD, Traditional for children in conflict 7.1.4. Increase awareness on the effects of child labour Authorities Religious with the law 7.1.5. Review and implement the National Plan of Action for the Elimination of Institutions, NCCE, Ghana • Lack of child protection Worst forms of Child Labour(SDG Targets 5.3, 16.2, 16.3) Police Service, Ghana committees in local 7.1.6. Operationalize the Ghana Child Labour Monitoring System (GCLMS) Prisons Service, Judicial communities 7.1.7. Institute child protection committees in all communities Service, Legal Aid • Prevalence of child abuse 7.1.8. Establish, refurbish and resource juvenile and family courts. Scheme, FBOs, MMDAs, and child labour 7.1.9. Develop standard operating procedures for correctional centers and media existing remand homes and enforce compliance. 7.1.10. Train State Attorneys, Police Prosecutors, Judges and relevant institutions mandated to prosecute child protection issues. 7.1.11. Establish child friendly centres in all communities • Increasing child rights 7.2 Promote the 7.2.1. Promote positive cultural systems, traditions and gender-sensitive violation rights and practices. • Limited awareness on welfare of 7.2.2. Promote positive parenting and gender socialisation child rights and children 7.2.3. Promote public-private partnerships in the provision of alternative care Development issues services such as foster and kinship care • Inadequate alternative 7.2.4. Build capacity of the Adoption Authority and other key stakeholders to care services for children coordinate in-country and inter-country adoption of children in Ghana 31 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate coverage and 7.2.5. Enhance the inclusion of children with disability and special needs in all targeting of social spheres of child development (SDG Targets 4.5, 4.a, 10.2, 11.2) protection programmes 7.2.6. Scale up District Integrated Social Services Programmes for children for children (especially multi-dimensionally poor), families and vulnerable adults • Lack of emergency (SDG Target 10.2) response framework for 7.2.7. Update and accelerate the implementation of the Early Childhood Care children and Development Policy • 7.2.8. Develop and implement policies and legislation for child survival, development and protection. 7.2.9. Develop and implement a comprehensive framework for children and adolescents in emergency situations • Institutional and structural 7.3 Improve and 7.3.1. Strengthen regulatory, multi-sectoral coordination and M&E systems. Institutional and structural strengthen the 7.3.2. Strengthen the Department of Social Welfare and Community deficiencies policy and legal Development to implement child related policies and regulations (SDG • Weak information environment, Targets 16.2, 16.6) management of children’s institutions and 7.3.3. Strengthen mainstreaming of child development and protection issues issues systems for child into development plans and budgets of MDAs and MMDAs (SDG Targets • Uncoordinated methods in and family 5.c, 16.2) adequately targeting welfare 7.3.4. Facilitate children’s participation in development planning processes. children for social 7.3.5. Expand coverage of the Social Welfare Information Management protection interventions System (SWIMS) to all districts (SDG Target 17.18) • Weak enforcement of laws, 7.3.6. Develop a comprehensive management information system with M&E child related regulations and advocacy tools for the Integrated Social Services system (SDG and rights of children Targets 5.c, 16.2) • Weak implementation of 7.3.7. Strengthen growth monitoring, promotion, support and referral of policies on children children with developmental needs. Focus Area 8: SUPPORT FOR THE AGED • Limited opportunity for the 8.1 Enhance the 8.1.1. Facilitate the passage and implementation of the National Ageing Bill MOGCSP, NCPD, SDG 3. aged to contribute to wellbeing and (SDG Target 16.6) MOH/GHS, MLGDRD, national development inclusion of 8.1.2. Create a database on the aged to support policy making, planning, MMDAs, NDPC, NGOs, • Inadequate care for the the aged in monitoring and evaluation (SDG Target 17.18) CSOs, Private Aged Homes, aged national 8.1.3. Implement measures to ensure economic well-being of the aged (SDG NPRA, SSNIT, Parliament, • Low gender sensitivity in development. Targets 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.b, 10.2, 16.6) GHS, MOH, NHIA, CHAG, addressing the needs of the 8.1.4. Promote socially supportive community care systems for the aged (SDG MOGCSP, NCCE, TAs,DSW, aged Targets 1.3, 1.b, 5.4) MMDAs, NCCE, Media 32 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Abuse of the aged 8.1.5. Promote the establishment of safe spaces, day care centres and homes particularly women for the elderly and effectively regulate their operations (SDG Target • Lack of regulation on aged 11.7) home operations 8.1.6. Pay adequate attention to gender variations in ageing (SDG Targets 5.1, • Increasing abuse and 5.c) neglect of older persons. 8.1.7. Strengthen the quality of the geriatric healthcare system • High incidence of poverty 8.1.8. Promote quality geriatric healthcare for the aged among the aged 8.1.9. Review NHIS policy aged 60-69 • Chronic age-related health conditions, • Poor geriatric care • Lack of coverage of population aged 60 - 69 in the exempt category of the NHIS Focus Area 9: GENDER EQUALITY • Weak institutional 9.1 Attain gender 9.1.1. Expedite the passage and implementation of the Affirmative Action Ministry of Chieftaincy and Target 3.4 infrastructure for gender equality and (Gender Equality) Bill (SDG Target 5.c) Religious Affairs (MCRA), equality equity in 9.1.2. Review and update the National Gender Policy and implementation plan National House of Chiefs, • Persistent negative political and (SDG Target 5.c) MOJAGD, MOGCSP, MELR, discriminatory socio- social 9.1.3. Enforce gender related laws (SDG 5.2) Parliament, MOE, GES, cultural, traditional development 9.1.4. Implement measures to promote reform in socio-cultural norms and National Council on beliefs and customary values inhibiting gender equality (SDG Targets 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 10.2) Persons with Disability, practices 9.1.5. Increase education and advocacy on Sexual and Gender-Based Violence MLGDRD, Labour • Persistent sexual and and other Harmful Cultural Practices Department, Media, NCCE, gender-based violence 9.1.6. Develop and enforce an Anti-Sexual Harassment law DSW, • Poor coordination of 9.1.7. Institute measures to sensitise, empower and build capacities of women support services for to participate in leadership and decision making at all levels (SDG 5.5) Sexual-Based Gender 9.1.8. Promote gender balance on all government- appointed committees, Violence (SGBV) statutory boards and other bodies (SDG Targets 5.1, 5.5, 5.c) • Low participation of 9.1.9. Expand programmes to mentor girls and create a pool of potential women in public and female leaders (SDG Targets 5.1, 5.c) political offices 9.1.10. Enforce the Labour (Domestic Workers) Regulations 2020 (L.I. 2408) • High Unpaid Care Work (SDG Target 5.4) (UCW) burden on women 9.1.11. Provide adequate social services and public facilities to support care and girls work. 33 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate attention to 9.1.12. Develop and implement a National Care Policy the peculiar needs of 9.1.13. Institutionalise the measurement of Unpaid Care Work and include its women with disabilities contributions in national accounts. • Poor legal aid services and 9.1.14. Address special issues and concerns of women with disability (WWDs) limited knowledge of (SDG Targets 5.c, 10.2) service delivery points 9.1.15. Enhance and create awareness of legal aid services • Inadequate strategic 9.1.16. Strengthen existing and advocate for the creation of more gender gender partnerships partnerships and coordination among gender-based service providers. 9.1.17. Improve access to education, health, and skills training in income- generating activities for vulnerable women including head porters (kayayei) (SDG Targets 3.8, 4.5) • Low labour earnings by 9.2 Promote 9.2.1. Institute measures to protect women’s access, participation and MLNR, MLGRD, MoF, WHA Resolution 63.4 females economic benefits in all labour-related issues (SDG Targets 1.4, 5.a, 8.5, 8.8) MASLOC, MOTI, MELR, – Marketing to • Limited access to land, empowermen 9.2.2. Enforce legislation to ensure fair pay, conditions of service, and MOJAGD, Parliament, children restrictions credit and other t of promotions in both formal and informal economy among men and Lands Commission, productive resources by particularly women (SDG Targets 8.8, 10.4) Ministry of Chieftaincy and women women 9.2.3. Support the skilling and young men and women’s pathways into Religious Affairs, MoGCSP, • Disparities in asset conventional trades private sector, NGOs, GEA, ownership among men 9.2.4. Promote services that contribute to increasing income, women's AGI, Labour Department and women empowerment, and the transformation of gender relations in the • Low participation of extractive industry women in the extractive 9.2.5. Increase technical and financial support to women-owned businesses industry and start-ups 9.2.6. Introduce interventions to ensure women and men have equal access to land and other assets (SDG Targets 1.4, 5.a) 9.2.7. Encourage women in all forms of trade/profession to form or participate in associations to facilitate their access to information and other support services (SDG Targets 1.4, 5.c) • Inadequate generation 9.3 Strengthen 9.3.1. Intensify an effective system for gender research, generation and use of MOGCSP, DSW, MLGRD, WHO NCDs Progress and use of gender gender gender statistics for planning, budgeting, monitoring and evaluation NDPC, MOF, NCPD, Monitoring statistics mainstreamin 9.3.2. Develop capacities of relevant stakeholders for effective gender Academia, CSOs, MDAs, Indicators 7C – • Inadequate coordination, g, mainstreaming OHLGS marketing monitoring and coordination 9.3.3. Establish effective coordination and monitoring mechanisms for gender restrictions to evaluation of gender and mainstreaming children mainstreaming implementati 9.3.4. Strengthen social accountability for gender equality • Inadequate training, for on of gender 9.3.5. Ensure proper decentralisation of the functions of the Ministry of Gender Desk Officers related Gender, Children and Social Protection (MoGCSP). 34 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate gender interventions 9.3.6. Institute a framework for establishing and resourcing Gender Desk budgeting at all levels of in all sectors. Officers at all levels governance 9.3.7. Strengthen gender-responsive budgeting and (SDG Target 5.c) • Inadequate government funding Focus Area 10: SPORTS AND RECREATION • Inadequate and poor 10.1 Enhance 10.1.1. Promote local manufacturing and affordability of sports and National Sports Authority, recreational and sports sports and recreational equipment (SDG Target 9.1) NCPD, MOYS, NYA, Land infrastructure, including recreational 10.1.2. Develop and maintain para-sports and disability friendly recreational Commission, Ministry of para-sports infrastructur infrastructure Land and Natural • Insufficient maintenance e for all 10.1.3. Promote partnerships with private sector in development of sports and Resources, MOGCSP, DOC, of sporting and recreational infrastructure (SDG Target 17.17) MOF, Ministry of recreational facilities 10.1.4. Ensure compliance with Disability Act in the provision of sports and Chieftaincy and Religious • Encroachment on recreational facilities (SDG Targets 1.3, 16.b) Affairs, MLGRD, Academia, designated sports and 10.1.5. Adopt a national framework for the development and maintenance of Min. Works and Housing, recreational lands sports and recreational facilities (SDG Target 17.14) MMDAs, MOE/GES, • Inadequate disability-, 10.1.6. Enforce development of designated sports and recreational land use in Ministry of Zongo child- and aged-friendly all communities (SDG Target 16.6) Development, Land Use sports facilities 10.1.7. Institute measures to reclaim lands earmarked for sporting and and Spatial Planning recreational activities (SDG Target 9.1) Authority, DSW, AESL, 10.1.8. Integrate sports and recreational needs of the aged and children in the Private sector, NGOs, provision of facilities (SDG Target 11.7) CSOs. Media • Weak capacity for sports 10.2 Build 10.2.1. Build capacity of sports managers, trainers, and trainees (SDG Target MOYS, NSA, NSC, GFA, development and capacity for 16.6) GOC, MOF, AGI, MOTI management sports and 10.2.2. Expand educational and training centres for sports administration and • Low participation of recreational management (SDG Target 16.6) persons with disability developmen 10.2.3. Provide adequate logistics and equipment for sports competition (SDG (Persons with disabilities) t Target 9.1) in sports 10.2.4. Strengthen organisation of domestic competitive sporting events at all • Neglect of lesser-known levels (SDG Target 16.6) sports and limited 10.2.5. Promote formation of sports clubs and academies in all communities attention to school sports and educational institutions (SDG Target 4.7) • Weak institutions for 10.2.6. Strengthen agencies and sporting federations to develop and promote marketing various sporting disciplines including less-recognised sports (SDG Target • Inaccessible sports and 16.6, 1.a, 17.3) recreational centres to 10.2.7. Invest in para-sports and universal recreation 35 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All sports men and women 10.2.8. Engage persons with disabilities in organisation, development and with disabilities participation in disability-specific sporting and recreational activities • Limited promotion of (SDG Target 16.7) locally organised sports 10.2.9. Promote gender equity in sports (SDG Target 5.c) • Lack of gender equity in 10.2.10. Promote sports in school curricula (SDG Target 4.7) sports • Weak public-private sector collaboration in sports development • Limited mentorship in the sports sector • Limited targeting of participation in international events by sports association • Inadequate and10.3 Ensure 10.3.1. Develop a resource mobilisation strategy MOYS, NSA, NSC, GFA, SDG 2, 3, 16, 17 unbalanced investment in sustainable 10.3.2. Establish a Sports Development Fund (SDG Target 17.3) GUC GES, MOF, GSS, sports development funding 10.3.3. Ensure fair distribution of financial resources to all sporting disciplines MWH, MoGCSP Attorney- • Under-utilisation of sources for (SDG Target 17.14) General’s Department, economic potential of growth and 10.3.4. Develop accounting framework estimating the contribution of sports to Lands Commission, sports developmen the economy (SDG Targets 1.a, 8.1) MLGRD, MMDAs, MoTAC t of sports Focus Area 11: YOUTH DEVELOPMENT • Limited opportunities for 11.1 Promote 11.1.1. Strengthen and harmonise the implementation of evidence-based youth MELR, NYA, NCPD, MoYS, UNCRPD, Agenda youth involvement in effective employment programmes (SDG Target 17.18) NSA, NSC, GOC, GES, 2030, AU 2063SDG 3, national development participation 11.1.2. Strengthen career guidance counselling for the youth (SDG Target 4.4) MoF, 5, 16, 17 • High unemployment, of the youth 11.1.3. Facilitate financial inclusion for the youth (SDG Target 8.10) MoGCSP, tertiary underemployment and in 11.1.4. Facilitate access to quality post-basic education skills training to institutions, MMDAs, vulnerable employment socioecono enhance employability of the youth (SDG Targets 4.3, 4.1) security services, GNPC among the youth mic 11.1.5. Develop and implement apprenticeship and employable skill training for • Limited access to start-up developmen out-of-school youth and graduates (SDG Targets 4.4, 8.6) capital and productive t 11.1.6. Implement specific climate responsive interventions and support the resources youth to harness opportunities in the green economy. (SDG Targets • Weak structures and 16.7) inadequate incentives to 11.1.7. Promote and harness youth creativity and innovation develop the craft and 11.1.8. Build integrated youth centres in all districts (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) 36 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All creativity of the youth for sustainable livelihood • Limited participation of 11.2 Promote 11.2.1. Strengthen inclusion of civic education, governance and democracy in MOYS, NYA, NCCE, NPC, AU 1, 17,18 the youth in politics and youth secondary and tertiary institution curricula (SDG Targets 10.2, 16.7) EC, MFARI, GES, MOE, decision making participation 11.2.2. Develop effective framework for youth involvement in politics and civic • High incidence of violence in politics, activities (including youth with disabilities) (SDG Targets 10.2, 16.7) and crime among the electoral 11.2.3. Inculcate the values of patriotism, volunteerism, and community youth democracy, services in young people as part of their civic responsibility, including • Limited respect for the and those aged 6-14 rights of the youth governance 11.2.4. Promote peacebuilding and conflict resolution among the youth • Low of patriotism and volunteerism among the youth • Weak coordination of 11.3 Improve 11.3.1. Strengthen coordination of youth-related institutions and programmes MOYS, NYA, MELR, NDPC, AU 1,3,5, 12,20 youth-related institutions coordinatio (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.14) GHS, MOH, GES, MOE, and programmes n of youth 11.3.2. Strengthen capacities of public institutions to engender youth NCPD, MoF, MoGCSP, developmen development (SDG Target 16.6) NSA, NSC, GOC, MMDAs, t tertiary institutions, security services, GNPC Focus Area 12: SOCIAL PROTECTION • Inadequate and limited 12.1 Strengthen 12.1.1. Expedite the enactment and implementation of the national social MoGCSP, MoE, MoH, MoF, coverage of social social protection protection law (SDG Targets 1.3, 5.4, 10.4) MLGRD, MoA, NPC, GSS, protection programmes for the 12.1.2. Strengthen coordination among implementers of social protection MMDAs, LGSS, CSPS, for vulnerable groups vulnerable programmes Ghana AIDS Commission, • Limited national targeting 12.1.3. Expand the Ghana National Household Registry (GNHR) database to NGOs, DPs, mechanism for social cover all 16 regions (SDG Targets 16.9, 17.8) protection 12.1.4. Strengthen targeting of social protection interventions using the GNHR. • Inadequate coordination 12.1.5. Implement viable and sustainable economic livelihood schemes for and institutional vulnerable people, including coverage of disability related expenses arrangements for the (SDG Targets 1.4, 2.3, 14.b). implementation of social 12.1.6. Strengthen monitoring, evaluation and targeting of social protection for protection interventions all vulnerable persons, including formal sector workers • Weak monitoring and 12.1.7. Establish dedicated and sustainable funding arrangements for the evaluation of social national social protection scheme (SDG Target 10.4 37 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All protection especially for 12.1.8. Implement the CLASS scheme alongside the LEAP cash grant for the formal sector sustainable income earning opportunities (SDG Targets 8.10, 9.3) • Inadequate funding for 12.1.9. Institute public sensitisation against stigma, abuse, discrimination, and social protection harassment of vulnerable people (SDG Targets 16.2, 16.3, 16.b interventions 12.1.10. Strengthen access of vulnerable groups to justice, rights, and • Violation of the rights of entitlements (SDG Targets 1.4, 16.3) vulnerable groups 12.1.11. Establish well-resourced shelters for all categories of abused persons • Lack of shelters for (SDG Target 11.1) victims of abuse 12.1.12. Strengthen and expand the coverage of existing social protection programmes to include all vulnerable people (SDG Target 1.3, 5.4, 10.4) • Non-declaration of full 12.2 Promote decent 12.2.1 Create awareness on the Pensions Act, 2008 (Act 766) and pension MoGCSP, traditional SDG 2, 3, 4, 16, 17 salaries by pension pensions schemes authorities, NCCE, DSW, scheme contributors 12.2.2 Decentralise pension payments to MMDAs and fully automate the DCD, media, NPRA, resulting in low pension payment system (SDG Targets 8.5, 8.8, 16.6, 16.7) SSNIT, MELR, Fund payments 12.2.3 Strengthen NPRA’s supervisory role to ensure that Tier 2 Trustees Managers, • Inadequate awareness prudently and effectively invest funds in their possession and low coverage of 12.2.4 Establish a system that ensures compulsory social security enrolment for informal sector pension the informal economy (SDG Target 8.3). schemes 12.2.5 Establish dedicated and sustainable funding arrangements for the aged outside the pension scheme. (SDG Target 10.4) Focus Area 13: DISABILITY-INCLUSIVE DEVELOPMENT • Inadequate opportunities 13.1 Promote equal 13.1.1 Develop and implement a National Disability Inclusion Strategy (SDG MoGCSP, National Council AU 1, 3,5 for persons with disabilities opportunities Targets 4.2, 4.a) on Persons with Disability, to develop and utilise their for Persons with 13.1.2 Develop and implement productive social inclusion interventions to and MoE, GES, MELR, GFD, potential Disabilities in empower PWDs Traditional Authorities, • Non-recognition and social and 13.1.3 Provide PWDs with improved range, quality and standard of free or CSOs, MDAs, MoH, MoF, support of PWDs’ cultural economic affordable health care and programmes (SDGs Target 3.8) MLGRD, MoA, NPC, GSS, and linguistic identity development 13.1.4 Provide access of PWDs to financial services, including loans, capital, MMDAs, LGSS, CSPS, • High unemployment rate savings, insurance and remittances Ghana AIDS Commission, among Persons with 13.1.5 Promote effective implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the NGOs, DPs, NCCE, AESL, Disabilities disbursement of 3% District Assemblies Common Fund to Persons with LUSPA, MoH, MoC, NVTI, • Limited access to age- Disabilities (SDG Target 16.6) National Association of appropriate reproductive 13.1.6 Fully implement Regulations 12, 13 (Establishment of Disablement Unit) Private Schools, School of health care services, family of the Labour Regulations of 2007 (SDG Targets 8.5, 8.8) Medical Sciences, KNUST planning information and 13.1.7 Institute affirmative action in the employment of PWDs in all sectors. Ministry of Transport, education by PWDs 13.1.8 Promote the use of sign language and other modes and forms of Ministry of Aviation, communication in public institutions (SDG Target 4.7) Ministry of Roads and 38 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Inadequate education on 13.1.9 Expedite action on the implementation of the Marrakesh Treaty to Highways, Ministry of and implementation of the facilitate access to published works for persons who are blind, visually Railways Development, Ghana Accessibility impaired or otherwise print disabled (SDG Target 16.8) GHA, NCCE, GJA, NMC, Standards on the Built 13.1.10 Facilitate the right of PWDs to access sexual and reproductive MASLOC, NGOs, DPs Environment healthcare and family planning information and education. • Limited access to quality 13.1.11 Facilitate the development of curricula for the training of health inclusive education for professionals at the Centre for Disability Studies at the School of Medical PWDs Sciences, KNUST • Inadequate support for 13.1.12 Mainstream provisions of the Ghana Accessibility Standards for the Built specialized education for Environment into Ghana’s building code, provide orientation on PWDs implementation and enforce compliance (SDG Targets 10.2, 11.1) • Insufficient number of 13.1.13 Enhance access of persons with disabilities to the existing built teachers and school environment, goods and services (SDG Targets 10.2, 11.1 personnel trained in 13.1.14 Promote inclusive education and lifelong learning for persons with inclusive education and disabilities (SDG Target 4.5, CRPD Article 24) teaching of learners with 13.1.15 Expand and improve technical and vocational training and skills disabilities development programmes and improve financial access (SDG Targets • Inadequate teaching and 4.a, .4.5, 16.3) learning aids, materials 13.1.16 Increase trained educators, relevant professionals, caregivers and (e.g., textbooks) and personal assistants for persons with disabilities (SDG Target 4.c) assistive devices needed 13.1.17 Provide incentives for manufacturers of teaching and learning aids and for learners with disabilities assistive devices and facilities needed for Persons with Disabilities • Inadequate rehabilitation 13.1.18 Expand and strengthen rehabilitation centres across the country to offer centres, services and guidance, counselling and support to PWDs programmes for PWDs 13.1.19 Strengthen partnerships with organisations of PWDs to address the diverse issues and concerns of PWDs • Abuse, exploitation, 13.2 Eliminate 13.2.1. Facilitate the enactment and effective implementation of disability- MoGCSP, DSW, SDG 1, 4, 8, 10, violence and discrimination in based non-discriminatory laws traditional discrimination against all forms and 13.2.2. Build the capacity of law enforcement agencies on the protection of authorities, NCCE, MoI, PWDs protect the rights and entitlement of PWDs. MoH, GHS, NMC, NYA, • Suppression of the rights and 13.2.3. Amend the Legal Aid Act and facilitate access to justice by persons with MOJAGD, Parliament, reproductive rights of entitlements of disability (SDG Targets 10.3, 16.3, 16.b, 16.6) GES, MoF, MDAs, PWDs Persons with 13.2.4. Sensitize the general public on the rights and entitlements of persons MMDAs, TAs, GHS, • Inadequate knowledge of Disabilities with disabilities and build the capacity of parents and caregivers of NGOs,DSW, the rights of persons with children with disabilities (CRPD Article 23) DCD, media and other disabilities stakeholders, NPRA, SSNIT 39 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Limited understanding of disability issues • Limited access of Persons with Disabilities to justice • Limited and unstructured 13.3 Promote 13.3.1. Provide an enabling environment for PWDs to effectively and fully EC, NCCE, NCPD, GFD, GPS 11, 16, 17 consultation and participation of participate in national development. (SDG Targets 10.2, 16.7; CRPD Art involvement of PWDs in Persons with 29(2)) decision making Disabilities in 13.3.2. Institute measures to strengthen political inclusion of persons with • Inadequate politics, disabilities in national governance systems (SDG Targets 10.2, 16.7) representation of PWDs electoral 13.3.3. Enforce the affirmative action directive to appoint at least one PWD to in public and political democracy, all Metropolitan, Municipal and District Assemblies (MMDAs) leadership governance and 13.3.4. Build the capacity of PWDs to participate effectively in governance and • Inadequate accessible, leadership democracy including politics and electoral processes (SDG Targets 10.2, user-friendly facilities and 16.7; CRPD Art 29(1)) materials, and disability- 13.3.5. Enable all categories of PWDs to vote by secret ballot in elections and friendly voting procedures public referendums without intimidation and using assistive and new technologies where appropriate (CRPD Article 29a(ii.) • implementation and 13.4 Strengthen 13.4.1. Expedite action on the amendment and implementation of the Persons AU 1, 2, 13, 17,20 enforcement of institutions and with Disability Act 2006 (Act 715) (SDG Targets 1.3, 1.4, 16.3, 16.b) legislation on PWDs systems that 13.4.2. Update and migrate data on PWDs into a disaggregated database to • Limited disaggregated ensure the facilitate planning, implementation and M&E of all policies, programmes data on PWDs for the protection, and projects (SDG Target 17.18) formulation, inclusion and 13.4.3. Assess and resource the National Council on Persons with Disability implementation capacity (NCPD) with adequate and skilled staff and other requirements to (including targeting) and building of perform its functions effectively (SDG Target 16.6) monitoring and Persons with 13.4.4. Decentralise the National Council on Persons with Disability to evaluation of policies and Disabilities coordinate issues of disability (SDG Target 16.6) plans 13.4.5. Facilitate the provision of inclusive services by all sectors • Inadequate resources for the National Council on Persons with Disability to carry out its mandate • Limited provision of inclusive services by sectors Focus Area 14: EMPLOYMENT AND DECENT WORK 40 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Low levels of technical and 14.1 Improve human 14.1.1 Strengthen and promote schemes that support skills training, internship MELR, Labour UNCRPD, Agenda vocational skills. capital and modern apprenticeship (SDG Targets 8.3, 8.6) Department, 2030, AU 2063SDG 3, • Inadequate development 14.1.2 Develop a National Productivity Index (SDG Target 1.b) Department of Factories 5, 16, 17 entrepreneurial skills and and 14.1.3 Develop a national human capital development strategy that is Inspectorate, FWSC, business development management responsive to skills requirement for sustained socio-economic growth MDPI, NVTI, YEA, ICCS, services and development OIC, NPRA, COTVET, NDPC • Inadequate opportunities 14.1.4 Strengthen enforcement of existing labour laws and regulations as well for retraining, skills as the labour administration systems (SDG Targets 8.3, 16.6) upgrade and innovation. 14.1.5 Promote harmonious industrial relations (SDG Targets 9.b, 17.14) • Mismatch between 14.1.6 Accelerate the implementation of the National Labour Migration Policy training/skills and the (SDG Targets 8.7, 8.8) needs of the labour market 14.1.7 Promote and enforce deeper and wider application of local content and • Lack of objective national participation laws (SDG Target 17.15) productivity Index • Inadequate data on job creation • Increasing incidence of casualization of employment • Weak industrial relations among partners • Dominance of informality 14.2 Promote job 14.2.1 Facilitate the creation of decent jobs along value chains MELR, Labour UNCRPD, Agenda and vulnerable creation and 14.2.2 Strengthen the capacity of the Ghana Enterprise Agency (GEA) to Department, 2030, AU 2063SDG 3, employment decent work promote decent job creation by micro, small and medium enterprises Department of Factories 5, 16, 17 • Weak administrative (SDG Target 8.3) Inspectorate, FWSC, structures to support 14.2.3 Expedite the completion and implementation of the policy on the MDPI, NVTI, YEA, ICCS, apprenticeship formalisation of the informal sector (SDG Target 8.3) OIC, NPRA, COTVET development 14.2.4 Implement labour-intensive interventions in line with local economic GEA, NDPC • Higher unemployment for development agenda and national development objectives (SDG Target urban and women 8.3) population 14.2.5 Strengthen the linkages among social protection and employment • Increasing levels of services (SDG Targets 4.4, 8.3) unemployment and under- 14.2.6 Institute measures and mechanisms to strengthen employment employment coordination, in all sectors of the economy (SDG Targets 8.3, 17.14) • High rural underemployment 41 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ REGIONAL COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Create Opportunities for All • Disparities in 14.2.7 Enhance implementation of affirmative action or positive discrimination unemployment across with respect to vulnerable groups for participation in public space and socioeconomic interventions (SDG Targets 5.1, 10.3,16.3, 16.6, 16.7, 16.b, 17.15) groups 14.2.8 Promote entrepreneurship and financial support for persons with • Low participation in disabilities (SDG Target 8.3) voluntary work 14.2.9 Facilitate equal opportunities for men, women and persons with • Inadequate social disability (SDG Target 8.5) protection in the labour 14.2.10 Adopt and implement an employment equity policy for PWDs. market 14.2.11 Strengthen capacity of informal labour unions to engage in social • Weak cooperative dialogue (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) regulatory systems 14.2.12 Build capacity of informal economy towards formalization (SDG Target • Weak and ineffective 8.3) implementation of labour 14.2.13 Provide infrastructure for the development of businesses (SDG Targets policies, laws and standards 9.1, 9.4) • Increasing concern of 14.2.14 Develop guidelines to build the capacity of businesses and Irregular labour migration, entrepreneurs on precision quality in product and service delivery high recruitment cost and low skilled jobs among migrants • Substantial gender gaps in skilled jobs and earnings • Inadequate policies to promote access and employment equity for persons with disabilities • Non-availability of a comprehensive policy or roadmap on the formalization of employment in the Informal Sectors. • Inadequate infrastructure for the informal economy • Poor documentation on the informal economy 42 APPENDIX 1.3: ENVIRONMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE AND HUMAN SETTLEMENTS KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment Focus Area 1: PROTECTED AREAS • Increasing forest degradation of 1.1 Improve forest and 1.1.1 Accelerate the implementation of the Ghana Forest Plantation Strategy Forestry Commission, SDG 1, 2, 8, 11, conservation areas protected areas (2016-2040) and Ghana REDD+ Strategy (2016-2036) LC, MLNR, MMDAs, 12, 13, 14,15, • Inadequate capacity of relevant 1.1.2 Maintain the integrity of forest conservation areas through protection and CSOs, Academia, MESTI, 16, 17 institutions law enforcement EPA, FORIG, GRA, • Increasing loss of endangered species 1.1.3 Map and assign conservation status through bye-laws to mangrove forests, Security Agencies, AU 7, 12 • Inadequate and untimely release of wetlands and sensitive marine areas in district spatial plans (SDG Target MMDAs, MDAs, funds 14.1, 14.2,14.3, 14.5, 15.9) Judiciary, PPRSD, MoFA, • Conflict between traditional 1.1.4 Promote alternative sources of livelihood, including provision of bee-hives PPP, OASL, GSS, NDPC, (chieftaincy) and government to forest fringe communities (SDG Target 15.c) 1.1.5 Strengthen Forestry Commission and related institutions to effectively LUSPA, COCOBOD, GTA, institutions implement the National Environmental Protection Programme (NEPP) and GTMO, MoTAC • Poor collaboration and coordination among relevant institutions the Environmental Action Plan (EAP) (SDG Target 16.6) • Encroachment in conservation areas, 1.1.6 Establish gene banks for indigenous species and refuge areas for forest reserves, and protected areas threatened, endemic and rare species (SDG Targets 2.5, 2.a, 15.5, 15.7) • Weak enforcement of regulations 1.1.7 Ensure the provision and timely release of resources to manage • Insufficient logistics to maintain conservation areas boundaries of protected areas 1.1.8 Streamline demarcation of forest reserves 1.1.9 Support the protection of the remaining network of natural forest and • Mining in protected areas biodiversity hotspots in the country (SDG Targets 6.6, 11.4, 12.2, 15.1, • Illegal logging of trees 15.2, 15.5,15.9,15.a, 16.b) • Non-compliance with the ban on 1.1.10 Enhance capacity of MDAs and MMDAs to mainstream biodiversity into economic trees (e.g., rosewood) development planning and budgeting processes (SDG Targets 15.9, 16.7, • Release of protected areas for 17.9) investors 1.1.11 Strengthen involvement of local communities in the management of forests and wetlands through mechanisms such as co-management systems (SDG Targets 6.a, 6b) 1.1.12 Accelerate the implementation of the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (SDG Targets 15.2, 15.4, 15.5, 15.9) 1.1.13 Promote research, public education and awareness on biodiversity and ecosystem services (SDG Targets 12.8, 13.3, 14.a, 15.9) 1.1.14 Strengthen environmental governance and enforcement of environmental regulations (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.b) 1.1.15 Formulate legislation to prevent sale/release of protected areas 43 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment 1.1.16 Promote and develop mechanisms for stakeholder participation in the forest and wildlife management (e.g., CREMAs and Community Forest Areas) 1.1.17 Ensure restoration of degraded areas within and outside forest reserves Focus Area 2: MINERAL EXTRACTION • Illegal mining 2.1 Promote sustainable 2.1.1 Ensure mining activities are undertaken in an environmentally sustainable MLNR, MC, EPA, SDG 6, 8, 12, 14, • Weak enforcement of environmental extraction of mineral manner (SDG Targets 6.5, 8.4, 12.2, 12.8, 14.2, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, 15.4, 15.5) Chamber of Mines, 15 and mining laws and regulations resources 2.1.2 Ensure land reclamation after mining operations (SDG Targets 15.1, 15.3) MESTI, WRC, FC, • Over dependence on traditional 2.1.3 Streamline and regularize the activities of illegal miners Association of Small- AU 4, 7,12 mineral resources (Gold, Diamonds, 2.1.4 Implement the Artisanal and Small-Scale Mining (ASM) framework and the Scale Miners, CSOs, Manganese & Bauxite) Multilateral Mining Integrated Project (MMIP) to address the illegal mining Academia, OAJ&MOJ, • Environmental degradation menace Parliament, LC, LUSPA, • Children engaged in hazardous forms 2.1.5 Improve technical capacity of small-scale miners to enhance efficiency and GGSA, Security of labour sustainability in their operations. Agencies, MMDAs, • Use of manual mining cadastre for 2.1.6 Implement institutional reforms including fully decentralising the Minerals GCM, PMMC, MLNR mineral title administration Commission • Inadequate capacity of local suppliers 2.1.7 Collaborate with relevant institutions for the effective enforcement of the to meet industry legal framework governing mining including prevention of smuggling • Limited value addition to primary 2.1.8 Intensify enforcement of regulations on health and safety in mining products operations • Inadequate mineral revenue 2.1.9 Protect sensitive areas from pollution and contamination, e.g., groundwater sources and intake of public water supplies • Poor management of royalties and 2.1.10 Intensify enforcement of regulations on chemical pollution and control compensation 2.1.11 Diversify the minerals production base of the nation to reduce over- • Unaccounted flows of minerals dependence on the few traditional mineral resources revenues 2.1.12 Accelerate the implementation of the national plan of action on the • Limited participation of women in the elimination of worst forms of child labour mining value chain 2.1.13 Promote gender participation in the mining value chain 2.1.14 Implement Online Mining Cadastre to improve mineral title administration and track related revenues 2.1.15 Promote alternative livelihood in mining communities 2.2 Ensure effective 2.2.1 Promote mining value-addition through the processing of minerals linkage of extractive 2.2.2 Mainstream critical strategic mineral feedstock into the domestic industry to the rest economy, including industrial minerals, to support economic value of the economy addition 2.2.3 Provide incentives to attract private investors into the sustainable exploration of unexploited mineral resource 44 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment Focus Area 3: WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT • Pollution of water bodies from illegal 3.1 Promote sustainable 3.1.1 Harmonise and enforce legal and regulatory instruments for strategic MSWR, WRC, WRI, SDG 6, 14, 15, mining water resources development and use of water resources (SDG Targets 6.5, 17.14) MMDAs, LUSPA, MESTI, 16,17 • Uncoordinated development of water development and 3.1.2 Implement protocols for developing and sharing transboundary water Meteorological resources shared with neighbouring management resources (SDG Targets 6.5, 16.8) Authority, Hydrological AU 1,3 countries 3.1.3 Promote efficient water use (SDG Targets 6.4, 6.5, 6.a) Services Department, • Weak management of freshwater 3.1.4 Integrate water resources planning in national and sub-national Energy Commission resources development planning (SDG Targets 6.5, 15.9) • Poor agricultural practices which affect 3.1.5 Strengthen regulatory regime for small-scale miners to protect water water quality bodies (SDG Targets 6.3, 6.5, 6.6) • Negative impact of climate variability 3.1.6 Implement the Clean Rivers Programme (CRP) nation-wide in collaboration and change with voluntary organisations and traditional leaders (SDG Targets 6.b, • Limited reliable and comprehensive 16.6) data 3.1.7 Intensify the protection of all major water bodies, tributaries and major • Inadequate protection and treatment plants (SDG Targets 6.5, 6.6) development of water resources 3.1.8 Explore and develop hydrogeological and groundwater base maps (SDG • Increased encroachment of Ramsar Targets 6.5, 6.6, 6.a, 6.b) sites 3.1.9 Enforce appropriate legislation to protect wetlands (SDG Targets 6.6, 15.1) 3.1.10 Regulate harvesting of wetland resources (SDG Targets 14.4, 14.6) 3.1.11 Strengthen involvement of local communities in management of wetlands (SDG Targets 6.b) 3.1.12 Increase investment in both hard and soft engineering control structures (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.17) Focus Area 4: COASTAL AND MARINE MANAGEMENT 45 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • Increasing rate of coastal erosion 4.1 Improve coastal and 4.1.1 Promote investment in hard control structures including gabions and MESTI, MLGDRD, MoT, SDG 10,17 • Pollution and degradation of the ocean marine boulders (SDG Targets 10.b, 17.5) MWH/Works Dept, • Irrational exploitation of fisheries and management 4.1.2 Promote conservation of coastal and marine resources MLNR, MOFAD, NDPC, other blue resources 4.1.3 Strengthen coordination and management of the marine sector Lands Commission, • Changes in sea temperature, acidity, 4.1.4 Promote an integrated approach to reducing coastal floods, erosion and CODA, Fisheries rise in sea levels, increased incidences degradation involving all relevant stakeholders Commission, GMA, EPA, in tidal surges and major oceanic 4.1.5 Facilitate effective inter-agency coordination of coastal management Civil Society, Traditional currents as a result of Climate Change programmes Authorities (tidal waves and surges) 4.1.6 Promote sustained investments in coastal protection and capacity-building • Sand wining/mining at beaches programmes • Unauthorized development along the 4.1.7 Support the development of comprehensive coastal development, coast planning and regulatory frameworks • Defecation along the coastal line 4.1.8 Build awareness and capacity of communities to combat coastal erosion • Land degradation and adapt to climate change • Internal displacements of people 4.1.9 Formulate a comprehensive policy for the development of the blue economy • Over exploitation of mangroves 4.1.10 Encourage Public- Private Partnerships to ensure efficient management of • Weak implementation of regulations the coastal and marine sectors against sand wining and stone 4.1.11 Ensure robust monitoring and control system (MCS) in the quarrying at the beaches implementation, management and conservation of marine resources • Limited funds to implement planned programmes and projects in the coastal areas • Weak coordination among institutions in the marine sector Focus Area 5: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION • Weak enforcement of environmental 5.1 Reduce 5.1.1 Intensify enforcement of regulations and standards on water, noise and air MESTI, EPA, LC, SDG 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, laws and regulations Environmental pollution including open burning (SDG Targets 11.6, 16. b) MMDAs, CSOs, 11, 12, 13, 14, • Weak natural resource management Pollution 5.1.2 Enforce environmentally sound management of chemicals and related Academia, NPA, GAEC, 15,16 systems waste throughout their life cycle (SDG Targets 12.4, 3.9, 6.3, 16.b) MDAs • Improper management of solid and 5.1.3 Protect sensitive areas from pollution and contamination, especially liquid waste including e-waste groundwater sources and intake of public water supplies (SDG Targets 6.3, • Indiscriminate dumping of plastic 6.6) waste on terrestrial, aquatic and 5.1.4 Ensure conformity to sustainable practices by companies (SDG Targets marine ecosystems 12.6) 46 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • Air and noise pollution, especially in 5.1.5 Enforce Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Act urban areas 2016, (Act 917) (SDG Targets 3.9, 6.3, 16.b) • Emissions from poorly maintained 5.1.6 Ensure compliance with applicable laws and international standards for vehicles environment, health and safety in the oil and gas sector including the • Pollution of water bodies and the policy on zero gas flaring environment with discharges of 5.1.7 Implement National Plastics Management Policy and Implementation Plan radioactive materials 5.1.8 Develop Circular Economy Framework for Ghana 5.1.9 Develop Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) 5.1.10 Promulgate regulations for effective implementation of the Nuclear Regulatory Authority Act, 2015 (Act 895) 5.1.11 Establish sound regulatory regime for the control of radiation and nuclear materials 5.1.12 Intensify public education on indiscriminate disposal of waste (SDG Target 11.6) Focus Area 6: DEFORESTATION, DESERTIFICATION AND SOIL EROSION • Weak collaboration between 6.1 Combat 6.1.1 Implement green infrastructure recommendation in the National Spatial MESTI, FC, EPA, NBA, SDG 2, 7, 11, 14, stakeholder institutions deforestation, Development Framework NDPC, Academia, CSOs, 15, 16, 17 • High incidence of wildfires desertification and 6.1.2 Develop and promote financing mechanism for forest value chain OAG&MOJ, MLNR, • Illegal sand winning/mining activities soil erosion management WRC, NCCE, MOF, AU 7, 11,12, 20 • Forest degradation 6.1.3 Ensure enforcement of National Wildfire Management Policy and local Private Sector, LC bye-laws on wildfires 6.1.4 Enact and enforce legislative instrument on tree tenure and benefit sharing framework 6.1.5 Strengthen the collaboration between government, CSOs, NGOs and traditional authorities and other relevant stakeholders in combating deforestation and desertification 6.1.6 Set up a taskforce to combat illegal sand winning 6.1.7 Enforce the Minerals and Mining Act 2006 (Act 703) and strengthen the implementation of the Minerals and Mining Policy, especially the Minerals Licensing System to combat illegal sand winning activities. • Indiscriminate use of weedicides 6.2 Promote 6.2.1 Promote alternative livelihoods, including eco-tourism, in forest fringe SDG 6, 12, 14, • Overexploitation and inefficient use of sustainable use of communities 15, 16 forest resources forest and wildlife 6.2.2 Review and enforce strict punitive legislation for wildlife crimes, including • Illicit trade in forest and wildlife resources poaching and trafficking AU 7, 11,12 resources 6.2.3 Enforce legislation on exploitation of forest resources 47 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • Poor enforcement of laws on 6.2.4 Promote and develop mechanisms for transparent governance, equity exploitation of forest resources sharing and stakeholder participation in the forest, wildlife and wood fuel resource management (e.g., CREMAs) 6.2.5 Improve incentives and other measures to encourage users of environmental resources to adopt less exploitative and non-degrading practices in agriculture particularly the indiscriminate use of agro- chemicals. 6.2.6 Promote the use of lesser used species (LUS) 6.2.7 Promote the development of viable forest and wildlife-based industries and livelihoods Focus Area 7: CLIMATE VARIABILITY AND CHANGE • Inadequate domestic climate finance 7.1 Enhance institutional 7.1.1 Intensify capacity development in climate change MESTI, EPA, Ministry of SDG 1, 2, 3, 9, mechanism capacity and 7.1.2 Establish and operationalize comprehensive data systems on climate Finance, MOFA, MoEn, 11, 13, 16, 17 • Limited sectoral (national) and district coordination for change EC, FC, MLGDRD, adaptation plans effective climate 7.1.3 Accelerate the implementation of Ghana’s Nationally Determined NADMO, Ghana • Weak institutional coordination action Contributions (NDCs) (SDG Targets 13.a, 16.8) Meteorological Agency, mechanism for climate action 7.1.4 Strengthen M&E systems for climate change related interventions WRC, Private Sector, • Low institutional capacity to address 7.1.5 Advocate the establishment and institutionalization of public climate CSOs, Research and climate change and variability issues finance Academia, MMDAs, • Inadequate and fragmented data on 7.1.6 Strengthen coordination and partnerships among research institutions, GHS climate change related issues. industry and government (SDG Targets 13.2, 16.6) 7.1.7 Accelerate the implementation of the National Adaptation Plan (NAP) Programme • Inadequate inclusion of gender and 7.2 Enhance climate 7.2.1 Develop capacity to access Global Climate Funds (SDG Targets 13.a, 16.8) FC, EPA, MLNR, EPA, SDG 8, 12, vulnerability issues in climate change change resilience 7.2.2 Promote climate-smart indigenous agricultural knowledge (SDG Targets MESTI COCOBOD, MoF, 13,15, 16 actions 2.4, 16.6) NDPC, MoFA • Inadequate institutional capacity to 7.2.3 Promote climate-resilience interventions for vulnerable groups especially access global funds women (SDG Targets 1.5, 13.1, 13.2, 13.b, 16.6) • Poor ownership of climate change 7.2.4 Develop climate-responsive infrastructure (SDG Target 9.1) interventions at the local level 7.2.5 Mainstream climate change in national development planning and • Loss of trees and vegetative cover budgeting processes (SDG Targets 11.b, 13.2) • Degraded landscapes 7.2.6 Intensify awareness creation on climate change • Increasing GHG emissions 7.2.7 Promote co-financing arrangements for climate change interventions at the local level 7.3 Reduce greenhouse 7.3.1 Accelerate implementation of Ghana REDD+ Strategy (2016-2036) (SDG gases Targets 11.7, 13.a, 16.6) 48 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment 7.3.2 Accelerate programmes to reduce environmental risks and ecological scarcity, focusing on energy, agriculture, forestry and waste sectors (SDG Target 3.d) 7.3.3 Initiate Green Ghana campaign with traditional authorities, civil society, religious bodies and other recognized groups (SDG Target 13.3) Focus Area 8: TRANSPORTATION: ROAD, RAIL, AIR AND WATER • Poor quality of road condition and 8.1 Improve efficiency 8.1.1 Expand and maintain the national road network MoT, MRH, MoRD, SDG 1,2,3, 9, 11, network. and effectiveness of 8.1.2 Expand and maintain the national road network NRSA, PEF, GHA, GPHA, 17 • Inadequate human and logistical road transport 8.1.3 Strengthen health and safety standards in planning, design, construction, DFR, DUR, MMDAs, capacity in transport system infrastructure and operations and maintenance for road transport MLGDRD, GRTCC, Road • Poor road maintenance/rehabilitation services 8.1.4 Strengthen road-based mass transportation system, including extending Contractors’ culture Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) corridors Association, Building • Traffic congestion in major cities 8.1.5 Develop standards for public transport vehicles in line with international and Road Research • Poor public transport vehicles best practices Institute (BRRI), MoF, • Inadequate operational standards for 8.1.6 Review and strengthen institutional arrangements governing the mass Ghana Police Service transport services transit system (MTTU), GMET, DVLA, • Poor transportation planning and 8.1.7 Ensure implementation of the provisions on transportation under the Relevant Professional budgeting PWDs Act, 2006 (Act 715) Institutions, GRDA, • Existence of isolated database 8.1.8 Ensure environmental assessment of all transport sector policies, plans, GRCL, MLNR, MoF, • Low participation of women in the programmes and projects LUSPA, VLTC, GMA transport sector 8.1.9 Enhance collaboration with service providers (i.e., water, telecos and energy/electricity) in the development of road network • Inadequate road infrastructure 8.1.10 Enhance maintenance and management practices for all transport sector 8.1.11 Mainstream green infrastructure, climate change and sustainability issues into the transport sector 8.1.12 Promote Public-Private Partnership in the road sector 8.1.13 Ensure effective planning and budgeting for transport infrastructure 8.1.14 Promote and institutionalize knowledge, skills and attitudinal change programmes for transport sector personnel 8.1.15 Build capacity for the transport sector 8.1.16 Promote the participation of women in the transport sector including their role as service providers 8.1.17 Develop and maintain secure online database for all categories of transport infrastructure 8.1.18 Promote the introduction of appropriate technology and innovations in public transport services 49 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment 8.1.19 Enforce planning regulations, the Ghana Building Code GS1207 and bye laws of MMDAs • Rising road fatalities and injuries 8.2 Enhance safety and 8.2.1 Incorporate pedestrian safety facilities in planning, design, construction • Weak enforcement of road traffic security for all and maintenance of road infrastructure (SDG Targets 3.6, 9.1, 11.2) regulations categories of road 8.2.2 Ensure an effective and efficient system to reduce fraudulent practices, • High incidence of road accidents users revenue leakage, and guarantee efficient and speedy service delivery • Inadequate road furniture 8.2.3 Develop adequate technical know-how to efficiently and effectively • Unauthorized construction/ manage road transport service delivery installation of speed ramps and rumble 8.2.4 Promote dedicated safe, reliable and appropriate facilities for Non- Motorised Transport (NMT) users strips 8.2.5 Maintain and free-up all existing NMT facilities from encroachment • Leakages in revenue collection systems 8.2.6 Establish emergency facilities for accident victims along major transport • Poor service delivery in the road corridors transport sector 8.2.7 Strengthen acute emergency care services involving pre-hospital (e.g., • Slow response to road accidents and ambulance services) and hospital emergency services emergencies 8.2.8 Enhance capacity for prompt removal of accident and broken-down • Inadequate acute emergency care vehicles services 8.2.9 Improve road furniture (street lighting, road markings and road signage • Inadequate infrastructure for etc.) emergency response 8.2.10 Enhance institutional capacity and coordination for effective emergency • Limited Institutional Capacities response • 8.2.11 Establish a well-resourced emergency centre in each district 8.2.12 Review road regulations to meet international environmental, security and safety standards, and codes of practice 8.2.13 Enforce national road traffic laws and regulations 8.2.14 Ensure the provision of Intelligent traffic management systems • Inadequate and poor infrastructure 8.3 Improve capacity and 8.3.1 Ensure full compliance with Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) Code and facilities at the existing sea ports efficiency of port 8.3.2 Accelerate implementation of existing ports and harbours master plans • Congestion at the ports operations 8.3.3 Ensure efficiency and competitiveness in seaport operations • Inadequate institutional capacity in the 8.3.4 Promote private sector participation in the development and maritime industry management of seaport facilities 8.3.5 Strengthen institutional capacity to regulate the maritime industry 8.3.6 Expand berthing facilities at the seaports to support sub-regional coastal marine transport 8.3.7 Develop integrated truck staging and management systems 8.3.8 Promote containerization, especially for supporting intermodal logistics 8.3.9 Expedite the development of Boankra Inland Port 50 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment 8.3.10 Provide modern port reception facilities to promote cruise tourism • Under-utilisation of Lake Volta’s 8.4 Develop and promote 8.4.1 Develop Volta Lake into a major transportation artery transportation potential inland water 8.4.2 Develop and ensure strict enforcement of regulations and standards for • Limited safety facilities transport system operation on inland waterways • Poor services on inland waterways 8.4.3 Establish an efficient multimodal logistics system • Insufficient institutional and capacity 8.4.4 Implement government policy to transport bulk cargo via the Volta Lake and logistics to effectively regulate 8.4.5 Develop safe and navigable routes along the Volta Lake and all identified waterways inland water transport systems • Low quality of local informal transport 8.4.6 Improve landing, terminal and warehousing facilities along the lake service on the Volta Lake 8.4.7 Promote the use of modern, safe, sustainable materials and technology in the construction of local boats and vessels • Absence of a national carrier 8.5 Position Ghana as the 8.5.1 Re-establish a Home-Based Carrier (SDG Targets 9.1, 11.2) • Inadequate infrastructure at regional aviation hub for West 8.5.2 Enhance compliance, safety and security of air transport services (SDG airports African sub-region Targets 11.2, 17.9) • Inadequate inter-modal facilities and 8.5.3 Accelerate the development of an integrated transport system (SDG aviation support services Targets 11.2, 16.6) • Absence of Aviation Master Plan 8.5.4 Update the Aviation Policy and develop an Aviation Master Plan (SDG High fees and charges Targets 9.1, 11.2, 16.6) 8.5.5 Collaborate with the private sector to develop and upgrade airport infrastructure in the regions (SDG Targets 11.2, 17.17) 8.5.6 Create an enabling environment for foreign and domestic private airlines to make full use of the nation’s route rights (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17) 8.5.7 Promote programmes to restore passenger confidence and reliefs for airlines and commercial stakeholders in the aviation industry. 8.5.8 Build an aviation repairs hub in Kumasi • Limited and poor rail network 8.6 Modernize and 8.6.1 Revamp and expand rail network to northern Ghana (SDG Targets 9.1, • Poor and unreliable services extend railway 11.2) • Limited implementation of railway network 8.6.2 Accelerate implementation of the railway master plan master plan 8.6.3 Integrate railways in the Tema-Mpakadan-Buipe multi-modal transport • Ineffective regulatory regime system to the north (SDG Targets 9.1, 11.2) • Low integration of rail network with 8.6.4 Improve passenger and freight transport and logistics Chain on the Ghana- other modes of transport Burkina Railway corridor (SDG Targets 9.1, 11.2) 8.6.5 Develop integrated light rail transit system in major urban areas to improve public transportation. (SDG Targets 9.1, 11.2) 8.6.6 Integrate rail transport with other modes to ensure a sustainable transport system (SDG Target 11.2) 51 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment 8.6.7 Develop associated infrastructure for improved railway services 8.6.8 Create a well-functioning and self-financed regulatory body for the railway sector 8.6.9 Develop the Ghana-Burkina Faso Railway Interconnectivity project to improve the Passenger and freight transport and logistics Chain on the corridor. 8.6.10 Develop Ghana’s section of the Trans-ECOWAS Railway line from Aflao to Elubo to boost trade and facilitate economic growth in West Africa. Focus Area 9: INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT • Low broadband wireless access 9.1 Enhance application 9.1.1 Position the country as a regional ICT hub (SDG Target 9.c) MoCD, NITA, NCA, SDGs 5, 8, 9, 16, • Poor Quality of Services (QoS) and of ICT in national 9.1.2 Mainstream ICT in public sector operations (SDG Target 17.8) GIFEC, NIA, MMDAs, 17 Quality of Experience (QoE) in ICT development 9.1.3 Improve telecommunications affordability and accessibility (SDG Targets MoTI, CERSGIS, MESTI, AU 1, 2, 4, 10, • Limited use of ICT in businesses and 9.c, 17.8) Data Protection 12,17 provision of public services 9.1.4 Create opportunities for entrepreneurship in ICT (SDG Targets 9.c, 17.8) Authority, National • Weak online data protection 9.1.5 Increase citizens’ access to data platforms (SDG Targets 9.c, 17.18) Cyber Security Centre • Low promotional drive on ICT policies 9.1.6 Collaborate with the private sector to increase the broadband, bandwidth • Difficulty with maintenance of imported and speed of connections nationwide (SDG Target 17.17) technologies 9.1.7 Accelerate investment in development of ICT infrastructure (SDG Target • Inadequate local content online and in 17.17) the deployment of ICT solutions 9.1.8 Improve the quality of ICT services, especially internet and telephony (SDG • Inadequate local capacity Target 9.c) 9.1.9 Accelerate implementation of identification coding schemes for landed properties and online tracking services for registered properties (SDG Target 16.10) 9.1.10 Improve security of access and use of ICT infrastructure and services 9.1.11 Enhance the implementation of the Data Protection Act, 2012 (Act 843) 9.1.12 Enhance technology transfer, in-service training and capacity building for local ICT personnel • Inadequate ICT infrastructure 9.2 Expand the digital 9.2.1 Build an integrated national ICT digital infrastructure (SDG Target 9.c, across the country landscape 10.2.2) • Inability to catch up with 9.2.2 Provide regulatory framework to use national ICT infrastructure as a technological changes in the ICT platform for e-government services (SDG Targets 9.c, 17.14) domain 9.2.3 Create a favorable environment to promote e-commerce and offline • Low number and competence cashless payments (SDG Target 10.5) in ICT skills across the public 9.2.4 Deepen internet availability and accessibility nationwide (SDG Target 9.c, sector 16.10) 52 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • High cost of ICT infrastructure 9.2.5 Promote business process outsourcing and IT enabled services including development and service innovation hubs and software applications’ development (SDG Targets 9.c, • Inadequate resources for 16.10) implementing Girls-in-ICT 9.2.6 Ensure adequate digital capability to support production and use of ICTs Initiative for development (SDG Targets 9.c, 16.10) • Inadequate infrastructure to 9.2.7 Promote the establishment of ICT parks across the country (SDG Targets support localized services 9.c, 17.8) Focus Area 10: SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION • Limited utilization of relevant research 10.1 Mainstream science, 10.1.1 Apply science, technology and innovation in implementation of policies, MDAs, MMDAs, MESTI, outputs technology and programmes and projects (SDG Target 17.8) CSIR, MoE, GES, NCTE • Limited collaboration between public innovation in all 10.1.2 Scale up investments in research and development to find local solution to research institutions and businesses on socio-economic challenges (SDG Targets 9.5, 9.b, 17.17) product, service and process activities 10.1.3 Promote an enabling environment for strong partnership with research innovation institutions, academia and industry (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17) • Inadequate funding for research and 10.1.4 Promote the establishment of foundry-based manufacturing and precision development machine tooling, using computer-aided design (CAD) and computer • Lack of large-scale modern foundry- numerical control (CNC) systems (SDG Targets 9.4, 9.5. 9.c) based manufacturing 10.1.5 Ensure transfer of knowledge and technology between foreign and local • Inadequate knowledge and skills in companies precision engineering 10.1.6 Adopt and master technologies such as Nanotechnology and Fibre optics Focus Area 11: ENERGY AND PETROLEUM • Limited financial viability of the energy 11.1 Ensure availability of 11.1.1 Restructure and strengthen the management of hydro plants MoEn, EC, TOR, PURC, SDG 1, 7, 8, 9, sector clean, affordable 11.1.2 Develop a thermal Insulation Market (SDG Target 9.1) GRIDCo, ECG, NED, VRA, 10, 11, 12, 14, • High cost of electricity generation and accessible 11.1.3 Strengthen independent power producers (IPPs) and other private sector BPA, GNPC, PEF, NPA, 16, 17 • Weak regulatory enforcement energy institutions involvement in the generation and distribution of power (SDG PC • Unreliable power supply Target 17.17) AU1, 6, 7, 9, 10, • Low involvement of private capital in 11.1.4 Promote the production and use of renewable energy (SDG Targets 7.2, 20 the power sector 7.a) • Low contribution of renewable energy 11.1.5 Promote the use of solar energy for all public and private buildings (SDG in power generation mix Targets 7.2, 7.3, 7.a) • Low utilisation of biofuels for energy 11.1.6 Accelerate replacement of kerosene lanterns with solar lanterns (SDG • High generation cost of renewable Targets 7.2, 7.a) energy 11.1.7 Develop, implement and maintain a safe, secure and sustainable nuclear power programme (SDG Targets 7.3, 7.a) 53 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • High dependence on wood fuel 11.1.8 Revise self-help electrification project (SHEP) and use means testing • Inadequate infrastructure for energy approaches to enable the poor to connect to the national grid (SDG Targets delivery 1.4, 7.1) • Inadequate and obsolete grid network 11.2 Promote efficient 11.2.1 Modernise transmission and distribution networks to reduce operational • Poor energy utilization transmission and inefficiencies in energy supply and distribution (SDG Targets 7.3, 7.a, 7.b) • Inadequate supply of gas distribution system 11.2.2 Expand the distribution and transmission networks (SDG Target 7.b) • Management, technical and financial 11.2.3 Support and intensify sub-regional power interconnectivity under West challenges African Power Pool (WAPP) (SDG Targets 7.a, 7.b) • Limited grid network to island 11.2.4 Expand the provision of mini-grids to lakeside and island communities (SDG communities Targets 7.a, 7.b) 11.3 Improve financial 11.3.1 Implement an energy sector financial restructuring and recovery plan. (SDG capacity and Target 7.a) sustainability of 11.3.2 Institute mechanism to ensure that all added capacities are utility companies acquired through open and competitive tender processes (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6) 11.4 Ensure efficient 11.4.1 Promote demand-side management in energy utilization (SDG Targets 7.3, utilisation of energy 7). 11.4.2 Promote the use and design of energy efficient technologies in public and private buildings (SDG Targets 7.3, 7.a) 11.5 Promote petroleum 11.5.1 Improve infrastructure, governance, legislative and investment conditions exploration in the petroleum sector (SDG Targets7.a, 7.b) 11.5.2 Promote Ghana as a hub for petroleum operations in West Africa sub-region (SDG Targets 7.a, 8.9) 11.5.3 Accelerate the development of a legislative instrument for Petroleum Exploration and Production Act, 2016 (Act 919) (SDG Target 9.b) 11.5.4 Strengthen the bidding process in the award of petroleum blocks for exploration and production to make it more competitive (SDG Targets 16.5, 17.17) 11.5.5 Accelerate the reconnaissance exploration programme in the Voltaian basin (SDG Target 9.b) 11.5.6 Enhance collaboration and coordination among petroleum sector institutions (SDG Target 16.6) 11.5.7 Ensure adherence to the Petroleum Revenue Management Act, 2011 (Act 815) 11.6 Promote 11.6.1 Develop local capability in all aspects of the oil and gas value chain (SDG development and use Target 8.3) 54 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment of indigenous 11.6.2 Enforce the Petroleum (Local Content and Local Participation) Regulations, capabilities for 2013 (LI 2204) especially, the Financial Services Guidelines (SDG Targets exploitation of 8.3, 10.5,16.6) petroleum resources 11.6.3 Promote education and skills enhancement initiatives to manage the petroleum sector (SDG Target 16.6) 11.6.4 Expand capital and risk capacity of financial system to support energy- driven based industries (SDG Targets 8.10, 10.b, 17.3, 17.16) 11.7 Leverage the oil and 11.7.1 Promote the use of gas in strategic industries and public transportation gas industry as a (SDG Target 9.4) catalyst for national 11.7.2 Mobilise domestic capital to invest in petroleum products storage capacity economic and operations (SDG Targets 7.a, 8.10, 17.3, 17.17) development 11.7.3 Extend petroleum bulk transportation and distribution infrastructure nationwide (SDG Target 7.b) 11.7.4 Facilitate universal access to adequate, reliable and cost-effective petroleum products such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) (SDG Target 7.1) 11.7.5 Promote value addition in the oil and gas industry (SDG Target 8.2) 11.7.6 Ensure efficient management and utilisation of oil and gas revenue (SDG Targets 10.5, 16.5, 16.6) • Inadequate capacity to manage 11.8 Minimise potential 11.8.1 Ensure compliance with applicable laws and international standards for environmental impacts of the Oil and environmental environment, health and safety in the oil and gas sector (SDG Targets 11.6, Gas Industry impact of the oil and 12.4, 12.6) gas industry 11.8.2 Implement key recommendations from strategic environmental assessment for both onshore and offshore oil and gas developments (SDG Targets 14.2, 14.3) 11.8.3 Intensify community education on co-existence of oil and gas with fishing industries (SDG Targets 12.8, 14.a) Focus Area 12: HUMAN SETTLEMENTS DEVELOPMENT AND HOUSING • Inadequate spatial plans 12.1 Promote sustainable 12.1.1 Facilitate the preparation and implementation of human settlement policy MESTI, MLGDRD, SDG 11, 16, 17 • Poor prioritization of Spatial Planning spatially integrated 12.1.2 Accelerate the preparation and implementation of Spatial Development LUSPA, MWH, MLNR, (Structure and Local Plans). development of Frameworks, Structure Plans and Local Plans for MMDAs (SDG Targets LC, Works Dept., AU 1, 10, 12 • Inadequate human and institutional human settlements 11.3, 11.7, 11.a) GREDA, ZoDF capacities for land use planning and 12.1.3 Undertake regular monitoring and evaluation at all levels management 12.1.4 Intensify the use of Geographic Information System (GIS) in spatial/land • Haphazard building and non- use planning at all levels compliance to available planning 12.1.5 Review and publicize planning standards and zoning regulations schemes 12.1.6 Develop database for spatial planning and management 12.1.7 Enhance capacity for spatial planning in MMDAs 55 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • Weak database for spatial planning and 12.1.8 Enforce building codes and standards at all levels management • Outdated zoning regulations and planning standards • Weak enforcement of building regulations at the MMDA level • Uncompleted affordable housing 12.2 Provide adequate, 12.2.1 Create a credible mortgage regime leveraging on the Pension Fund MESTI, MLGDRD, SDG 11, 17 projects safe, secure, quality 12.2.2 Expand investor potentials to capitalize on private sector investments (SDG LUSPA, MWH, MLNR, • Inadequate financial instruments in the and affordable Targets 17. 17) LC, Works Dept., AU 1, 10, 12 housing supply value chain housing schemes 12.2.3 Develop and institutionalize an integrated housing database GREDA, Financial • Lack of adoption and application of 12.2.4 Leverage private sector resources and expertise for the provision of Institutions. innovative financing models for affordable housing and its related social infrastructure in an integrated affordable housing manner • Inadequate housing units 12.2.5 Ensure completion of abandoned public housing projects • High cost of mortgage Focus Area 13: RURAL DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT • High rate of rural-urban migration 13.1 Enhance quality of 13.1.1 Establish rural service centres to promote agriculture and agro-based MLGDRD, MLNR, MWH, SDG 1, 2, 6, 10, • Inadequate infrastructure and services life in rural areas industries (SDG Targets 2.a, 11.a) MMDAs, Private Sector 11, 12, 17 to catalyse agriculture modernisation 13.1.2 Promote rural enterprise development, financial inclusion, service delivery, Developers, Financial and rural development capacity building and local economic development (SDG Targets 2.a, 11.a) Institutions AU 1, 5, 10,12 • Unregulated exploitation of rural 13.1.3 Expand and improve basic infrastructure (SDG Targets 1.b, 6.1,6.2, 11.1, economic resources 11.a) • Wide rural-urban digital divide 13.1.4 Fully implement the rural development policy (SDG Targets 1.b, 2.a, 11.1, • Imbalance spatial development 11a) 13.1.5 Facilitate sustainable use and management of natural resources to support the development of rural communities and livelihoods (SDG Targets 11.3, 2.2) 13.1.6 Provide incentives to attract direct private investments into rural areas (SDG Targets 2.a, 10.b, 17.17) 13.1.7 Expand and improve basic infrastructure Focus Area 14: URBAN DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT • Congestion and overcrowding in urban 14.1 Promote resilient 14.1.1 Establish special growth centres and urban networks, with spatially MLGDRD, MLNR, MWH, SDG 8, 11, 12, areas urban development targeted investment interventions (SDG Targets 8.2, 11.a) Private Sector 17 • High urban concentration in coastal 14.1.2 Implement the five-tier hierarchy of urban centres (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a) Developers, Financial zone 14.1.3 Create structured metropolitan city regions around Accra, Kumasi and Institutions AU 1, 10, 12 • Poor urban air quality other metropolitan areas (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a) 56 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • Rapid growth of urban slums 14.1.4 Implement district capital and small-town improvement programme (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a) 14.1.5 Improve linkages between emerging secondary cities and towns (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a) 14.1.6 Prepare and implement structure plans for all grade 1, 2 and 3 settlements (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a, 11.b) 14.1.7 Support implementation of the National Urban Policy and Action Plan and the United Nations New Urban Agenda (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a, 11.b) 14.1.8 Integrate security and disaster prevention into urban planning and management systems (SDG Target 11.b) 14.1.9 Facilitate implementation of urban renewal programmes (SDG Targets 11.3, 11.a, 11.b) 14.1.10 Promote public-private partnerships in the development and maintenance of urban infrastructure at all levels (SDG Targets 11.3, 17.17) 14.1.11 Establish special economic corridors (SDG Target 11.a) Focus Area 15: CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT • Absence of a central agency 15.1 Build a competitive 15.1.1 Establish a central agency for the construction industry to improve MLGDRD, MWH, MRH, SDG 4, 9, 16 responsible for the development of the and modern construction efficiency (SDG Target 16.6) MoRD, MoT, LUSPA, construction industry industry 15.1.2 Improve and standardise techniques and material use (SDG Target 9.a) Built Environment AU 10, 11,12 • Weak classification and certification 15.1.3 Promote and stimulate the development and expansion of the Ghanaian Professional systems for the registration of construction industry (SDG Target 9.b) Organisations, MMDAs contractors 15.1.4 Promote research and apply modern technology in the construction • Inadequate regulation of contractor industry (SDG Targets 9.5, 9.b) conduct and performance 15.1.5 Establish and maintain a construction industry information system (SDG • Shortage of skilled construction Target 9.b) workers 15.1.6 Ensure accreditation and certification of skilled construction workers (SDG • Poor enforcement of regulations and Target 9.a) statutes 15.1.7 Support technical education institutions and other professional bodies to • Proliferation of sub-standard train more skilled personnel for the construction industry (SDG Targets 4.3, construction materials and products 4.4) • Poor health, safety and environmental 15.1.8 Create an enabling environment to ensure affordable and efficient use of management practices at construction construction materials sites 15.1.9 Promote the use of the Ghana Building Code GS 1207 • High cost of construction materials 15.1.10 Facilitate the timely issuance of honour certificates to contractors • Delay in honouring payment certificates 57 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment • inadequate regulation of contractor conduct and performance Focus Area 16: INFRASTRUCTURE MAINTENANCE • Poor and inadequate maintenance of 16.1 Promote effective 16.1.1 Institute a robust maintenance scheme for the transport system, public MWH, MoT, MoRD, SDG 9, 11, 17 infrastructure maintenance culture office buildings and other critical infrastructure. (SDG Targets 9.a, 11.2) MRH, Works • High cost of maintenance 16.1.2 Enforce relevant standards in various sectors to reduce rapid deterioration Department AU 1, 10, 11,12 of public infrastructure, including strengthening the axle load control on roadways (SDG Target 11.2) 16.1.3 Build capacity to ensure requisite skills for infrastructure maintenance (SDG Target 17.9) 16.1.4 Develop asset register on infrastructure conditions Focus Area 17: LAND ADMINISTRATION • Lengthy turnaround time for land title 17.1 Promote efficient 17.1.1 Continue on-going land administration reforms to address title and MLNR, LC, MLGDRD, SDG 1, 5, 9, 12, and deeds registration and effective land ownership rights (SDG Targets 1.4, 16.b) LUSPA, Built 16, 17 • Limited digitization and automation of administration 17.1.2 Fully decentralise land administration on an automated platform (SDG Environment land records and services delivery Targets 16.6, 16.7) Professional AU 10, 11, 12, • Insecurity of land tenure 17.1.3 Accelerate digitisation of land records and automation of land services Organisations, MMDAs 17 • Increasing encroachments on public delivery, (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) and vested land 17.1.4 Accelerate efforts for the development of the National Geo-Spatial Policy • Delays in adjudication of land disputes 17.1.5 Ensure the production of base, topographic and orthophoto maps • Complex land tenure systems nationwide (SDG Target 12.2) • Speculative acquisition of land on large 17.1.6 Promote the production of reliable maps and site plans to ensure security scale (land grabbing) of land tenure • Protracted land disputes 17.1.7 Ensure high standard of land data security (SDG Target 17.8) • Outdated land policy 17.1.8 Domesticate and implement fully the AU Framework Guidelines on Land Policy in Africa (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.15) • Indiscipline in the purchase and sale of 17.1.9 Promote gender equity in land reforms, management and land use land (including the use of land guards) planning (SDG Target 1.4, 5.a) • Unregulated land use regime 17.1.10 Promote sustainable land management (SLM) interventions using the • Poor demarcation of Land boundaries integrated landscape management (ILM) approach (SDG Target 12.2) 17.1.11 Establish and maintain a geodetic reference network for mapping and engineering (SDG Target 12.2) 17.1.12 Deploy Ghana Enterprise Land Information System (GELIS) nationwide 17.1.13 Fully implement the Land Act, 2020 (Act 1036) 58 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Safeguard the natural environment and built environment Focus Area 18: ZONGOS AND INNER CITIES DEVELOPMENT • Proliferation of slums 18.1 Improve basic social 18.1.1 Accelerate investments in local economic development in Zongo and Inner- MICZD, MoE, MLGRD, SDG 1, 10, 11, • Inadequate investments in social infrastructure and City Communities (SDG Target 1.b, 10.b,11.c, 17.17) MWH, MMDAs 17 programmes services, and 18.1.2 Provide basic social infrastructure and services in Zongo and Inner-City • Inadequate basic social infrastructure livelihood conditions communities (SDG Targets 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.6, 11.7, 11.a, 11.c) AU 1, 4, 10, 12 and services of Zongo and Inner- 18.1.3 Promote the implementation of a national slum upgrading and prevention City Communities strategy 59 APPENDIX 1.4: GOVERNANCE, CORRUPTION AND PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL/ COLLABORATING REGIONAL AGENCIES LINKAGES Goal: Maintain a stable, united and safe country Focus Area 1. DEMOCRATIC GOVERNANCE • Uneven balance of power 1.1 Deepen Democratic 1.1.1 Strengthen the three arms of government and promote the effective Parliament, NDPC, SDG 16 between the three arms of Governance separation of powers (SDG Target 16.6) CHRAJ AU 11, 12, 13,15 government 1.1.2 Strengthen independent governance institutions to perform their functions Parliament, CHRAJ, • Inadequate resources to the effectively (SDG Target 16.6; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) NCCE, NMC, EC, ECOWAS BB2 (2, Governance Institutions 1.1.3 Accelerate the implementation of the Constitutional Review Committee’s NALAG, MLGDRD, 4, 8) • Relatively weak capacity of recommendations (SDG Target 16.6) ILGS, RCC, MMDAs, governance institutions 1.1.4 Accelerate the implementation of electoral reforms (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7, DACF, MoF • Monetisation of ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1) elections/electoral process 1.1.5 Orient the security services to make them more responsive to the demands • Political violence of democratic processes (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.10; ECOWAS supplementary • Inadequate capacity of protocol Art. 17,19) Parliament to exercise its 1.1.6 Intensify public education on electoral laws and processes oversight function over the 1.1.7 Promote the ownership of development processes and transparency at the Executive local level (SDG Target 16.6,7) • Pockets of electoral violence 1.1.8 Strengthen the capacity of Parliament to exercise oversight on government finances and implementation of policies and programmes (SDG Targets 16.a, 16.6) Focus Area 2: LOCAL GOVERNANCE AND DECENTRALISATION • Inadequate consultations on 2.1 Deepen political and 2.1.1 Ensure the election of District Chief Executives (DCEs) and formalise MLGRD, NALAG SDG 16,17 election of MMDCEs administrative performance appraisals of MMDCEs (SDG Targets 16.7, 16.8, 16.a; ECOWAS Institute of Local • Weak implementation of decentralization Protocol Art. Art. 23) Government Studies AU 11, 12,13 political and administrative 2.1.2 Resolve discrepancies in inter-district boundary demarcation (SDG Target Ministry of Foreign decentralisation 16.1; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 13,14,15,16) Affairs and Regional ECOWAS BB2 (3, • Poor service delivery at the local 2.1.3 Strengthen sub-district structures (SDG Targets 16.6) Integration District 8) level 2.1.4 Institute mechanism for effective inter-service/inter-sectoral collaboration Assemblies Common • Weak capacity of local and cooperation at district, regional and national levels (SDG Targets 16.6, Fund, Local government staff 16.7) Government Service, • Ineffective sub-district structures 2.1.5 Strengthen capacity of the Institute of Local Government Studies to deliver NCCE • Weak coordination of on its mandate (SDG Targets 16.6) administrative functions 60 • 2.1.6 Accelerate the implementation of the Local Government (Departments of District Assemblies) (Commencement) Instrument, 2009 (LI 1961) (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) 2.1.7 Strengthen regional structures in support of devolution of powers (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) 2.1.8 Improve service delivery at MMDA level (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) • Poor coordination in preparation 2.2 Improve 2.2.1 Strengthen local capacity for spatial planning (SDG Targets 16.7, 17.9) NDPC, MLGRD, NALAG SDG 16,17 and implementation of decentralised 2.2.2 Create enabling environment for implementation of Local Economic Institute of Local AU 11,12 development plans planning Development (LED) and Public-Private Partnership (PPP) policies at the Government Studies • Deepening and widening district level (SDG Targets 17.14, 17.17; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) MMDAs, RCCs MoPln, ECOWAS BB2 (8) participation on development 2.2.3 Strengthen the implementation of planning and budgeting provisions in LI District Assemblies and MMDAs activities at the 2232 and the Public Financial Management Act 2016 (Act 921) (SDG Targets Common Fund, Local grassroot levels 16.5, 16.6, 16.a) Government Service, • Poor linkage between planning NCCE and budgeting at national, regional and district levels • Weak spatial planning capacity at the local level • Inadequate exploitation of local opportunities for economic growth and job creation • Limited capacity and 2.3 Strengthen fiscal 2.3.1 Enhance revenue mobilisation capacity of MMDAs (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.1) MoF, MLGRD, IAA, SDG 16, 17 opportunities for revenue decentralization 2.3.2 Strengthen PPPs in IGF mobilisation (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17) MDAs, NALAG, mobilization 2.3.3 Implement the Inter-Governmental Fiscal Framework (IGFF) and Inter- Institute of Local AU 11,12, 20 • Inadequacy of and delays in Governmental Fiscal Transfers (IGFT) (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, 16.a) Government Studies, central government transfers 2.3.4 Pass the Municipal Finance Bill (SDG Target 17.3) MMDAs, RCCs, MoPln, ECOWAS BB2 (8) • Weak revenue generating 2.3.5 Enhance financial capacities of regional and district administrations (SDG District Assemblies capacity of MMDAs Targets 16.6, 16.a, 17.3) Common Fund, Local • Significant decrease in capital Government Service, expenditure NCCE • Weak involvement and 2.4 Improve popular 2.4.1 Promote effective stakeholder involvement in development planning MLGRD, MMDAs, SDG 16, 17 participation of citizenry in participation process, local democracy and accountability (SDG Target 16.7, 11.3; CSOs, NGOs and planning and budgeting ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) related institutions AU 11, 12 2.4.2 Promote ownership of development process and transparency at the local level SDG Target 16.6,7 2.4.3 Build the capacity of civil society organisations (SDG Targets 16.7, 17.17) 61 2.4.4 Strengthen the People’s Assembly concept to encourage citizens to ECOWAS BB2 participate in governance (SDG Target 16.7). (8) Focus Area 3: PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY • Weak coordination and 3.1 Deepen transparency 3.1.1 Strengthen systems and structures for ensuring transparency and Public Accounts SDG 16, 17 commitment to the and public accountability in the management of public funds (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, Committee, IAA, NCCE, implementation of NACAP accountability 16.a) CHRAJ AU 11, 12, 13 • Weak sanctions regime inherent 3.1.2 Strengthen the sanctions regime inherent in public accountability Ministry of within the PAC mechanisms (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.6, 16.a) Information, Council of ECOWAS BB2 (2, • Low public interest in public 3.1.3 Promote public interest in performance monitoring reports of public State, Peace Council, 3, 8, 9) institutions institutions (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) NMC, GJA, media • Limited demand for 3.1.4 Expand opportunities for public information and initiatives in accountability houses, PRINPAG accountability at the local level (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 13,14,15,16; Convention • Limited involvement of the A/P. 1/7/92 of 29 July 1992 and Convention A/P. 1/8/94 of 06 August 1994) public in expenditure tracking 3.1.5 Enhance participatory budgeting, revenue and expenditure tracking at all levels (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) 3.1.6 Strengthen feedback mechanisms in public service delivery (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) 3.1.7 Accelerate enactment of the broadcasting law (SDG Target 16.10) 3.1.8 Strengthen partnership with the media to enhance cohesion on national issues (SDG Targets 16.10, 17.14, 17.17; ECOWAS supplementary protocol

Art.1) Focus Area 4: PUBLIC INSTITUTIONAL REFORM • Overlapping functions among 4.1 Build an effective and 4.1.1 Improve coordination to address conflicting mandates of public sector PSC, PSRS OHCS, SDG 16,17 public sector institutions efficient government institutions (SDG Targets 16.a, 17.14) FWSC, Ministry of • weak enforcement and low machinery that 4.1.2 Implement a Client Service Charter for public institutions (SDG Targets 16.7, Foreign Affairs and AU 11,12 compliance with PSC legislations support citizens’ 16.a) Regional Integration, by public sector agencies participation 4.1.3 Modernize public service institutions to improve leadership, efficiency PRAAD, MoC, ECOWAS BB2 (2, • Limited modernisation and use productivity and delivery (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS supplementary NITA/AITI 8) of technology in public sector protocol Art.1) • Significant decreases in capital 4.1.4 Empower citizens to demand quality public services (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7) expenditure overtime 4.1.5 Ensure implementation of the Public Sector Reform Strategy (SDG Target • Undue interference in the 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) functioning of public sector 4.1.6 Implement comprehensive HR payroll system and database (SDG Targets institutions 16.5, 16.6) • Inefficiencies in public service 4.1.7 Improve documentation within the public sector (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.10, delivery 16.a) • Weak linkage between 4.1.8 Develop and implement a comprehensive human resource strategy human performance and pay resource strategy administration in public service • Poor human resource planning 62 • Poor record keeping Focus Area 5: PUBLIC POLICY MANAGEMENT • Limited involvement of non-state 5.1 Enhance capacity for 5.1.1. Implement national policy guidelines to streamline public policy formulation PSC, OHCS, FWSC, SDG 1, 16, 17 actors in public policy policy formulation (SDG Target 17.14, ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1) MFARI, PRAAD, MoC, formulation process and promote 5.1.2. Strengthen the implementation of development plans (SDG Targets 16.6, NITA/AITI • Weak coordination of the coordination of the 17.9; ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) AU 11,12 development planning system development process 5.1.3. Strengthen the capacity of public institutions to undertake policy analysis, ECOWAS BB2 • Lack of a comprehensive development planning, monitoring and evaluation, macro-econometric (2,8) database on public policies modelling and forecasting (SDG Target 17.9; ECOWAS supplementary • Ineffective M&E on protocol Art.1; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) implementation of development 5.1.4. Strengthen capacity of research and statistical information management policies and plans systems of MDAs and MMDAs (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.19) • Inadequate financial resources 5.1.5. Intensify the use of Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) in public • Inconsistencies in the format and policy processes, plans and programmes (SDG Targets 11.6, 16.6) content of policies formulated 5.1.6. Deepen political party participation in national development (SDG Targets • Weak research capacity of MDAs 16.7) and MMDAs 5.1.7. Expedite hosting of the legislative and policy almanac (SDG Target 17.14) • weak capacity in development 5.1.8. Ensure the implementation of Long-Term Development Frameworks (SDG policy formulation Target 1.b; ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1; ECOWAS Protocol Art.

Art. 23) 5.1.9. Strengthen the relationship between the national development planning system and budgeting processes (SDG Target 17.14; ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 23) Focus Area 6: HUMAN SECURITY AND PUBLIC SAFETY • Inadequate equipment and 6.1 Enhance security 6.1.1 Promote world-class security services with modern infrastructure and Ministry of Defence, SDG 16 infrastructure service delivery equipment (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a) Ministry of Interior, • Politicisation of the security 6.1.2 Build capacity for surveillance and intelligence sharing within the security National Security, services service Judiciary, Ministry of AU 11,12, 13 • Weak professionalism 6.1.3 Develop a comprehensive framework to enhance professionalism within Foreign Affairs and • Inadequate capacity to combat the security services Regional Integration, ECOWAS BB2 emerging crimes 6.1.4 Ensure increased technical and financial support to institutions that manage Office of the President, (1,6,10) • Incidence of Cybercrime and gender-based violence cases NCCE, GAF, GNFS, GPS, cyber-insecurity 6.1.5 Enhance community-based approaches to safety and security, especially in PS, GIS, NACOB, • Weak collaboration among border areas National Peace security agencies 6.1.6 Promote competitive remuneration to enable the security services to Council, National • Weak relations between citizens attract the best personnel (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a) Commission for Small and law enforcement agencies 6.1.7 Ensure efficiency and transparency in recruitment processes of the security Arms, Parliament, • Inadequate personnel services (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a) MMDAs, traditional authorities, religious 63 • Overcrowding in custodial 6.1.8 Improve maritime surveillance and security by strengthening partnership bodies, Prisons facilities and inadequate between maritime, police and the Navy to tighten security in Ghana’s inland Service rehabilitation centres and territorial waters (SDG Targets 16.1, 16.2, 16.4, 16.6) • Poor prison conditions 6.1.9 Improve relations between law enforcement agencies and the citizenry (SDG Targets 16.7, 16.10) • Abuse of human rights by 6.1.10 Increase the proportion of security personnel on frontline duties (SDG security personnel Targets 16.6, 16.a) 6.1.11 Introduce non-custodial sentences, and enhance custodial facilities and rehabilitation centres (SDG Targets 16.1, 16.3, 16.10, 16.b) • High rate of recidivism 6.2 Enhance public safety 6.2.1 Promote effective re-integration of ex-convicts (SDG Target 3.5, 16.1, 16.3, • Growing youthful population 16.10) Rising general inequality 6.2.2 Implement a robust and comprehensive anti-narcotics and crime policy • Increasing levels of crime (SDG Target 3.5, Convention A/P. 1/7/92 of 29 July 1992 and Convention (including drug related crimes) A/P. 1/8/94 of 06 August 1994, ECOWAS Protocol Art.22 (3), ECOWAS • Inadequate community and supplementary protocol Art.1) citizen involvement in public 6.2.3 Strengthen and coordinate institutions dealing with drug trafficking (SDG safety Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS supplementary Protocol Art.1-supplementary • Weak monitoring and regulation Act /SA.1/07/13) of private security firms 6.2.4 Promote security awareness of the various communities (SDG Targets 16.1, • Proliferation of small arms 16.7, ECOWAS Protocol Art.22 (1) (2)) • Incidence of ethnic clashes, 6.2.5 Enhance border management technology, infrastructure and institutional violent demonstrations, armed inspections (SDG Targets 9.1, 16.4, ECOWAS supplementary Protocol Art.1- robberies and sexual and gender- supplementary Act /SA.1/07/13; ECOWAS Protocol Art.22 (1) (2)) based violence 6.2.6 Enhance national capacity for fire prevention, protection and fighting (SDG • Threat of terrorist and violent Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS protocol Art.22) extremist attacks, succession 6.2.7 Intensify regulation and monitoring of private sector involvement in the • Threat of activities of vigilante provision of internal security (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a; ECOWAS Protocol groups and kidnappings Art.22)) 6.2.8 Facilitate marking of state and individual arms to enhance tracing of arms (SDG Target 16.4, ECOWAS Protocol Art.22) 6.2.9 Develop and implement national policy on refugee management (SDG Targets 8.8, 10.7; ECOWAS Protocol Art.22 (1) (2)) 6.2.10 Preserve the territorial integrity of Ghana and forestall external aggression (SDG Target 16.1) 6.2.11 Strengthen multi-lateral cooperation and intelligence sharing with neigbouring countries to counter and prevent the threats of terrorism and violent extremism 6.2.12 Develop a National counter terrorism strategy in line with that of ECOWAS to enhance harmonization and synergy in prevention and mitigation of terrorists and violent extremist threats 64 6.2.13 Improve the capacity of security services in external peacekeeping operations (SDG Targets 16.1, 16.a; ECOWAS Protocol Art. Art. 22) Focus Area 7: CORRUPTION AND ECONOMIC CRIMES • Limited support for the 7.1 Promote the fight 7.1.1 Ensure continued implementation of the National Anti-Corruption Action SDG 12, 16 implementation of anti- against corruption Plan (NACAP) (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) corruption strategies and economic crimes 7.1.2 Undertake comprehensive institutional and legislative reforms including laws • High perception of corruption on appointments and confirmation of officers in acting capacity/positions AU 11,12, 13 among public office holders and (SDG Targets 16.6, 16. a; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 13,14,15,16; Convention A/P. citizenry 1/7/92 of 29 July 1992 and Convention A/P. 1/8/94 of 06 August 1994) • Low transparency and 7.1.3 Strengthen the Judiciary, Parliament, security services and other anti- accountability of public corruption institutions to perform their functions effectively. (SDG Targets ECOWAS BB2 institutions 16.5, 16.a; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) (1,2,8,9) • Misappropriation of funds by 7.1.4 Streamline delegated prosecutorial powers of the police and other agencies public office holders in the fight against corruption • Abuse of discretionary powers 7.1.5 Strengthen OSP to develop effective systems to combat corruption and • Increase in and diversification of organized crimes (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) economic crimes including 7.1.6 Implement an effective assets declaration regime (SDG Target 16.5; ECOWAS money laundering, tax evasion, Protocol Art. 23) cyber-crime 7.1.7 Undertake relevant legal amendments to make corruption a felony (SDG • Weak coordination and Targets 16.5, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) implementation of 7.1.8 Continue operationalization of RTI Law (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.10; ECOWAS recommendations of Public Protocol Art. 23) Accounts Committee and other 7.1.9 Ensure implementation of the Whistle Blowers Act (SDG Targets 16.5, 16.b; relevant institutions ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) • High levels of alleged bribery 7.1.10 Strengthen National Audit Systems to ensure value-for-money audits (SDG scandals and corruption Targets 12.7, 16.6; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) • Lack of effective cooperation 7.1.11 Ensure implementation of the Witness Protection Act (SDG Targets 16.5, among anti-corruption to fight 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) corruption, abduction cases and 7.1.12 Establish transaction price data which will be periodically reviewed to attacks on investigative conform with market trends (SDG Target 12.7) journalists 7.1.13 Ensure implementation of recommendations of the Auditor-General and the Public Accounts Committee (PAC) of Parliament. (SDG Targets 12.7, 16.5, • Lack of effective and sustained 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) coordination 7.1.14 Enact regulations for the Public Officers’ Liability Act (SDG Targets 12.7, 16.5, • Low public sector wages 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) • Add issue on OSP 7.1.15 Accelerate the establishment of a Financial Administration Tribunal (SDG • increasing incidence and Targets 12.7, 16.5, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) diversity of economic crimes Focus Area 8: LAW AND ORDER 65 • Low affordability, proximity, 8.1 Promote access and 8.1.1 Strengthen the independence of the judiciary (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a; NCCE, CHRAJ, SDG 16 comprehensibility and efficiency in delivery ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) Legal Aid Board, AU 11,12, 13 responsiveness to justice of justice 8.1.2 Ensure implementation of the e-justice system (SDG Targets 16.3, 16.b; Judicial Service, • Decline in public confidence in ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23). Ministry of Justice and ECOWAS BB2 (8) the legal system 8.1.3 Operationalize the Legal Aid Commission Act in consonance with Attorney-General’s • Limited number and poor quality recommendations of the CRC (SDG Targets 16.3, 16.10, 16.b; ECOWAS Department) of court infrastructure Protocol Art. 23). • inadequate capacity of judges 8.1.4 Strengthen the Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) mechanism (SDG and state attorneys to handle Targets 16.3, 16.10, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) specialty cases 8.1.5 Strengthen judicial training and legal education reforms for judiciary • Protracted pre-trial detentions personnel, Police CID, prosecutors and law students (SDG Target 16.6; • Perceived corruption in the legal ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) system 8.1.6 Expand judicial infrastructure across the country (SDG Target 16.6; ECOWAS • Abuse of human rights by Protocol Art. 23). security personnel 8.1.7 Improve inter-agency and cross-sectoral legal coordination (SDG Targets • Declining press freedom 16.3, 16.10, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) • Challenges to implementation of the Rule of Law and freedom of expression • Inadequate reforms to improve judicial accountability and minimize the perception of bribery in the Judiciary Focus Area 9: CIVIL SOCIETY, AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT CSOs 9.1 Improve participation Civil Society Organisations NCCE, MOE, Ministry SDG 1, 10, 16,17 • Inadequate capacity of civil of civil society in 9.1.1 Create opportunities for increased technical and financial support for CSO of Information, GES, society to optimise existing civic national coalitions and partnerships (SDG Targets 1.3, 10.4, 17.17, ECOWAS Protocol Ministry of Chieftaincy spaces development Arts. 23,28) and Religious Affairs, AU 11, • Increasing politicization of CSOs 9.1.2 Ensure political neutrality for development discourse. National House of 12,13 • Lack of effective regulatory 9.1.3 Implement the Non-profit Organisation (NPO) Policy and its regulations Chiefs, Council of mechanisms 9.1.4 Develop guidelines on processes and timing of developing discourse State, Peace Council, ECOWAS BB 2 • Inadequate transparency and Media MLGRD, MOGCSP, (8), BB3 (2) information on processes and 9.1.5 Strengthen capacity of the media to play watchdog role (SDG Targets 16.7, NMC, GJA timing of development discourse 16.10, 17.14, 17.17, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) to enable sufficient civic 9.1.6 Establish appropriate framework for collaborative engagement with the participation media (SDG Targets 16.7, 16.10, 17.14, 17.17, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) 9.1.7 Strengthen National Media Commission to play its media oversight function (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) 66 • Insufficient funding for Traditional Authorities institutions responsible for 9.1.8 Strengthen engagement with traditional authorities in development and public education governance processes (SDG Targets 16.7, 16.10, 17.14, 17.17, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) Media 9.1.9 Increase support to chieftaincy (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol • Ineffective advocacy strategies Arts. 23,28) institutions by relevant institutions 9.1.10 Involve traditional authorities in reform of negative cultural practices (SDG responsible for public education Targets 16.6,16.7, 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) 9.1.11 Strengthen National and Regional Houses of Chiefs to promote development • Gaps in awareness, advocacy and (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) enforcement of citizen rights and 9.1.12 responsibilities • Low capacity of the media for Religious Bodies watchdog role 9.1.13 Promote coordinated action to ensure religious tolerance, respect for authority, honesty and integrity (SDG Targets 16.7, 16.10, 17.14, 17.17, Traditional authorities ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) • Inadequate involvement of 9.1.14 Enforce the compliance of public rules and regulations traditional authorities in national 9.1.15 Develop and Pass a Charities Law development 9.1.16 Engage religious bodies in the formulation and implementation of • Weak traditional and development programmes and projects. (SDG Targets 16.7, 16.10, 17.14, institutional mechanisms to 17.17; ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) provide alternative framework for settling chieftaincy disputes • Negative cultural practices • Communal strife and disunity as a result of leadership succession and land disputes Religious bodies • Inadequate involvement of religious bodies in national development • Low compliance with public rules and regulations (i.e., noise making, abuse of human rights etc.) Focus Area 10: ATTITUDINAL CHANGE AND PATRIOTISM • Weak patriotism and loyalty to 10.1.1 Promote 10.1.2 Instill patriotism in the citizenry, especially amongst children and the youth NCCE, MOE, GES, NMC SDG 4, 12, 16, 17 the state attitudinal (SDG Target 4.7, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23) change and 67 • Poor attitudes negatively values for 10.1.3 Formulate and implement a consensus-driven national values policy (SDG AU 2, 11,12 impacting quality of life National Target 17.14) ECOWAS BB 2 • Political and civic apathy Development 10.1.4 Promote a campaign on good society (SDG Targets 4.7, 12.b, ECOWAS (8), BB3 (2) • Political polarisation Protocol Arts. 23) • Ineffective advocacy strategies 10.2 Promote discipline in all aspects of life • Indiscipline Focus Area 11: DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION • Limited ownership and 11.1 Ensure responsive 11.1.1 Create an enabling environment for development communication (SDG Ministry of SDG 16, 17 accountability for national governance and Targets 16.7, 16.10, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23) Information, development at all levels citizen participation 11.1.2 Integrate development communication across the public policy cycle (SDG NCCE, CHRAJ, Polarised media landscape in development Targets 16.7, 16.10) NADMO, media AU 11,12 • Insufficient funding of 11.1.3 Strengthen institutional structures for development communication at all houses, PRINPAG, development communication levels of governance (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.7, 16.10, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. Ministry of ECOWAS BB2 (8) • Low awareness of government 23) Chieftaincy and agenda 11.1.4 Provide sustainable financing for development communication (SDG Target Religious Affairs, • 17.3) NMC, GJA Focus Area 12: CULTURE FOR NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT • Poor appreciation of national 12.1 Promote culture in 12.1.1 Mainstream traditional values and believe systems in all aspect of national Ministry of Tourism, SDG 4, 8, 12, 16, culture the development development (SDG Targets 4.7, 17.14, ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) Culture and Creative 17 • Growing negative influence of process 12.1.2 Implement the policy framework on the traditional values and belief systems Arts (MoTCCA), NCC, foreign culture in Ghana (SDG Target 8.9, ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) GTA, Ministry of • Inadequate cultural 12.1.3 Increase support to chieftaincy (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol Chieftaincy and infrastructure Arts. 23,28) institutions Religious Affairs, AU 11, 12,16 • Limited reliable data on the 12.1.4 Strengthen National and Regional Houses of Chiefs to promote development National House of cultural sector (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) Chiefs, Ghana ECOWAS BB2 (8), • Weak frameworks, regulations 12.1.5 Continue the implementation of chieftaincy line of succession documentation Hoteliers Association BB3 (2) and institutions for promoting (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23,28) and Travel and Tours Ghanaian culture 12.1.6 Revamp and support centres and establishments for national culture and Federation (GHATToF), • Gaps in the governance regime creative arts (SDG Targets 8.9, 16.6) MoF, NDPC, MMDAs, for emerging areas in the cultural 12.1.7 Enhance capacity for development of culture industry (SDG Target 16.a) industry 12.1.8 Develop legal regime and processes for safeguarding the intellectual property • Negative cultural and outmoded and creative heritage of Ghana (SDG Targets 12.b, 17.10, ECOWAS Protocol practices inimical to Arts. 23, 28) development 12.1.9 Strengthen institutions for improved coordination framework of the creative arts sector for national development (SDG Target 16.a, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 23, 28) 12.1.10 Establish mechanisms to eradicate negative cultural practices and project the Ghanaian cultural heritage (SDG Target 12.b) 68 12.1.11 Create awareness of the importance of culture for development and creative arts (SDG Target 12.8) Focus Area 13: GHANA’S ROLE IN INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS • Fragmented policies and 13.1 Promote a globally 13.1.1 Harmonize foreign policies and strategies for engagement with global SDG 1, 16,17 Ministry of strategies for Ghana’s competitive Foreign community (ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) Foreign Affairs engagement with the global Service 13.1.2 Review Ghana’s foreign policy in line with changing global environment and Regional community (ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) AU 8, 11, 12, 19 Integration, • Weak service delivery by Foreign 13.1.3 Improve efficiency and effectiveness of foreign missions (SDG Targets 17.13, Ghana missions abroad 17.16, 17.17, ECOWAS protocol Arts. 23, 28) ECOWAS BB1 (3,4), Immigration • Inadequate training of staff 13.1.4 Expand markets for intra-regional trade and economic co-operation (SDG BB2 (8), BB3 (2) Service, Ministry • Limited leverage of Ghanaian Targets 17.13, 17.17, ECOWAS protocol Arts. 23 (2), 28) of Trade and culture in the international arena 13.1.5 Reposition the Economic Trade and Investment Bureau (ECTIB) to serve as Industry, the link between Ghana Missions abroad and MDAs and other stakeholders. Office of the (SDG Targets 16.6, 16.8, ECOWAS protocol Art. 59) President, 13.1.6 Establish Office of Inter-Ministerial Coordination (OIMC) on foreign affairs Ministry of and related issues (SDG Target 16.8, ECOWAS protocol Arts. 23 (2), 28) Interior, 13.1.7 Develop and adopt a national framework on appointments and training for Ministry of the Foreign Service (SDG Target 16.6, ECOWAS protocol Arts. 23 (2), 28) Finance, • Limited leverage of Ghanaian 13.2 Enhance Ghana’s 13.2.1 Leverage Ghana’s democratic credentials to enhance international image SDG 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13 MFARI, MoD, GIS, culture in the international arena international image (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23, 28) 16, 17 OoP, MINT, • Threats of global terrorism and influence 13.2.2 Promote the engagement of Ghanaians in leadership roles at regional and MoTAC, Kofi • Incidence of political instability international levels (SDG Target 10.6, ECOWAS protocol Arts. 23 (2), 28) Annan ICT Centre, particularly among neighbouring 13.2.3 Maintain an identity-based population register for effective management of AU 4, 8, 11, 12, 13, MoC, countries immigration (SDG Targets 10.7, 16.9, ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1) 14,15 NCCE, EC • Poor management of trans- 13.2.4 Make Ghana a preferred destination for business, education and tourism boundary resources (SDG Targets 4.a, 8.9, 12.b, 16.6; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 58, ECOWAS Protocol ECOWAS BB1 (2), BB2

Art.2, 59) (2), BB3 (2) 13.2.5 Ensure commitment to regional bodies and international organisations (SDG Targets 13.a, 17.2, 17.16, ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) 13.2.6 Support Ghana’s involvement in South-South and triangular cooperation (SDG Targets 17.6, 17.9; ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) 13.2.7 Improve Ghana’s role in a strong and vibrant regional market (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17; ECOWAS Protocol Art.2, 59) 13.2.8 Support democracy in all parts of the world (SDG Targets 10.b, 16.7, 16.10; ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) 13.2.9 Promote international peace, security and justice (SDG Targets 16.3, 16.a, 16.10, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) 69 13.2.10 Strengthen collaboration with neighbouring countries on development and management of trans-boundary resources (SDG Targets 6.5, 17.17; ECOWAS Protocol Art 1 - supplementary Act /SA.1/07/13, Art. 23) • Limited leveraging of Ghana’s 13.3 Promote Ghana’s 13.3.1 Attract domestic and foreign investors (SDG Targets 10.5, 16.10, 17.14, SDG 1, 10, 16, 17 MFARI, MoD, GIS, diplomatic relations for national political and 17.14, 17.17; ECOWAS Treaty/Protocol Art.1) OoP, MINT, MOTI, development economic interests 13.3.2 Reposition Ghana to leverage on emerging international and regional MoTAC, developments (SDG Targets 17.14, 16.8, 17.17, ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) AU 4, 11, 12, 13, 14,15 NCCE, EC 13.3.3 Reduce Ghana’s vulnerability to shocks and threats from the international system (SDG Targets 17.13, 17.14; ECOWAS supplementary protocol Art.1, ECOWAS BB1 (1,3),

Art. 22) BB2 (2, 10), BB3 (2) 13.3.4 Defend Ghana’s interests, and maintain its sovereignty (SDG Target 17.15; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 13,14,15,16, Supplementary protocol Art. 17,19) 13.3.5 Develop markets for Ghanaian goods and services abroad (SDG Targets 1a, 17.11; ECOWAS Treaty/Protocol Art.1) 13.3.6 Promote partnerships between Ghanaian and foreign businesses in strategic alliances (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17, ECOWAS Protocol Art.28) 13.3.7 Create opportunities for Missions abroad to maximise investments and trade opportunities for local authorities (SDG Targets 16.6, 17.11; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) 13.3.8 Create incentives for diaspora investment, trade and technology transfer (SDG Targets 17.10, 17.12; ECOWAS Treaty/Protocol Art.1, Art.2, 59) • Limited diaspora engagement 13.4 Reposition the 13.4.1 Extend political, economic and social right of the diaspora SDG 16, 17 MFARI, GIS, OoP, and participation in national diaspora to 13.4.2 Ensure participation of Ghanaians abroad in national development (SDG MINT, MoTAC, development contribute to national Target 16.7; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) MoTI development for 13.4.3 Implement the Diaspora Engagement Policy (SDG Target 16.7; ECOWAS AU 11,12,16,19 mutual benefit Protocol Art. 23) 13.4.4 Reposition Diaspora Affairs Bureau to effectively support the diaspora (SDG ECOWAS BB2 (2, 3, 8), Target 16.6; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) BB3 (2, 4, 5) 13.4.5 Promote and protect the welfare of Ghanaians abroad (SDG Targets 17.6, 17.12, ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) 13.4.6 Attract and retain mutually beneficial and sustainable partnerships with Ghanaians in the Diaspora (SDG Targets 17.16, 17.17; ECOWAS Protocol Art. 23) 13.4.7 Implement Representation of the People Amendment Act (ROPAA) (SDG Target 17.6, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 13,14,15,16, 23) 13.4.8 Create database of all Ghanaians outside Ghana linked to the national identification system (SDG Target 16.9, ECOWAS supplementary protocol

Art.1) 13.4.9 Enhance advocacy on implementation of the Dual Citizenship Law (SDG Targets 16.9, 16.3, 16.b, ECOWAS Protocol Arts. 13,14,15,16, 23) 70 13.4.10 Create conducive environment for return and reintegration of Ghanaian emigrants into society (SDG Targets 16.9, 16.b; ECOWAS Protocol Art.28, Protocol A/P2/7/87 of 9 July 1987, Art.59) 71 APPENDIX 1.5: EMERGENCY PLANNING AND RESPONSE (INCLUDING COVID-19 RECOVERY PLAN) KEY ISSUE (Including neglected POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL and emerging issues) AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Build resilience to withstand threats of different dimensions, including COVID-19 Focus Area 1: HYDROMETEOLOGICAL THREATS • Incidence of natural disasters 1.1 Promote proactive 1.1.1 Strengthen early warning and response mechanisms for disasters GMA, NADMO, Earth Priority 1, 2 and 4 of • Human induced disasters planning and 1.1.2 Support data gathering, preparation of hazards/ risk maps and Observation Research Sendai Framework • Violation of disaster risk implementation for sensitization on natural hazards and human induced disasters and Innovation Centre DRR and SDGs reduction (DRR) legislations disaster prevention and 1.1.3 Promote construction of storm drains in cities and towns (SDG Targets MWH, Parliament, • Inadequate knowledge on mitigation 9.a, 11.3) Office of President, disasters 1.1.4 Set up National Hydrology Authority to develop long-term solutions to Research Institutions, • Weak legal and policy flooding and the protection of inland and sea coastlines MMDAs, Security frameworks for disaster 1.1.5 Support the development and Implementation of national and local Agencies, Traditional prevention, preparedness drainage plans to make cities and communities resilient Authorities, Media, and response 1.1.6 Develop monitoring mechanism for disaster prevention and mitigation NCCE, ISD, MDAs, • Poor early warning systems plan NDPC, EPA, MESTI, • Poor physical planning 1.1.7 Ensure regular desilting of storm drains and rivers MLGDRD, CSOs, MOI, • Poor drainage systems 1.1.8 Strengthen capacity of the National Disaster Management Organisation MMDAs • Poor waste disposal practices (NADMO) and other related institutions to perform functions more effectively • Unapproved and haphazard 1.1.9 Ensure synergies between post disaster support and mitigation plan development 1.1.10 Promote construction of green buildings especially in cities • Delay in honouring payment 1.1.11 Monitor and regulate the activities of sand winners certificates and non- 1.1.12 Enforce legislation related to disaster risk reduction (DRR) payment of advance 1.1.13 Mainstream disaster planning into development plans mobilization for the 1.1.14 Develop and implement an action plan for the Sendai Framework execution of flood control 1.1.15 Integrate gender sensitivity in disaster management works. 1.1.16 Strengthen policy and legal framework for disaster prevention, • Poor coordination among preparedness and response key institutions 1.1.17 Ensure adherence to zoning policies and building regulation 1.1.18 Enhance coordination among key institutions 1.1.19 Institute periodic planning and review sessions among key stakeholders 1.1.20 Strengthen the participation of civil society in disaster risk management 1.1.21 Sensitize stakeholders on disaster risk reduction legislation 1.1.22 Establish and enforce appropriate byelaws Focus Area 2: GEOLOGICAL THREATS Earthquake/Landslide/mudslide 72 KEY ISSUE (Including neglected POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL and emerging issues) AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Build resilience to withstand threats of different dimensions, including COVID-19 • Limited awareness and 2.1 Minimize Ghana’s 2.1.1 Intensify public education on earthquake awareness and pre-disaster NADMO, GGSA, Ghana SDG 11 education on earthquakes geological threats drills and building codes Institution of and their associated risks 2.1.2 Improve capacity of engineers, architects and other stakeholders on Geoscientists, MWH, • Limited seismic hazard earthquake-resistant construction MRH, MMDAs, GSA, monitoring stations 2.1.3 Modernize network of seismic hazard monitoring stations. Academia/Research • Non-functioning seismic 2.1.4 Support research to catalyse interest in disaster risk reduction Institutions, Traditional monitoring equipment 2.1.5 Enforce laws on haphazard siting of buildings Authorities, MMDAs • Weak enforcement of 2.1.6 Develop and enforce legislative instrument for Ghana Geological Survey building and seismic codes Authority Act 2016 (Act 928) • Limited knowledge in the 2.1.7 Develop maps for earthquake prone areas or zones to inform land use design and construction of 2.1.8 Decentralize the Geological Survey Authority earthquake-resistant 2.1.9 Develop capacity to design resilient drainage system and mitigate structures landslide risks • Inadequate maps for 2.1.10 Create safety buffer zones and rock support techniques for uplands earthquake prone 2.1.11 Ensure the protection of district earthquake zones zones/areas • Limited presence of assessment monitoring stations at the Local Level Focus Area 3: BIOLOGICAL THREATS • Weak surveillance system 3.1 Enhance capacity for 3.1.1 Ensure implementation of the health emergency preparedness and MoH, GHS, CHAG, MoF, SDG 3,8 &17 • Weak institutional capacities surveillance and response plan Noguchi Memorial, • Non-compliance of Health management of 3.1.2 Improve surveillance, monitoring and evaluation of Health threats and kCCR, MMDAs Regulations epidemics and epidemics and pandemics • Unapproved health pandemics 3.1.3 Enforce the Public Health Act emergency preparedness 3.1.4 Ensure the establishment of a Health Emergency Fund and response plans 3.1.5 Strengthen the Ghana Centre for Diseases Control and other disease • Lack of Emergency funds control centres across the country • Weak inter-sectoral collaboration • Inadequate Health Infrastructure and personnel Focus Area 4: ANTHROPOGENIC THREATS • Absence of emergency plan 4.1 Minimise anthropogenic 4.1.1 Develop and implement contingency plan for Hazardous substances EPA, MMDA, GES, SDG 6,13, 14 & 15 for Hazardous substances threats pollution (HSP) at all levels NCCE, GSA, FDA, GHS pollution (HSP) 4.1.2 Enforce the Standard Operating Procedures of Gas Station facilities and Ghana Health 73 KEY ISSUE (Including neglected POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL and emerging issues) AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Build resilience to withstand threats of different dimensions, including COVID-19 • High levels of pollution in 4.1.3 Operationalize Hazardous and Electronic Waste Control and Management Service, MOH, GES, GIS, different forms (air, noise, Act, 2016 (Act 917) at all levels NCCE, MOH, National water) 4.1.4 Enforce regulations and standards on water, noise and air pollution Security, MMDAs, GES, • Incidences of gas explosion FDA, GHS, MESTI • Increased e-waste in the environment (offices, residential areas and commercial centres) Focus Area 5: TECHNOLOGY AND SECURITY THREATS Cybercrime and Terrorism • High cost and time lag in 5.1 Strengthen National 5.1.1 Strengthen existing laws on cybercrime MoCD, NCSC, NCA, adopting new technology Preparedness against 5.1.2 Enhance capacity for detection of cybercrime and terrorism among NITA, OAJ & MOJ, GPS, • Disruption to existing cybercrime and terrorism Stakeholders NIB, EOCO, JS, BOG, technology 5.1.3 Implement the Ghana National Cyber Security Policy & Strategy MINT, MoD • Sim box crimes, mobile 5.1.4 Invest in modern surveillance technologies for border patrols money fraud 5.1.5 Establish Inter-Agency task force for Counter-Terrorism • Cyber-attacks and risk of 5.1.6 Develop inventory of targets and installations for potential attacks by terrorism terrorist groups • Hacking of bank account and 5.1.7 Enforce the Whistle Blowers Act, 2006 (Act 720) credit cards • Bitcoin fraud and phishing scams • Identity theft, cyberstalking and distribution of pornography • Weak protection of key national infrastructure • Weak border infrastructure • Vulnerability from geo- location • Poor awareness of public on suspicions acts of terrorism Organised Crime 74 KEY ISSUE (Including neglected POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL and emerging issues) AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Build resilience to withstand threats of different dimensions, including COVID-19 • Contract killing and 5.2 Minimise the incidence of 5.2.1 Improve operational response to organised crime at home and abroad MINT, Social Welfare, extortion organised crime 5.2.2 Strengthen multilateral cooperation and public-private partnerships to CSOs, NGOs, Judiciary, • Bank/Bullion Heist defeat transnational organized crime Criminal Justice System, • Kidnap for ransom 5.2.3 Enhance monitoring of stock trading activities beyond the Ghana Stock Police, GPHA, GCCA, • Robberies and Exchange Transport Unions, GRA- assaults 5.2.4 strengthen border management CEPS, Banks, • Stock manipulation 5.2.5 Monitor and conduct sporadic searches of flagged facilities Immigration, Police, • Home Invasion 5.2.6 Operationalize national legal framework on narcotics trafficking Ghana Shippers • illegal manufacture 5.2.7 Ensure the economic empowerment of women and children Authority, Banks, of small arms and 5.2.8 Implement FATF recommendations on anti-money laundering systems Companies, Audit light weapons 5.2.9 Intensify monitoring of financial transactions to combat money Firms, Exporters, GPHA, • White collar crimes laundering GIS, MOF, EOCO, BNI, • Existence of illegal 5.2.10 Strengthen inspection systems at airports and ports Police, GRA, SEC private security 5.2.11 Sensitise the public on pyramid and other fraudulent schemes companies • Increasing trafficking among children and women for prostitution • Wildlife and cultural property smuggling • Smuggling of counterfeit currency, goods and Cargo • Narcotics smuggling and distribution Economic, Political, Ethnicity and Religious Conflict • Community agitations 5.3 Ensure safety of life, 5.3.1 Build stronger alternative dispute resolution centres MINT, MOF, MOD, • Inter-tribal upheavals property and social 5.3.2 Strengthen criminal Investigations MDAs, MMDASs • Chieftaincy disputes wellbeing 5.3.3 Enforce Vigilantism and Other Offences Act, 2019 (Act 999) • Political party vigilantism 5.3.4 Develop a pastoral policy to drive the formulation of cattle ranching law • Election violence 5.3.5 Strengthen land administration systems • Multiple sale/claimants of 5.3.6 Strengthen dispute resolution mechanisms Land 5.3.7 Create awareness on the consequences of ethnic and chieftaincy conflicts 75 KEY ISSUE (Including neglected POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL and emerging issues) AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Build resilience to withstand threats of different dimensions, including COVID-19 • Clashes between nomadic herdsmen and farmers • Land-guardism Focus Area 6: RELIEF OPERATION AND HUMANITARIAN ASSISTANCE OF DISASTER VICTIMS • Poor coordination and 6.1 Enhance relief operations 6.1.1 Design and implement post disaster social protection programmes NADMO, MOF, MMDAs collaboration among relief and humanitarian 6.1.2 Adopt innovative and responsive mechanisms in humanitarian relief assistance agencies welfare operations • Logistical management 6.1.3 Enhance resilience of communities challenges • Weak social protection system for victims of disaster • limited psychosocial support for victims of disaster 76 COVID-19 RECOVERY PLAN KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Stabilizing the Economy Focus Area 1: Reduction in the cost of basic services • High cost of doing 1.1 Ease the cost of doing 1.1.1 Maintain Communications Service Tax (CST) at 5% MOF, NCA business Focus Area 2: Ensuring food security • Increasing food price 1.2 Promote crops, livestock 1.2.1 Expand support to crop farmers under PFJ MOFA, MLGDRD, MOF, inflation and poultry development 1.2.2 Support poultry and other livestock farmers under RFJ) National Food Buffer • Reduced access to for food security and 1.2.3 Arrange financing facilities for rice millers and commercial poultry Stock Company, nutritious foods due to income generation farmers Ghana Commodity reduced incomes 1.2.4 Provide financial support for the National Food Buffer Stock Company Exchange • Low productivity and poor and the Ghana Commodity Exchange to increase food stock levels handling of livestock/ 1.2.5 Establish a National Food Security Committee poultry products 1.2.6 strengthen Food Security Monitoring and Coordinating Committee to effectively monitor and report on food prices, supply and • Low levels of value addition to livestock and distribution systems in order to enable Government to take timely action when warranted poultry • Limited research and lack of use of available research findings to monitor food prices Focus Area 3: Supporting businesses and workers • Severe cash-flow 1.3 Provide relief to 1.3.1 Ease liquidity challenges of businesses Ministry of Employment difficulties businesses and workers 1.3.2 Increase local content in government procurement and Labour Relations • Unable to meet payroll 1.3.3 Establish a facility through Consolidated Bank Ghana to provide (MELR) commitments to workers. subsidized loans to severely affected SoEs Many of 1.3.4 Increase the allocation for the CAP-BuSS Programme to support the • laid off workers creative arts industry, media, and private universities • Struggling to pay workers 1.3.5 Establish a Guarantee Fund to assist large businesses to borrow from • Loans repayment banks at lower interest rates and at longer tenor challenges 1.3.6 Ensure availability of domestic bank credit to businesses • Loss of jobs 1.3.7 Establish a National Unemployment Insurance Scheme for workers Focus Area 4: Strengthening the health system 77 KEY ISSUES POLICY OBJECTIVE STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTATION GLOBAL/ REGIONAL AND COLLABORATING LINKAGES AGENCIES Goal: Stabilizing the Economy • Exposure of the fragility of 1.4 Strengthen national 1.4.1 Commence Agenda 111 MOH the health system medical response to the 1.4.2 Build infectious diseases centres in each of the 3 ecological zones pandemic of the country 1.4.3 Construct a state-of-the art hospital in all districts of the country Focus Area 5: Passing pending legislations to lay the groundwork for economic revitalization • Inadequate/or weak existing 1.5 Provide legal framework 1.5.1 Pass Development Finance Institutions (DFI) Bill to enable licensing of the Parliament, MOF, GIPC laws to revitalise the for raising financial national development bank economy resources and for 1.5.2 Enact Ghana Investment Promotion Centre (GIPC) Bill to provide a implementing framework for significant increase in FDI programmes necessary 1.5.3 Enact Public Private Partnerships (PPP) Bill to provide a more enabling for the revitalization and framework for increased PPP investments transformation phase of 1.5.4 Pass Tax Exemptions Bill to reduce losses in customs and external VAT the Ghana CARES collections programme 1.5.5 Pass Enterprise Ghana Bill to consolidate and strengthen government programmes which provide business development support for SMEs 1.5.6 Home Ownership Financing to support growth of the domestic mortgage finance market 78

APPENDIX 1.6: IMPLEMENTATION, COORDINATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION KEY ISSUES OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Improve delivery of development outcomes at all levels Focus Area 1: IMPLEMENTATION AND COORDINATION • Inadequate capacity for plan preparation and 1.1 Improve plan 1.1.1 Strengthen the linkage between national development planning and budgeting NDPC, MoF, DACF, implementation preparation, processes Private Sector, CSOs, • Delay in the release of approved funds implementation 1.1.2 Strengthen and improve resource mobilization for plan implementation MDAs, RCCs, MMDAs • Inadequate Internally Generated Funds (IGF) and coordination 1.1.3 Enforce the implementation of National Development Planning (Systems) • Non-functional sub-district structures at all levels Regulations, 2016 (L.I. 2232) • Implementation of programmes and projects 1.1.4 Strengthen CSPG engagement across the planning cycle for effective outside approved plans implementation and coordination • Weak collaboration and coordination in the 1.1.5 Ensure timely release of central government funds to implementing agencies design, implementation and M&E of 1.1.6 Strengthen procurement systems at all levels by strictly adhering to PPA government programmes and projects guidelines • Weak linkages between CSO/NGO plans and 1.1.7 Undertake comprehensive capacity development to enhance effectiveness MTDPs and efficiency of public service delivery • Non-compliance with procurement 1.1.8 Strengthen planning, implementation and coordination capacities at all levels processes 1.1.9 Strengthen coordination among CSOs, NGOs, DPs, MDAs and MMDAs • Low absorptive capacity 1.1.10 Strengthen the utilization of ICT systems to facilitate easy access and identification of all projects at all levels • Weak design and implementation of public 1.1.11 Strengthen the public investment management system and enforce the infrastructure projects relevant institutional and regulatory frameworks for efficient and effective delivery of public infrastructure and services 1.1.12 Monitor and report on the implementation and financing of priority infrastructure projects to improve on project targeting, design, preparation, delivery and dissemination Focus Area 2: MONITORING AND EVALUATION • Inadequate financial, logistical and human 2.1 Strengthen 2.1.1 Finalise and Implement the National Monitoring and Evaluation policy NDPC, MDAs, RCCs, resources monitoring and 2.1.2 Develop and operationalise an automated national M&E system MMDAs, Private Sector, • Low demand and utilisation of M&E results evaluation systems 2.1.3 Increase investments in development and use of M&E results CSOs, NCPD, TAs, Media • Untimely release of funds for M&E activities at all levels 2.1.4 Strengthen M&E technical and logistical capacities at all levels • Lack of statutory budgetary allocation for 2.1.5 Develop effective participation and communication arrangements for M&E M&E results • Inadequate evaluations at all levels 2.1.6 Ensure uniform reporting at all levels • Limited human and technical M&E capacities • Inadequate infrastructure and logistics including unreliable internet connectivity for accessing and sharing data 79 KEY ISSUES OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Improve delivery of development outcomes at all levels • Weak and fragmented M&E information systems at all levels • Weak reporting and unreliable M&E data • Non-compliance with M&E requirements • Different reporting cycles and formats at all levels Focus Area 3: PRODUCTION AND UTILISATION OF STATISTICS • Limited generation and utilisation of 3.1 Enhance the 3.1.1 Institutionalise production and utilisation of statistics at all levels NDPC, GSS, MLGRD, statistics production and 3.1.2 Strengthen relationship between the statistical producers and users including OHLGS, OHCS, MMDAs, • Inadequate district statisticians utilisation of the media. RCCs, TAs, CSOs • Delays in the publication of key statistical statistics 3.1.3 Improve investments in ICT and geographical information systems (GIS) for the reports production and utilisation of statistics • Inadequate funding for statistics production 3.1.4 Enhance investment in human capacity development and office infrastructure • Limited technological infrastructure for statistics production • Lack of manuals, standards, principles or 3.1.5 Develop guiding principles and code of ethics in the production and classifications to guide the production and dissemination of statistics management of data and statistics Focus Area 4: DEVELOPMENT COOPERATION AND FINANCE • Absence of development cooperation policy 4.1 Improve resource 4.1.1 Finalise and implement the development cooperation policy MoF, MoTI, BoG, • Inadequate alignment of development mobilization and 4.1.2 Strengthen implementation of the Paris Declaration MMDAs, Public cooperation with national development effectively manage 4.1.3 Harmonise and rationalize aid delivery Enterprises, other priorities its utilization 4.1.4 Undertake comprehensive capacity development to enhance effectiveness and MDAs • Lack of formal structures and guidelines and efficiency of public service delivery high transaction costs for mobilizing and 4.1.5 Improve efficiency in the use of public resources managing development finance 4.1.6 Promote Joint Partner Donor Evaluations to enhance mutual accountability • Heterogeneity of donor policies, procedures 4.1.7 Promote effective exchange rate management to enhance delivery of and guidelines in the development counterpart projects cooperation space 4.1.8 Create enabling private sector environment for domestic businesses and • Exchange rate losses effect on cost of foreign direct investment financing counterpart projects 4.1.9 Increase Government external resource mobilization • Lack of a ready and adequate human 4.1.10 Enhance the role of civil society organisations in making aid effective resource base • Unsustainable sources of funding for development projects. 80 KEY ISSUES OBJECTIVES STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTING AND GLOBAL COLLABORATING /REGIONAL INSTITUTIONS LINKAGES Goal: Improve delivery of development outcomes at all levels Focus Area 5: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND LEARNING • Poor record keeping and documentation 5.1 Enhance 5.1.10. Develop platform for effective knowledge management and learning NDPC, MDAs, MMDAs, • Inadequate and weak structures for knowledge 5.1.11. Encourage exchange visits and peer leaning among MDAs, RCCs and MMDAs Academia/Research knowledge management and learning management and 5.1.12. Digitize records and retrieval processes institutions, NCPD, TAs • Weak institutional memory in MDAs and learning 5.1.13. Build capacity for data management at all levels PRAAD, Media MMDAs • Inadequate peer learning among MMDAs and MDAs • Inadequate data and information storage systems 81

APPENDIX II: THE 2030 AGENDA FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all Goal 5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls Goal 6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all Goal 7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all Goal 8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all Goal 9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and foster innovation Goal 10: Reduce inequality within and among countries Goal 11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns Goal 13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts (acknowledging that the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change is the primary international, intergovernmental forum for negotiating the global response to climate change). Goal 14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development Goal 15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss Goal 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels Goal 17: Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalise the global partnership for sustainable development. 82

APPENDIX III: AFRICAN UNION AGENDA 2063 ASPIRATION 1: A PROSPEROUS AFRICA BASED ON INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Goal 1: A high standard of living, quality of life and wellbeing for all Goal 2: Well-educated citizens and skills revolution underpinned by science, technology and innovation Goal 3: Healthy and well-nourished citizens Goal 4: Transformed economies and job creation Goal 5: Modern agriculture for increased productivity and production Goal 6: Blue/Ocean economy for accelerated economic growth Goal 7: Environmentally sustainable, climate-resilient economies and communities ASPIRATION 2. AN INTEGRATED CONTINENT, POLITICALLY UNITED AND BASED ON THE IDEALS OF PAN-AFRICANISM AND VISION OF AFRICAN RENAISSANCE Goal 8: United Africa (federal or confederate) Goal 9: Key continental financial and monetary institutions established and functional Goal 10: World class infrastructure crisscrosses Africa ASPIRATION 3. AN AFRICA OF GOOD GOVERNANCE, DEMOCRACY, RESPECT FOR HUMAN RIGHTS, JUSTICE AND THE RULE OF LAW Goal 11: Democratic values, practices, universal principles of human rights, justice and the rule of law entrenched Goal 12: Capable institutions and transformed leadership in place at all levels ASPIRATION 4. A PEACEFUL AND SECURE AFRICA Goal 13: Peace, security and stability are preserved Goal 15: A fully functional and operational African peace and security architecture ASPIRATION 5. AN AFRICA WITH A STRONG CULTURAL IDENTITY, COMMON HERITAGE, SHARED VALUES AND ETHICS Goal 16: African Cultural Renaissance is pre-eminent ASPIRATION 6. AN AFRICA WHOSE DEVELOPMENT IS PEOPLE-DRIVEN, RELYING ON THE POTENTIAL OF THE AFRICAN PEOPLE, ESPECIALLY ITS WOMEN AND YOUTH, AND CARING FOR CHILDREN Goal 17: Full gender equality in all spheres of life Goal 18: Engaged and empowered youth and children ASPIRATION 7: AFRICA AS A STRONG, UNITED, RESILIENT AND INFLUENTIAL GLOBAL PLAYER AND PARTNER Goal 19: Africa as a major partner in global affairs and peaceful coexistence Goal 20: Africa takes full responsibility for financing its development. 83

APPENDIX IV: ECONOMIC COMMUNITY OF WEST AFRICAN STATES ECOWAS Vision 2050 Pillar 1: Peace, Security and Stability Strategic Objective: Making ECOWAS a Secure, Stable and Peaceful Region Strategic Orientations: • SOR1: Strengthen regional peace and security • SOR2: Strengthen human security in the region • SOR3: Prevent, manage and resolve conflicts Pillar 2: Governance and Rule of Law Strategic Objective: Anchoring Democratic Culture and Good Governance and Respect for the Rule of Law and Fundamental Freedoms Strategic Orientations: • SOR1: Strengthen democratic governance • SOR2: Consolidate the rule of law and justice delivery • SOR3: Promote the respect for fundamental rights and freedoms Pillar 3: Economic Integrated Integration and Interconnectivity Strategic Objective: Make ECOWAS a fully Integrated and Interconnected Economic Region Strategic orientations: • SOR1: Consolidate the free movement of people and goods and accelerate market integration • SOR2: Accelerate monetary union and economic and financial integration • SOR3: Intensify infrastructure development and enhance inter-connectivity Pillar 4: Transformation and Inclusive and Sustainable Development Strategic Objective 4: Create the Conditions for Economic Transformation and Sustainable well-being of the People Strategic orientations: • SOR1: Promote human and social development • SOR2: Leverage human capital and skills development • SOR3: Strengthen environmental sustainability and the fight against climate change • SOR4: Promote sustainable economic growth and development Pillar 5: Social Inclusion Strategic objective 5: Make ECOWAS a Community of Peoples, fully inclusive of women, children and youth Strategic orientations: • SOR1: Strengthen cultural diversity to promote development and social progress • SOR2: Strengthen community citizenship and solidarity • SOR3: Promote inclusion and strengthen social cohesion 84 APPENDIX V: SELECTED STRATEGIC MEDIUM-TERM NATIONAL INDICATORS AND TARGETS APPENDIX 5.1: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 FOCUS AREA 1: BUILD STRONG AND RESILIENT MACRO ECONOMY Enhance Inflation rate (% change in CPI, The rate at which the general level of Outcome 2020 10.4 8.0 8±2 8±2 8±2 BOG, MOF, GSS monetary annual-end period) prices rises over a 12-month period discipline and Exchange Rate (%, annual) (US$- Change in the exchange rate of the Outcome 2020 -3.9 BOG financial stability Cedi) Ghana cedi relative to the dollar, expressed as a percentage at the beginning of the period Interest rate Interest rate on government borrowing Outcome 2020 14.50 BOG -MPR (base rate) (Yield Curve) -91-day T-Bills 14.08 -182-day T-Bills 14.13 -Weighted interbank market 13.56 rate Lending rate The bank rate that usually meets the Outcome 2020 21.10 BOG short- and medium-term financing needs of the private sector. Change in Business Credit (%): The rate of change in total amount of Outcome 2020 13.4 13.4 BOG -Nominal business loans, trade credit, and asset 3.0 3.0 -Real finance, expressed in percentage. As at As at Nominal growth makes no adjustment October Octob for inflation, while real makes 2020, er adjustment for inflation MOF 2020, MOF Proportion of Ghanaians with Adult population with access to Outcome 2019 BOG, MOF access to financial services: financial services in the traditional and -Traditional banking sector non-traditional banking sectors, expressed as a percentage of the total -Non-traditional banking sector population. 85 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Mobile money penetration rate Number of active mobile money Outcome 2019 123.8 BOG, NCA, accounts, expressed as a percentage of Richard Ghana Chamber the total population Homiah, of BOG to Telecommunicat validate ions Ensure improved 1. Real growth in Gross Real gross domestic product (Real Outcome fiscal Domestic Product (GDP) (%): GDP) is an inflation-adjusted value of 2020 7.4 5.3 5.5 5.5 5.5 MOF, GSS performance and -Agriculture all goods and services in a given year sustainability - Industry (expressed in base-year prices) and is -3.6 6.3 5.6 5.0 7.1 o Manufacturing often referred to as "constant-price," 1.4 6.5 6.8 6.5 6.3 o Electricity "inflation-corrected", or "constant 7.9 7.0 8.7 8.7 8.6 - Services dollar" GDP. 1.5 5.6 5.2 5.4 5.5 - Oil Inclusive GDP 0.4 5.8 5.4 5.3 6.0 - Non-oil GDP 0.9 5.9 5.7 5.8 6.1 It is the sectoral contribution, divided Outcome 2020 18.5 20.6 20.7 21.0 21.2 MOF, GSS by the total value of all goods and 2. Sectoral share of GDP (%) services produced in the economy in a -Agriculture given year, expressed as a percentage. -Industry 34.2 30.7 31.0 31.0 31.5 o Manufacturing 10.3 - - - - o Electricity - - - - -Services 47.2 49.2 48.7 47.9 47.4 3. Number of new jobs created92 Count of formal sector jobs created per Outcome 2019 MELR (Labour (Data on formal sector can be annum. Market gotten from SSNIT. MELR can Information), GSS, SSNIT, AGI, 92 *= Estimate based on the various editions of GLSS Reports indicate that an average annual new entrant to the labour market is 340,000, excluding discouraged workers. Accounting for discouraged workers will put the estimate at, at least 425,000. This implies a minimum of 500,000 is required annually to at least cater for new entrants and some of the backlog 86 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 provide data on governments Ghana job creation) Employers -Agriculture Association -Industry o Manufacturing -Services 4. Sectoral Share of Employment The number of people employed in a Outcome 2019 29.8 GSS, MELR (%) given year by sectors divided by the (Labour Force -Agriculture total number of people employed, Survey -Industry expressed in percentage. 21.0 o Manufacturing - -Services 49.2 2. Gross Domestic Product Nominal GDP: Total value of all goods Output 2019 349.5 502.4 568.1 640.7 726.0 GSS, MOF (GDP): and services produced in the economy -Nominal (GH¢ Billions) in a given year without adjusting for inflation -Nominal (US$, Billions) Per capita GDP: Total value of all goods 66.98 and services produced in the economy -Population (Million) 30.3 in a given year divided by total -Per Capita (GHc) 11,541 population -Per Capita (US$) 2,212 I Revenue and expenditure management 1.Budget deficit as a percentage The difference between revenue and Outcome 2020 11.7 7.4 5.5 4.5 4.2 MOF of GDP expenditure as a percentage of GDP in a given year 2. Government Revenue Total government revenue as a share Outcome 2020 14.4 20.0 20.0 20.52 20.3 MOF - Total (Share of GDP) (%) of GDP - Domestic (Share of GDP) (%) 14.1 19.8 19.8 0.4 20.3 - Nominal (GH¢ billion) 53.9 99.5 111.7 129.6 144.5 87 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 3. Government Expenditure Total government expenditure as a Outcome 2020 26.1 27.4 25.5 25.01 24.5 - Total (% of GDP) share of GDP (Projection MOF s from budget - Recurrent (% of GDP) statement, 20.2 20.7 19.5 9.1 18.7 - Capital (% of GDP) (Drop if 2022) 4.5 5.3 4.7 4.5 4.7 possible) Fiscal Balance Fiscal balance, sometimes also referred Outcome 2020 -11.7 -7.4 -5.5 - -4.2 MoF, BoG, -Overall to as government budget balance, is CAGD the difference between a - Primary government’s revenues and its -5.3 0.1 1.3 4.52 2.0 expenditures expressed as a percentage of GDP. ii Measure of Budget Rigidity Wage bill as a percentage of tax The total amount of budgetary Outcome 2020 56.4 38.5 37.4 35.4 35.2 MOF revenue resources spent on paying the wages of government employees expressed as a percentage of total tax revenue iii Public Debt Management Total public debt as a Total debt stock expressed as a Outcome 2020 76.1 MOF percentage of GDP percentage of GDP. Total debt consists of all liabilities Debt-service ratio Total debt service expressed as a Outcome 2020 71.7 45.6 43.0 41.0 45.4 MOF percentage of total domestic revenue. The ratio of debt service payment to export earnings Promote Current Account Balance (% of The sum of the balance of trade (goods Outcome 2020 -3.2 MOF, BOG international GDP) and services export less imports), net trade and income from abroad and net current investment transfers. Trade Balance (US$ million): Trade balance as captured here is the Outcome 2020 - Merchandise Exports difference between the total value of 14,471.5 - Merchandise Imports -2,428.6 88 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 -Trade Deficit/Surplus merchandise imports and merchandise 2,043.0 exports Capital account Capital account refers to any and all Outcome 2020 $ 201 mil BOG international capital transfers. The overall expenditures and income are measured by the inflow and outflow of funds in the form of investments and loans flowing in and out of the economy. Financial account The financial account deals with $ 1,350 money related to foreign reserves and mil private investments in businesses, real estate, bonds, and stocks. Gross international reserves The number of months that can be Outcome 2020 4 BOG Cover (Months) covered by the foreign exchange reserves and assets (such as gold) held by the Bank of Ghana in reserve currencies FOCUS AREA 2: INDUSTRIAL TRANSFORMATION Enhance Proportion of MSMEs providing Count of MSMEs that are providing Outcome 2019 MOTI, Ghana production and support to the commodity value support to the commodity value Enterprise supply of quality chains. addition which is a process used by Agency, raw materials -Cocoa SMEs to gather resources, transform them into goods or commodities, and finally, distribute them to consumers. - Cashew - Coffee - Sheanut - Maize - Yam - Exotic vegetables - Pineapple - Mango - Pawpaw 89 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 - Banana - Fish and sea food -Rice (milled) Improve Percentage change in Total research and development Input 2019 0.08% MOTI, AGI, research and expenditure on R&D expenditures expressed as percentage MESTI, GSS, development -Government (Budget of GDP (R&D), Expenditure for Research and innovation, and Development) sustainable -Firms financing for industrial development Percentage of MSMEs that Count of MSMEs who benefited from Output 2020 MoTI benefit from earmarked funds. earmarked funds expressed as a percentage, where earmarked funds refer to all monies available to MSMEs both public and private, for instance MASLOC 3. Technology export share of Export value of Textiles, paper, Outcome 2019 1.1 MoTI, Exim Bank manufacturing (%) glassware and basic steel and iron Confirm -High products (including sheets, wires and data unworked casting) expressed as share (NB: of manufacturing in percentage; and Data was Export value of automotive products, sourced manufacturing equipment (including from agricultural, textile and food processing WDI) -Medium machinery), some forms of steel (tubes -Low and primary forms) and chemical products (polymers, fertilizers and explosives) expressed as share of manufacturing in percentage Ensure improved 1. Share of TVET enrolment at Count of students who are enrolled in Output 2019 MOE, NCTE, skills Secondary and Vocational TVET programmes at Secondary and COTVET development for institutions TVET, over a total number of students industry enrolled expressed as a percentage 90 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Pursue strategic Percentage change in anchor Change in anchored industries Outcome 2019 MOTI national industrial industries: established within the following initiatives -1D1F sectors: Integrated Aluminium, Iron and Steel, Oil Palm, Industrial Starch, Industrial Salt, Vehicle Assembly, -Distressed local companies etrochemical, Garment and Textile, Machinery, Equipment and Component Part, pharmaceutical Industry expressed as a percentage Manufacturing share of The total value of manufacturing Outcome 2019 MOTI, GSS, AGI, merchandise exports (%) products expressed as percentage of total value of merchandise export. FOCUS AREA 3: PRIVATE SECTOR DEVELOPMENT Enhance business Ease of Doing Business Rank The index of a country’s percentile Outcome 2020 118th 115 110 105 100 MoTI, RGD, enabling rankings on each of the 10 topics out of GIPC, GRA, environment covered (Starting a business; Dealing 190 GEPA, World with licenses; Hiring and firing workers; countrie Bank Registering property; Getting credit; s Protecting investors; Paying taxes; Trading across borders; Enforcing contracts; and Closing a business). Business Competitiveness Index Measures the sophistication of Outcome 2020 111 out 90 90 90 90 MoTI, RGD, company operations and strategy, as of 141 Follow BoG, GIPC, GRA, well as the quality of the overarching countrie similar WEF national business environment in s trend which they operate. on ease of doing busine ss and discus s with MOTI 91 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Improve business 3. Domestic credit to private The volume of credit to the private Outcome 2020 10.9% BOG financing sector as a percentage of GDP sector expressed as a percentage of the total loans and advances made by the Deposit Money Banks (DMB) Support 4. Proportion of MSMEs that Count of MSMEs supported under any Outcome 2019 GEA, Venture entrepreneurs have benefited from: of the specialized interventions such as Capital, and MSME -Venture Capital Fund National Entrepreneurship and MASLOC, NEIP development -NEIP support Innovation Plan (NEIP), Microfinance -MASLO and small loan centre (MASLOC), -GEA Ghana Enterprises Agency (GEA) and Venture Capital Fund Enhance domestic 5. Time taken to clear goods The average number of days it takes Outcome 2019 3 days MOTI, GRA trade from the ports importers to clear goods from the (72hours nation’s ports ) Formalise the Proportion of properties The proportion of the properties Output 2019 Office of the informal economy covered by digital address registered under digital address system Vice President, system: to total properties, expressed as a MOC, Ghana (Follow up with GhPost and GSS percentage Post on the census) Properties (%) Size of the informal sector Set of economic activities, enterprises, Outcome 2019 GSS, MELR jobs and workers that are not regulated or protected, to all economic activities, expressed as a percentage Ensure consumer Reported cases of food and drug Count of reported food and drug safety Output 2019 GSA, FDA, MOH, protection safety infractions: infractions and sanctions recorded by MOTI -Cases reported the Food and Drug Authority per - No. of sanctions annum Promote good Proportion of businesses using Count of businesses using green/ Outcome 2019 Energy corporate green/ sustainable energy sustainable energy initiatives Commission, governance initiatives expressed as a percentage of total MoEn number of businesses FOCUS AREA 4: AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT 92 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Create an Percentage change in agro Change in agro processing industries Output 2019 MoTI, AGI enabling processing industries established expressed as a percentage agribusiness established environment Total volume and value of The total value and volume of selected Outcome 2020 MOFA, GEPA agricultural commodities agricultural commodities exported in 251,615, exported (000’ Kg, US$’ 000): volume and value. 152 -Cocoa (217,766 NB: Data for value is indicated in ,334) -Cashew parenthesis ( ) 2586879 82 (251377 478) -Coffee 44428(3 3165) -Sheanut 2761337 5(13790 950) -Maize 1043774 (86613) -Yam 3856610 0(13429 328) -Exotic vegetables 5496066 49(1092 80904) -Pineapples 1417379 8(87854 92) -Mangoes 3649034 (205454 10) 93 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 -Pawpaw 1028419 (723864) -Banana 9297424 4(40771 305) -Fish and sea food 4377811 52(3845 4833) -Rice (milled) - Improve public- Share of credit to agriculture, Volume of credit to agriculture, Outcome 2019 BOG, MOFA private forestry and fishing (excluding forestry and fishing (excluding cocoa) investment in the cocoa) by deposit money banks as a percentage of total credit from Agricultural deposit money banks sector Modernize and Percentage of cultivated lands Arable land under irrigation expressed Outcome 2020 3.21 3.37 3.55 3.73 3.91 MOFA enhance under irrigation (area developed as a percentage of total arable land agricultural for irrigation/ha): production -Total area (formal and non- 224,933. 236,43 248,45 261,0 274,1 systems formal) include commercial 85 3.85 8.85 35.10 90.16 -Formal 14,933.8 15,933 16,933 17,93 18,93 5 .85 .85 3.85 3.85 -Non-formal 210,000. 220,50 231,52 243,1 255,2 00 0.00 5.00 01.25 56.31 Average productivity of selected Output per hectare of selected crops Outcome 2020 2.56 2.92 2.96 3.12 3.14 MOFA crop (Mt/Ha): (Mt/Ha) -Maize - Rice (milled) 3.17 3.34 3.39 3.43 3.46 - Millet 1.80 2.36 2.62 2.94 3.23 - Sorghum 1.87 2.18 2.38 2.60 2.83 94 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 - Cassava 22.66 23.72 24.19 24.63 25.04 - Yam 16.59 17.31 17.37 17.44 17.49 - Cocoyam 10.00 10.72 11.41 12.09 12.74 - Plantain 12.73 14.53 14.95 15.36 15.72 - Groundnut 1.61 1.91 2.04 2.19 2.34 - Cowpea 1.53 1.65 1.61 1.70 1.67 - Soybean 1.66 1.73 1.72 1.74 1.74 Improve post- Percentage post-harvest losses: Losses in storage, transport, harvest Outcome 2018 14 MOFA, MoFAD harvest -Maize and marketing of agricultural produce management -Rice (crops, livestock, fisheries) incurred 13.5 -Sorghum after harvest as a percentage of total - -Cassava production 33.6 -Yam 31.4 -Fish (Marine capture) - -Fish (Inland capture) - Size of national buffer stock Volume of selected staple crops Outcome 2020 MOFA, NAFCO 150,00 180,00 210,0 250,0 (metric tonnes): purchased and stored by the National 0 0 0 00 00 -Maize(white) Buffer Stock Company and private -Maize (yellow) sector Warehouses 70,00 85,00 0 50,000 60,000 0 0 -Rice (milled) 100,00 120,00 145,0 175,0 0 0 0 00 00 Enhance the Proportion of farmers using Count of farmers benefiting from Outcome 2019 2914700 MOFA application of modern agriculture technologies modern agricultural technology (drip science, irrigation, greenhouse farming, access technology and to improved seeds, trainings on good innovation agronomics practices, post-harvest losses, application of science) expressed as a percentage of total number of farmers Promote Total number of farmers Count of persons registered and Output 2019 MOFA, YEA, YES, agriculture as a engaged in PFJ programme supported under the Planting for Food NYA viable business -All farmers and Jobs initiative including subsidized among the youth -Youth fertilizer and seeds expressed as a percentage of all farmers. 95 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Promote crops, Contribution of crops, livestock Total annual value of crops, livestock Outcome 2019 4.8% MOFA, GSS livestock and and poultry to GDP (%) (pigs, cattle, goat, sheep, etc.) and poultry -Crops poultry produced, expressed as a development for o cocoa percentage of GDP food security and -Livestock 5.4% income -Poultry 5.7% generation MoFA has the following indicators for consideration 1.Count of doses of vaccines produced for control of farm animal diseases 2.Total annual value of honey (tonnes) tested for export and local consumption. 3.Volume of meat (tonnes) inspected for consumption to promote public health 4.count of animal vaccinated against vaccine preventable diseases 96 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 5.number of sample tested for COVID-19 FOCUS AREA 5: FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE DEVELOPMENT Ensure Total Fish Supply (mt): Quantity of fish supply (in tonnes) from Output 2020 627,864. 442,00 459,10 479,4 509,6 MoFAD sustainable marine, inland capture and imports 99 0 0 00 00 development and Marine 326,867. 84,000 86,000 88,00 90,00 management of 56 0 0 aquaculture Inland Capture fisheries 80,923.1 82,000 90,000 100,0 120,0 8 00 00 Harvesting of ponds/cages/ 64,004.0 195,00 196,10 197,4 199,0 dams/ dugouts 8 0 0 00 00 Import 193,226. 81,000 87,000 94,00 100,6 87 0 00 Quantity of fish produced per Annual total supply of fish from ponds Outcome 2020 471,794. 40Mt 50Mt 60Mt 70Mt MoFAD hectare of pond per year per hectare 82 Ensure sustainable development and management of fisheries resources FOCUS AREA 6: TOURISM AND CREATIVE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT Diversify and 1.Number of tourist arrivals Count of tourists arriving in the Output expand the country 692,53 969,54 1,454 1,745 2020 355,108 MoTAC, GTA tourism industry 1 3 ,315 ,178 for economic development 2. Percent change in tourist Year on year percentage change in Outcome MoTAC, GTA 2020 -68.6 68.74 40.00 50.00 20.00 arrivals tourist arrivals 3. Percent change in tourist Annual change in revenue for the Outcome MoTAC, GTA receipt tourism sector 2020 387 755 1,057 1,585 1,902 -International -Domestic 0.315 1.96 2.058 2.60 2.86 97 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE OBJECTIVES Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Develop a 1.Number of jobs created by the Count of jobs created by the creative Outcome MoTAC, competitive creative industry arts industry in a given year 1,528 1,574 1,358,15 1,440, 1,484, creative industry 2020 ,612. ,470. 2 863.46 089.36 04 40 2.Number of tourist sites Count of total tourist sites developed Output 2020 42 42 42 42 42 MoTAC, developed 98 APPENDIX 5.2: SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 FOCUS AREA 1: EDUCATION AND TRAINING Enhance 1.Net enrolment Ratio of appropriately Output 2020 70.0% 95% 96% 97% 98% MOE, GES, equitable access ratio aged pupils enrolled at a to, and -kindergarten given level expressed as participation in -primary a percentage of the total 78.9% 92.7% 93% 93.3% 93.5% quality education -JHS population in that age 44.9% 56% 57% 59% 60% at all levels (SDG -SHS group 33.3% - - - 45% GOAL 4, Target 2. Transition New entrants to the first Outcome 2020 101.9% 99% 99% 100% 100% MOE, GES 4.1, 4.3, 4.5,4.6) Rate grade of JHS3 or SHS1 -Prim 6 -JHS1 education in a given year -JHS3 - SHS1 expressed as a 92.5% 91% 91% 92% 93% percentage of the number of people enrolled in the final grade of P6 or JHS education respectively in the previous year. 3. Completion Ratio of the total Outcome 2020 99.2% - - 99.2% - MOE, GES, rate number of -KG pupils/students enrolled -primary6 in the last grade of a 107.5% 100% 100% 100% 100% -JHS3 given level of education 77.5% 94% 96% 97 100% -SHS3 (KG, Primary 6, JHS 3, 64.1% - - - 100% SHS 3), regardless of age, expressed as a percentage of the total population of the theoretical entrance age to the last grade of that level of education 99 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 4.Gender parity Ratio of male to female Outcome 2020 1.03 1 1 1 1 MOE, GES, index in enrolment MOGCSP -kindergarten -Primary 1.02 1 1 1 1 -JHS 1.02 1 1 1 1 -SHS 0.96 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 -Tertiary 0.73 1 1 1 1 5.Proficiency Proportion of pupils Outcome 2018 25% - - - 53% MOE, GES, rate: including those with WAEC -English P4 special needs displaying -Maths P4 proficiency in English 19% - - - 38% -English P6 and Mathematics in 25% - - - 52% -Maths P6 standardised tests at the 22% - - - 40% Primary 4 and Primary 6 levels. 6. Final exam Count of final exams Outcome 2020 - - - - - MOE, GES, pass rate takers who passed a WAEC -JHS particular exam over a -SHS total count of final exam - 36 38 40 42 takers in that same exams expressed as a percentage 7.Total Count of all enrolment in 2019 MOE, GES enrolment in Tertiary institutions Tertiary (Private and Public) institutions Disaggregated by sex, (Disaggregation programme type by sex, (Science and Art) programme type) -Female 211,336 -Male 268,498 -Males in 79,580 Sciences 100 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 -Females in 46,976 Sciences Males in Arts 121,022 Females in Arts 99,799 8.Percentage of Count of students in Outcome 2019 85.2% students in public tertiary public tertiary institutions expressed as institutions by a percentage of students type of of all tertiary institutions education (Disaggregation by Universities, Technical Universities, Colleges of Education, Specialised Institutions, Nursing Training institutions, Colleges of Agriculture) Strengthen 1.Total Count of all enrolment in 92,500 95000 97,500 100,000 competency- enrolment in TVET institutions (Private based skill TVET and Public) development in institutions Disaggregated by sex, technical and programme type vocational education Promote 2.Share of Proportion of children Outcome Basic =1.1 Basic =1.2 Basic =1.3 Basic =1.5 MoE-EMIS Inclusive children with with special needs in SHS =1.1 SHS =1.2 SHS =1.3 SHS =1.5 and GES Education special need in mainstream education mainstream expressed as a education percentage of children with special need 101 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Ensure a safe and Re-entry of Proportion of dropouts Output MoE-EMIS supportive dropouts into re-admitted into school and GES environment for school the re-entry of dropouts into school 1.Proportion of Count of schools that Output 43 45 48 50 MoE-EMIS Promote schools with have access to digital e- and GES equitable access access to digital learning devices and to e-learning e-learning and infrastructure expressed teaching as a percentage of total platforms number of schools -Primary -JHS 62 65 67 70 -SHS 55 60 63 65 -Tertiary 93 95 98 100 Strengthen 1.Teacher Count of days teachers Output 8% 7% 6% 5% for all MOE, GES school absenteeism were absent from the management rate classroom expressed as a systems - KG proportion of all days - Primary teachers are expected to - JHS be present in the - SHS classroom (i.e., 70 days per teacher for one semester) Ensure 1.Education Total expenditure on Input 2018 24.4% MOE, MOF sustainable expenditure as a education at all levels financing of percentage of expressed as a education GDP percentage of GDP Promote literacy 1.Literacy rate: Share of population who Outcome GES and and lifelong -English are able to read and MoE learning -local language write -French (Verify from the sector if they are tracking) 102 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 2. Number of Count of teachers Output GES and teachers trained and certified in MoE trained: English -English FOCUS AREA 2: HEALTH AND HEALTH SERVICES Ensure accessible 1.Percentage of Count of functional CHPS Outcome 2020 79% 85% 85% 87% 90% MOH, GHS and quality functional zones expressed as a Universal Health Community- percentage of total no. Coverage (UHC) based Health of demarcated CHPS for all Planning zones Services (CHPS) zones 2.Number of Count of EMTs trained Output 2020 900 1019 1156 1200 1200 MOH, Emergency and deployed National Medical Ambulance Technicians Service (EMTs) trained and deployed 3. Percentage of Share of the population Output 2020 52.6 57% 59% 61% 63% MOH, GHS, the population with valid NHIS card, NHIA with valid NHIS expressed as a card percentage 4. Number of The number of out- Output 2020 1.0 1.3 1.5 2 MOH, GHS Out-Patient patient department Department (OPD) visits per person 0.96 (OPD) visits per per year capita Improve mental 1. Proportion of Count of hospitals Output 2020 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% MOH, GHS, health public hospitals (district and regional) MHA administration (district and that have functional and service regional) that mental health units delivery have functional expressed as a mental health percentage of the total units number of hospitals (district and regional). 103 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 NB: Functional defined as availability of unit, mental health staff and stock of basic psychotropic medications and logistics excluding CHPS Strengthen 1.Doctor-to- Count of doctors Input 2020 1:6,355 1:5000 1:4000 1:3000 1:2,000 MOH, GHS healthcare population ratio expressed as a ratio of delivery the total population management 2.Nurse-to- Count of nurses Input 2020 1:701 1:600 1:500 1:400 1:300 MOH, GHS system population ratio expressed as a ratio of the total population Health Total public expenditure Input 2020 9% 15% 15% 15% 15% GHS expenditure as a on the health sector (DHIMS 2) percentage of expressed as a GDP percentage of GDP Reduce disability, 1.Under-five Count of deaths Impact 2020 60 55 50 45 40 MOH, GHS, morbidity, and mortality ratio occurring in children GSS, mortality under-5 years per 1,000 live births 2. Proportion of Number of child births Outcome 2020 58.67 60 62 64 66 MOH, GHS births attended attended by skilled by skilled health health personnel personnel (SDG expressed as a 3.1.2) percentage of all births 3.Infant Count of deaths Impact 2020 41 38 35 32 28 MOH, GHS, mortality ratio occurring in the first year GSS of life per 1,000 live births 4. Institutional Maternal deaths Outcome 2020 109 105 100 80 70 MOH, GHS, maternal recorded per 100,000 GSS, MHS, mortality ratio live births (SDG 3.1.1) 5.Stillbirth rate Proportion of children Outcome 2020 12.69 12.40 12.20 12.00 11.80 MOH, GHS, declared dead at birth or GSS, GDHS, after 28 weeks of 104 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 gestation per 1000 live births 6. Proportion of Number of children 12- Output 2020 94.2 95 96.5 97 98 MOH, GHS, children 23 months fully GSS, MICS, immunized immunized (Penta 3) as a (Penta 3) percentage of total number of children within the age bracket 7.Malaria The number of new outcome 2020 186 170 165 160 155 MOH, GHS, Incidence per cases of malaria in a year NMCP 1000 per 1,000 population at risk 8.Under-5 Total malaria deaths in Impact 2020 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.05 MOH, GHS, Malaria Case children under 5 years in NMCP, Fatality Rate health facilities MICS expressed as a percentage of total malaria admissions in children under 5 years in health facilities Reduce non- Mortality rate Probability of dying Impact 2020 43.5 40 38 35 30 MOH, GHS communicable attributed to between the ages of 30 diseases cardiovascular to 70 years from diseases or cardiovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes cancer, diabetes and and chronic chronic respiratory respiratory diseases diseases (SDG 3.4.1) Reduce the 1.HIV Count of people in the Outcome 2020 1.68% 1.61% 1.56% 1.51% 1.46% MOH, GHS, incidence of new prevalence population living with Ghana AIDs STIs, HIV and HIV expressed as a Commission AIDS and other percentage of Total infections, population especially among 2. Percentage of Total number of PLHIV Outcome 2020 60.3% 79.4% 83% 86.5% 90.2% MOH, GHS, vulnerable PLHIV who who received ART Ghana AIDs groups received combination per year as Commission a percentage of PLHIV 105 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 antiretroviral therapy (ART) 3. AIDS-related Estimated number of Impact 2020 41.2 21.6 17.5 16.1 15.4 MOH, GHS, mortality rate adults and children (12,758) (6,974) (5,768) (5,423) (5,282) Ghana AIDs per 100,000 who have died due to Commission population AIDS-related causes in a specific year, expressed per 100,000 population FOCUS AREA 3: FOOD SYSTEMS TRANSFORMATION AND NUTRITION SECURITY (FSTNS) 1. Strengthen the 1.Production The proportion of Outcome 2019 82 MoFA/SRID, food diversity (to be production occupied by GSS, FAO production computed from the key foods produced sub-system Agric focus area) in the country/ including the (Ascertain list of Percentage of Mt from agroecological top 5 crops produced (%) and industrial nutritious crops food to be tracked – production contact systems MOFA/SRID) 2.Proportion of Access to credit (micro Outcome 2018 20% MOF, BOG, men and and macro) by persons in (Identify GSS, women with the agriculture and the data MoFA/SRID, access to fisheries and aquaculture source) MoFAD financial sectors services in (Contact agriculture and MoFA fisheries and research aquaculture directorate -Males for data) -Females -Youth 2.Improve the 1.Volume of (Contact PPMED MOFA, MoFA, food storage, food storage FDA for data and MoH/GHS/ preservation, capacity definitions) FDA, and safety sub- Number of MESTI/CSIR system functional food 106 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 storage facilities/wareh ouses in the country 2.Number of Count of foodborne 2020 5 0 0 0 0 Foodborne outbreak incidents outbreak reported in the media or 2021 (3rd incidents to the FDA Quarter) -National outbreak -Institutional 2 0 0 0 0 (DHIMS) Aflatoxins (see FDA for baseline definitions and targets) Food systems safety index 3.Number of Count of certified 2021 1532 food storage storage facilities in the facilities in the FDA register FDA register 3.Promote food Number of food Count of manufacturing 2021 1570 MoFA, transformation manufacturing facilities in FDA register MoFAD, (processing facilities in the for same. GSS, MOTI and value- FDA register addition) 107 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Number of agro- manufacturing facilities (MoTI) (We should contact MoTI to get an additional indicator for value addition because they are implementing a major agroprocessing strategy) 4.Ensure food Food inflation Percentage change in GSA availability and - Survey food inflation accessibility Nutrient Supply Net supply in country of Outcome 2020 MoTI Adequacy key macro and (micro-nutrient micronutrients as a MoH, FDA, survey) share of total MoFA, GSS, consumption NDPC requirements for healthy diet. (See meta-data file for details. FNS team to provide) Access to Percentage of persons healthy diets with access to healthy (FAO - PAL), diets 5.Promote Household MICS/GSS healthy and Dietary Diversity sustainable (See if we can food get data - GSS) environment and choices Children’s dietary diversity (GSS) 108 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Minimum dietary diversity for women (Next round of DHS) 6.Promote 1.Prevalence of Proportion of children 0- Impact 2017 18% MOH, GHS, nutrition malnutrition 59 months whose MOFA, GSS specific and -Stunting height-for-age, weight- sensitive - Underweight for-age, weight-for- 13% programmes height is less than two and - Wasting 7% standard deviations (- interventions 2SD) from the median of the reference population/group by male and female 2.Prevalence of Proportion of children Outcome 2017 35% Base targets on MOH, GHS, Anaemia under 5 years and WHA targets GSS - Children women age 15-49 years under-5 years, with any form of -Women of anaemia 35.4% reproductive age (15-49 years) -Pregnant women 3.Rate of Proportion of children Outcome 2017 42.9 MOH, GHS, exclusive who have not been given (Data GSS breastfeeding any other food or drink source: or water except MICS. (Data breastmilk for first 6 outdated months of life. and must be updated. Can UNICEF assist?) 109 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 4.Proportion of Count of children under Outcome 2017 1.4% MOH, GHS, population 5 years and women/men GSS overweight/obe aged 15-49 years whose se weight-for-height is -Children under- greater than two 5 standard deviations (-2 SD) from the median weight of the reference group -Women (15-49 years) - Men (15-49 years) 5.Household MICS/GSS Dietary Diversity (See if we can get data) 1.Prevalence of Proportion of persons micronutrients with micronutrient deficiencies deficiencies (including (micronutrient iron, vitamin A and survey) iodine deficiencies) - Males - Females - Children 2.Prevalence of Proportion of person NCDs suffering from noncommunicable - Males diseases (NCDs), - Females (including heart disease, - Children stroke, cancer, diabetes and chronic lung disease). 110 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 7. Integrate nutrition into UHC 8. Improve Food 1.New policies Number of policies, Output 2021 2 Policies MOH, FDA, Systems and passed on Food strategies and legal - National GSA, CSIR Nutrition Systems frameworks passed and Food Safety Governance Transformation implemented towards Policy and Nutrition better Food Systems - National Security Transformation and Aflatoxin Nutrition Security Control outcomes Policy 2.Total Percentage of annual MoF, NDPC government budget allocated to Food allocations to Systems Transformation Food Systems and Nutrition Security Transformation and Nutrition Security actions 3.Active Food Number of Active Food MLGDRD, Systems Systems Transformation NDPC, Transformation and Nutrition Security MOFA and Nutrition platforms at the national Security and local level platforms at the - National national and - Sub-national local level FOCUS AREA 4: POPULATION MANAGEMENT AND MIGRATION FOR DEVELOPMENT Improve 1. Percentage of Total vital events Output MLGDRD, population, civil vital events registered (births, Births and registration and registered deaths), expressed as a Deaths vital statistics -births percentage of expected Registry, management -deaths number of events NIA, NPC, GSS 111 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 2.Percentage of Population enrolled in Output MLGRD, population the integrated civil Births and enrolled in the register expressed as Deaths integrated civil percentage of the total Registry, register: population NIA, NPC - Ghanaians - Foreigners Improve 1. Unmet need The proportion of Outcome 2012 25 30 33 35 35 GMHS, NPC maternal and for Family women of reproductive GMHS adolescent Planning (SDG age (aged 15-49) who reproductive Indicator 3.7.1) had their need for family health planning satisfied with (Eugenia to modern method Verify) 2.Proportion of Count of adolescents 2020 34 40 46 55 65 NYA adolescents’ who access health population who corners for Reproductive use health Health and Promotion corners for Services as a percentage reproductive of the total adolescent health services population and promotion 3. Contraceptive Proportion of all women Outcome 2012 25 27 30 33 35 NPC, GSS Prevalence Rate currently using modern GHMS contraceptive 4. Total Fertility Count of children that Outcome 2021 3.7 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.5 GSS, NPC Rate would be born to a woman (aged 12-54) by (Provision the time she ended al Census childbearing if she were Data to pass through all her 2021) childbearing years conforming to the age specific fertility rates of a given year. 112 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 5.Harness the 1.Share of Total annual receipt of Outcome BOG, MOF, benefits of remittances in personal remittances GSS, Office migration for GDP expressed as a of the socioeconomic percentage of GDP President development (Diaspora Unit), MOFARI 6.Harness the Volume of benefits of labor remittances as a migration percentage of total GDP Replace with other indicators from labour migration policy 7.Harness the 1.Youth A composite indicator to Outcome 2020 0.515 Ministry of demographic Development measure youth Youth and dividend Index development in the Sports, NYA, areas of education, GSS, NPC health, employment and civic and political participation in Ghana. Age bracket for the youth 15-35 years. 8. Promote good National 2020 Bill for NMC fully MINTER, GIS migration migration establishm functional governance commission ent drafted established and fully functional FOCUS AREA 5: REDUCING POVERTY AND INEQUALITY Eradicate 1.Poverty rate The proportion of the Impact 2017 100% GSS poverty and - National population that is below (Verify address -Urban the upper and lower from Dr. 50.41% vulnerability to -Rural (consider poverty lines Bofah) 49.59% poverty in all rate of poverty 113 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 forms and reduction dimensions instead) 2.Proportion of Proportion of the Outcome 2017 GSS the population population experiencing who are deprivation of basic multidimension survival needs ally poor - national - urban - rural - male 71% - female 29% -Children (0-17 years) Reduce income Income A number that Outcome GSS disparities within Distribution demonstrates the and across socio- Index (Gini inequality in the economic groups Index) distribution of wealth or and geographical - Regional income. areas - Urban NB: A Gini Index of 0 - Rural represents perfect equality, while an index of 1 implies perfect inequality FOCUS AREA 6: WATER AND ENVIRONMENTAL SANITATION Improve access 1.Percentage of Share of population with Outcome 2020 44.4% 41.52% 40.08% 38.64% 37.20% MSWR, GSS, to safe, reliable, population with access to CWSA, and sustainable access to (a) basic drinking water GWCL water supply drinking water service from an services for all services improved source, -Basic provided collection time is not more than 30 minutes for a round trip, including queuing -Safely managed (b) safely managed 41.4% 47.12% 49.98% 52.84% 55.70% drinking water services 114 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 from an improved source that is accessible on premises, available when needed and free from faecal and priority chemical contamination 2.Percentage of The difference between Outcome 2019 49.98% 48% 47 % 46% 45% MSWR, distribution total volume of water GWCL, losses treated and that CWSA distributed, expressed as -Urban percentage of the total -Rural amount of water 29.06% 25% 22% 20% 20% produced at the 2020 treatment point Enhance access 1. Proportion of Population using Outcome 2020 23.7% 38.96% 46.59% 54.22% 61.85% MSWR, to improved and population with improved sanitation MLGRD, GSS sustainable access to basic facilities that are not environmental sanitation shared with other sanitation services: households expressed as services -National a percentage of total population. -Rural 17.4% 33.92% 42.18% 50.44% 58.70% NB: Improved sanitation -Urban facility include flush or 28.4% 42.72% 49.88% 57.04% 64.20% pour flush toilets to sewer systems, septic tanks or pit latrines, ventilated improved pit latrines, pit latrines with a slab, and composting toilets 2.Number of Count of communities Outcome 2020 5,498 7,498 8,498 9,498 10,498 MSWR, GSS, communities achieving open MMDAs achieving open defecation-free status defecation-free (ODF) status 115 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 3.Proportion of Percentage of solid Outcome 2020 85% 89% 91% 93% 95% MSWR, GSS solid waste waste collected and properly disposed off in sanitary disposed of landfills in the five (major largest cities – Accra, towns/cities) Tema, Kumasi, Takoradi, and Tamale. Promote efficient Proportion of Population whose liquid Outcome 2020 13.3% 25.98% 32.32% 38.66% 45% MSWR, and sustainable Population waste (faecal matter) is MWH, waste water whose liquid safely disposed on site or Hydrological management waste (faecal properly collected, Services matter) is safely transported and treated Department managed off site, expressed as a percentage of total population FOCUS AREA 7: CHILD PROTECTION AND DEVELOPMENT (Lila to provide data for baseline and targets) 1. Prevent and 1. Proportion of Count of children (5-17 Outcome MOGCSP, protect children children (5-17 years) engaged in GSS, MELR from all forms of years) engaged hazardous work as a violence, abuse, in hazardous percentage of all neglect and work. children exploitation 2.Percentage of Count of children (5-17 Outcome MOGCSP, children years) engaged in child GSS, MELR engaged in child labour as a percentage labour of children 3.Percentage Difference in child abuse Outcome 2017 94% Reduced by 2% MOGCSP, change in child cases between current GSS, abuse cases and previous year Baseline data DOVVSU divided by child abuse provided by Mr. cases in previous year Abiaw. expressed as a Will be followed percentage up on review if its available in the first quarter if available. 2. Promote the 1.Percentage of Increase in the Outcome 2017 - 3% 10% GSS (MICS) rights and children age 2-4 population of children MoGCSP years who are age 2-4 years who are 116 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 welfare of engaged in engaged in learning and children learning and reading activities reading activities by adult household members - Father - Mother - 11% 20% -Any adult 34% 40% (Verify household source of data) member 2. Early Percentage of children Outcome 2020 44% 50% GSS (MICS) childhood age 3-4 years who are MoGCSP Development developmentally on index (ECDI) track in literacy- -Literacy numeracy, physical, numeracy social-emotional, and -Learning learning domains 85% 90% -Physical 93% 98% -Social 67% 74% Emotional 3. Improve the 1.Percentage of Count of districts using Output 2020 38.5% 54% 69% 84.6% 100% MoGCSP, policy and legal districts ISSOP to address child MLGRD environment and implementing and family welfare OHLGS strengthen Integrated services GHS institutions and Social Services NHIA systems for child (ISS) and family 2.Percentage of Count of districts Output 2020 23% 50% 65% 70% 75% MoGCSP, welfare districts implementing child MLGRD mainstreaming protection and child NDPC child protection rights interventions over OHLGS issues into work total number of districts GHS plans/budgets expressed as a NHIA percentage FOCUS AREA 8: SUPPORT FOR THE AGED 117 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Enhance the 1.Ageing Bill Existence of legal Output 2021 Availability Aged Law Implementation IAP OF THE Aged Law being MOGCSP wellbeing and passed/enacted framework of Draft Available Action Plan Aged Law implemented inclusion of the into law for addressing issues of Ageing Bill (IAP) for the rolled out aged in national the aged Aged Law development available 2.Percentage of Count of 65 year old’s Output - LEAP MOGCSP aged benefiting and older benefiting 27.07% from social from social protection - EBAN protection interventions as a welfare interventions percentage of the total - LEAP number of persons 65 - EBAN welfare years and above by type - NHIS - NHIS of intervention 3.Percentage of Count of the aged (70 Output MOGCSP, population 70 years and above) with NHIA years and above valid NHIS card, registered under expressed as a the NHIS percentage of persons (Verify with 70 years and above NHIA whether the Aged (70) has been lowered in tandem with the retiring age) FOCUS AREA 9: GENDER EQUALITY (Kofi Ntim to laise with Lila to provide data) Attain gender 1.Percentage of Count of women in Outcome 2021 25% 26% 27% 35% 35% MOGCSP equality and women in public administration and equity in political life political leadership and social -Ministers expressed as a development -Dep. Ministers percentage of all people 14% 15% 16% 35% 35% -MPs in administration and 13.8% 13.8% 13.8% 15% 15% -MMDCEs political leadership 14% 40% 41%% 42% 42% -Judiciary 39% 15% 16% 20% 20% -District 31% 32% 33% 35% 35% Assembly 118 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Appointees and Elected (Data to be provided by Mr Ephraim from Department of Gender) 2.Reported Count of persons who Output MOGCSP, cases of sexual are victims of sexual and DOVVSU and gender- gender-based violence based violence -Women -Girls -Men -Boys -PWDs Promote 1.Proportion of Amount of institutional Outcome MASLOC, economic institutional credit allocated to MOGCSP, empowerment of credit allocated women, expressed as a GHAMFIN particularly to women percentage of the total GEA women -Banking amount of institutional institutions credit allocated to all -Non-banking beneficiaries financial institutions Strengthen 3. Proportion ofCount of sectors and Output OHLGS, gender sectors and Districts with gender MOGCSP, mainstreaming, Districts with responsive plans NDPC coordination and gender expressed as a implementation responsive planspercentage of gender related and budgets interventions in all sectors. FOCUS AREA 10: SPORTS AND RECREATION 119 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Enhance sports Number of Count of sporting Ministry of and recreational sporting facilities or infrastructure Youths and 3 Rehabilitated infrastructure for facilities and rehabilitated/constructe Output 2 Sports, NSA 2021 72 3 Rehabilitated 2 Rehabilitated all infrastructure d Rehabilitated 4 Constructed 2 Constructed 2 Constructed rehabilitated 2 Constructed /constructed Build capacity for Number of Count of sports events Output 2021 Ministry of sports and competitions organized/participated in Youths and recreational organized/partic Sports, NSA development ipated in 113 203 212 222 232 -Local -Sub-regional -International Ensure Contribution of Revenue from sporting Outcome Data on GDP to Continue the Publish Review of sustainable sports to GDP activities expressed as a sports collected research research research Ministry of funding sources (%) percentage of GDP process findings findings Youths and for growth and Sports, development of MOF, NSA sports FOCUS AREA 11: YOUTH DEVELOPMENT Improve Number of Count of coordinating Output 2020 4 4 4 4 4 MOYS coordination for coordinating meetings held youth meeting development -National -Regional 64 64 64 64 64 -District 1080 1080 1080 1080 1080 Promote Number of Count of youth Output 2020 1,754 3,000 3,100 3,200 3,300 Ministry of effective youths provided (including PWDs) Youths and participation of with employable provided with Sports, NYA, the youth in skills employable skills by key YEA, YES, socioeconomic - NVTI government agencies NVTI, development - COTVET Private - NEIP sector - YEA -NYA 2021 NYA-4247 NYA -5000 NYA-5000 NYA-5000 NYA-5000 120 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Promote youth Proportion of The number of youth, Outcome Ministry of participation in young people in between the ages Youths and politics, electoral political life: of 15 years and 35 years, Sports, democracy and - Ministers of in administration and MLGRD, governance State political leadership NYA - Members of expressed as a Parliament percentage - MMDCEs - Members of District Assemblies - CEOs of public institutions (Eugenia to provide data) FOCUS AREA 12: SOCIAL PROTECTION (Stephen and Lila to provide data) Strengthen social 1.Number of Count of total number of Output 2021 334,023 350,000 MOGCSP protection for the extremely poor households that receive vulnerable households cash grants under LEAP benefiting from LEAP 2.Proportion of LEAP beneficiaries Outcome 2021 0 MOGCSP LEAP exiting cash transfer beneficiaries programme expressed as that have exited a percentage of total the cash LEAP beneficiaries transfer programme 3.Proportion of Count of number of Output 2021 54.8 MOGCSP females on LEAP females benefiting from LEAP (Review LEAP indicator (is it female headed household?) 121 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 2. Promote Number of Proportion of persons Outcome 7.2 % SSNIT, NPRA decent pensions persons who who receive pension repres (2020 NPRA receive regular payments under SSNIT enting Annual pension scheme and CAP 30 2,044, Report), payments under 800 GSS(Source: SSNIT and CAP GLSS 7) 30 - 60 years -55 years 227,407 (Indicator to be reviewed by Mr Amezah MELR) Coverage of Number of informal Outcome -Informal - - NPRA, informal sector sector workers covered Sector Office of the Pension by informal sector Coverage: Vice Schemes pension schemes 4% President -Farmers in the expressed as a cocoa, coffee, percentage of the total -Informal and sheanut estimated number of Sector sub-sector informal sector workers Coverage: 315, 890 -All categories -Informal of informal Sector sector workers Workers: (Indicator to be 7.9 million reviewed by Mr. I-nformal Amezah MELR) Sector Schemes established : 29 FOCUS AREA 13: DISABILITY-INCLUSIVE DEVELOPMENT Promote equal Beneficiary Number of persons Output 2021 N/A 8,000 12,000 15,000 30,000 Office of the opportunities for persons with with disabilities who Common Persons with disabilities of accessed the Common Fund Disabilities in Administrat the Common Fund social and or, DACF, Fund economic MoGCSP, development NCPD, GFD 122 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Employment Percentage of Outcome 2021 N/A 15% 30% 45% 55% NCPD rate of employed persons persons with with disabilities as disabilities against the total percentage of persons with disabilities Inclusive Number of MDAs that Outcome 2021 N/A 35 70 105 142 NCPD services provide inclusive provided by services per the total sectors number of MDAs Sign language Number of sign Output 2021 N/A 30 60 100 150 NCPD interpreters language interpreters employed employed in the public and private sectors Eliminate Peer support Number of peer output 2021 N/A 4 8 16 20 MoGCSP, discrimination in groups support groups NCPD, GFD, all forms and established established CHRAJ, protect the rights Legal Aid and entitlements of Persons with Disabilities Promote Political Number of persons Output 2021 2 15 - 30 - MOGCSP, participation of participation with disabilities NCPD, GFD PWDs in politics, of persons appointed and elected electoral democracy, with as various levels governance and disabilities leadership - National (executive appointment and election) -Local government 123 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 level (appointment and appointment) -Women with disabilities in politics Strengthen Percentage of Count of MDAs and MoGCSP, institutions and MDAs and MMDAs mainstreaming NCPD, NDPC systems that MMDAs with disability issues into their ensure the disability- development plans and protection, inclusive plans budgets expressed as a inclusion and and budgets percentage of the total capacity building- MDAs number of MDAs and of Persons with -MMDAs MMDAs Disabilities (Lila to provide - data) FOCUS AREA 14: EMPLOYMENT AND DECENT WORK Promote job 1.Share of Count of persons who Outcome 2017 23.5% 25% 26% 28% 30% MELR, GSS creation and waged and take salary or perform decent work salaried workers paid job under contract (written or not) expressed as percentage of total workers -Age -Sex -Disability data 2. Proportion of The sum of own-account Outcome 2017 66.2% DSW, GSS, workers in workers and contributing MELR, vulnerable family workers MMDAs employment (%) expressed as a percentage of total number of persons employed. 124 OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR BASELINE TARGETS DATA TYPE SOURCE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 3. Annual labour Growth in output per Outcome 2018 3% MELR, GSS, productivity worker MDPI growth (%) (Now trying to work on the formular so not aware of the data provided) 4.Proportion of Count of industrial Output 2019 95% 95% 95% 95% 95% MELR, NLC industrial labour conflicts/disputes settled disputes settled expressed as a (Update percentage of total with 2020 conflicts/ disputes data) recorded 125 APPENDIX 5.3: ENVIRONMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE AND HUMAN SETTLEMENTS POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE FOCUS AREA 1: PROTECTED AREA Expand forest Coverage of Proportion of the total land Outcome 2020 15.17 15.17 15.17 15.17 15.17 MLNR, FC, conservation protected areas (SDG area designated as protected CSIR-Forestry areas 14.5.1) areas.93 Research Protect forest Percentage of Share of degraded forest Outcome 2020 32.50 34.79 35.88 36.97 38.06 MLNR, FC, reserves degraded areas reserves as a percentage of CSIR-Forestry within forest reserves total forest reserves in the Research country94 FOCUS AREA 2: MINERALS EXTRACTION Ensure 1.Mineral rights and Count of mineral rights Output 2020 839 850 860 900 900 MLNR, MC sustainable production: granted in respect of mining extraction of lease, prospecting, mineral -Mineral rights reconnaissance, salt, quarry, resources granted clay, sand winning, small- scale gold/diamond, etc. -Mineral production Quantity of selected minerals 4,094,071 3,788,551 3,975,552 4,567,763 5,194,807 Gold produced per annum Diamonds 25, 292 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 Bauxite 1,162,086 1,831,190 1,098,714 1,098,714 1,098,714 Manganese (Data 2,597,678 2,359,546 2,359,546 2,359,546 2,359,546 To be provided later) -Value of minerals Value of selected minerals produced produced per annum Gold Diamonds Bauxite Manganese (Data To be provided later) 93 Profile for Ghana Generated by IBAT for Research and Conservation Planning, 2019 94 Projections based on data available for FC 126 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE 2.Proportion of land Count of districts reported to Outcome MLNR, MC areas affected by be affected by illegal mining illicit mining activities: and the share of land area - No. of Districts affected by illicit mining -Percent area activities affected (%) (Ministry to crosscheck) 1. Number of Jobs Count of persons employed in Outcome 2020 30,944 31,253 31,566 31,882 32,201 MLNR, MC created by the large- and small-scale mining, extractive industry both expatriate and local - Large scale (expatriate and local); male and female - Small scale (legal 110,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 1,300,000 1,300,000 and illegal) 2.Foreign direct Ratio of FDI to GDP, Outcome 2020 1,050.87 1,103.41 1,114.45 1,125.59 1,136.85 MLNR, MC investment (in US$) expressed in percentage Ensure effective linkage of 3.Mineral revenues Total amount of mineral Outcome 2020 1,426.14 1,617.71 1,697.56 1,950.43 2,218.18 MLNR, MC extractive (GH¢) revenues received through industry to the - Royalties taxes, royalties, corporate rest of the - Taxes social responsibility and 1,426.14 1,476.76 1,491.53 1,506.45 1,521.51 economy export of mineral resources - Corporate social 27.84 30.62 35.0 38.50 42.35 in Ghana Cedis responsibility -Contribution to total 6,998.43 6,629.96 6,957.22 7,993.59 9,090.91 merchandise exports 4. Repatriation of Ratio of revenue from Outcome 2020 71% 71% 74% 74% 74% MLNR, MC mineral revenue mineral exports returned to - % of mineral the economy to total revenue returned revenue, expressed as a to the Ghanaian percentage economy The value of mineral revenue (Commercial banks) spent on local goods, 127 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE expressed as a percentage of total revenue from mineral resources in a given year -% of mineral revenue 82.25% 83.0% 84.0% 84.0% 84.0% spent on local goods Proportion of mineral Amount of the key mineral Outcome MLNR, MC production processed resources, including gold, locally bauxite, diamond, manganese, etc. produce and processed locally, express as percentage. FOCUS AREA 3: WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Promote Proportion of bodies The proportion of water Outcome 2020 56.6% 65% 70% 75% MSWR, WRC, sustainable of water with good bodies in the country that GSS water resources ambient water quality have good ambient water development (Water quality index) quality. Ambient water and (SDG 6.3.2) quality refers to natural, management untreated water in rivers, lakes and groundwaters and represents a combination of natural influences together with the impacts of all anthropogenic activities Water availability per Total available freshwater Outcome 2020 1916 1910 1905 1900 MSWR, WRC, capita resources divided by the HSD population FOCUS AREA 4: COASTAL AND MARINE MANAGEMENT Reduce coastal Proportion of Length (kilometres) of Outcome 377Km MWH, and marine coastline protected coastline protected Hydrological erosion expressed as a percentage of 2020 Services total coastline requiring Department protection FOCUS AREA 5: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 1.Annual mean levels Output 2020 81.8 µg/m3 80µg/m3 78 µg/m3 76 µg/m3 74 µg/m3 MESTI, EPA of fine particulate 128 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE Reduce matter in selected Average level of particulate environmental locations (SDG 11.6.2) matter (PM10) in the air at pollution selected locations in Accra -North Industrial Area Annual Mean -First Light Annual 165.1 µg/m3 160µg/m3 158µg/m3 156µg/m3 154 µg/m3 Mean - Shangri La Annual 150.8 µg/m3 145µg/m3 143µg/m3 141µg/m3 139 µg/m3 Mean - Achimota Annual Mean - La Palm Annual 108.3 µg/m3 103µg/m3 101µg/m3 98µg/m3 96 µg/m3 Mean - Graphic Road 174.3 µg/m3 170µg/m3 169µg/m3 167µg/m3 165µg/m3 Annual Mean - Kasoa Annual Mean 110.7 µg/m3 105µg/m3 103µg/m3 101 µg/m3 99 µg/m3 - Amasaman Annual 97 µg/m3 92 µg/m3 90 µg/m3 88 µg/m3 86 µg/m3 Mean 2.Number of Count of companies that Output 2020 11,773 12,000 12,200 12,400 12,600 MESTI, EPA companies compliant adhere to permitting with Environmental conditions Assessments (EA) 3.Number of E-waste The number of e-waste Output 20 25 30 35 40 MESTI, EPA recycling facilities recycling facilities adhering to audited nationwide permitting conditions in line Act 917 and L.I. 2250 4.Number of e-waste Count of e-waste collection Output 2020 collection and and dismantling point set up Conta dismantling point set ct up minist ry of sanitat ion 129 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE 5.Compliance to Percentage of applicants Outcome 2021 95% 95% 96% 97% 98% MESTI, NBA international safety complying with standards in the use biotechnology safety of modern standards biotechnology 6.Percentage of Companies complying with Outcome 2021 90% 100% 100% 100% 100% MESTI, NRA authorised persons licensing conditions of NRA complying with Act. licensing conditions of Nuclear Regulatory Act, 2015 (Act 895). FOCUS AREA 6: DEFORESTATION, DESERTIFICATION AND SOIL EROSION Combat Rate of deforestation The changes in the forest Outcome 2020 0.09 -0.17 0.10 0.10 0.10 MLNR, FC deforestation, cover arising out of desertification conversion of forested land and soil erosion to other uses, expressed as a percentage of total forested area of the previous year95 Hectares of degraded Total area in hectares of lost Outcome 4,293.61 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 MLNR, FC, forest, mining areas, forest reserves and protected MC dry and wet lands areas restored. restored/ rehabilitated within forest reserves Total area in hectares of lost mining areas, wetland and 2020 Hectares of degraded mangrove areas restored forest, mining areas, dry and wet lands restored/ rehabilitated outside forest reserves. 95 Calculated based on the FC data available 130 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE - Mining - Wetlands and mangroves Promote Percentage of The volume of timber that Outcome 2020 MLNR, FC sustainable use compliance to the can be harvested under of forest and Annual Allowable Cut sustained-yield management wildlife (AAC) in any one year, as stipulated resources in the pertinent approved NB: Natural forest. A forest management plan. forest composed of indigenous trees and not classified as forest plantation . Forest plantation. A forest established by planting or/and seeding in the process of afforestation or reforestation. It consists of introduced species or, in some cases, indigenous species. - Natural Forest 1,226,678.34m3 1 million m3 1 million m3 1 million m3 1 million m3 - Plantation Forest 214958 m3 200,000 m3 200,000 m3 200,000 m3 200,000 m3 FOCUS AREA 7: CLIMATE VARIABILITY AND CHANGE Enhance Felix EPA to get back institutional with an indicator and capacity and indicator definition coordination for effective climate action Enhance Percentage of sectors Count of MDAs with climate Output 2020 54% 60% 65% 70% 80% MESTI, EPA, climate change with climate change change adaptation measures NDPC resilience adaptation strategies as related to agriculture, 131 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE marine ecosystems, coastal zone infrastructure, human health and settlement, biodiversity, water resources and wetlands etc., expressed as a percentage Reduce Level of Greenhouse Emissions of carbon dioxide, Outcome 2021 51.3MTCO2e 51.2 MTCO2e 53.4MTCO2 55.5 57.6MTCO2e MESTI, EPA greenhouse gas emissions methane, nitrous oxide, and e MTCO2e gases several fluorinated gases in Ghana, expressed in million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent Global Green Provides a ranking of country Outcome 2021 79th 79th - 76th - MESTI, EPA Economy Index (GGEI) and city performance in the global green economy (GGE) and how expert practitioners perceive this performance. The performance index uses quantitative and qualitative indicators to measure how well each country performs in four key dimensions: leadership and climate change; efficiency sectors; markets and investment; and environment and natural capital FOCUS AREA 8: TRANSPORTATION (ROAD, RAIL, AIR AND WATER) Improve 1.Road condition mix Proportion of classified road Outcome MRH 44% 46% 48% 55% 60% efficiency and - Good network by condition. 2020 34% 34% 32% 25% 20% effectiveness of - Fair 22% 20% 20% 20% 20% road transport - Poor infrastructure 2.Total road network Total length (km) of classified Output 78,401.20 78,401.20 78,401.20 78,401.20 78,401.20 MRH and services road network by type. 2020 132 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE - Trunk roads 14,582.62 14,582.62 14,582.62 14,582.62 14,582.62 - Urban roads 15,461.77 15,461.77 15,461.77 15,461.77 15,461.77 Feeder roads 48,356.81 48,356.81 48,356.81 48,356.81 48,356.81 3.Proportion of Roads maintained as a Output 2020 56% 60% 65% 65% 70% MRH classified road percentage of the classified network maintained road network Enhance safety Accident statistics Number of accidents for each Outcome MoT, AIB, and security for transport mode: 12,484 11,595 11,016 10,465 9,942 GCAA, all categories of - Road crashes -Road Crashes MORD, 2020 road users NRSA, GPS - Maritime accidents 7 9 (MoT to get 7 5 3 (MTTD), back) VLTC, GMA, - Train -Number of boat accidents on GRDA Minor operational the Volta Lake incidents Major operational - Train 0 0 0 incidents Minor operational incidents Minor = 29 0 0 0 0 Major operational incidents Major= 48 0 - Air traffic accidents - Number of serious accidents that occured in Ghana and within the Accra Flight Information Region (FIR). 0 0 0 - Domestic 0 0 0 0 0 - International 1 0 Number of road Count of persons killed by Impact 2020 2,528 1,575 1,544 1,513 1,483 MoT, NRSA, traffic fatalities road accidents GPS (MTTD) 133 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE Number of serious Count of persons seriously Outcome 2020 7,421 3,638 3,538 3,397 3,261 MoT, NRSA, injuries. injured through road GPS (MTTD) accidents Improve Turn-around time of Average time spent for a Outcome 2020 85.29 76.19 67.72 60.95 54.85 MoT, GPHA capacity and vessels vessel to unload goods. efficiency of - Tema port port operations -Takoradi port 110.98 93.50 84.15 75.74 68.16 Maritime traffic: Weight of goods carried by Outcome 2020 1,287,083 1,349,115 1,516,803 38,199,882 1,843,967 MoT, GMA - Container traffic maritime traffic, to and from (TEUs) Ghana -Cargo traffic (tonnes) 26,385,923 31,742,120 34,614,367 38,199,882 40,321,412 Develop and Inland Water traffic: Quantity of goods and Outcome MoT, VLTC promote inland - Freight (Tonnes) number of vehicles and 38,771.28 118,190 141,828 170,194 204,233 water transport passengers transported on 2020 system - Number of Vehicles Volta Lake 105,045 122,634 147,161 176,593 211,912 (No.) -Passenger (No.) 871,144 1,081,518 1,297,322 1,556,286 1,867,044 Position Ghana Total air freight and Count of air passengers and Outcome MoT, Ghana as the aviation number of transit weight of air freight to and Airports hub for West passengers by from Ghanaian airports Company African sub- categories: Limited region - Domestic aircraft 11,359 15,264 16,917 20,300 26,391 Ghana Civil movement Aviation - International 13,824 27,681 29,704 35,645 46,338 Authority 2020 aircraft movement - Domestic 423,718 862,045 1,065,919 1,279,103 1,662,834 passengers - International 702,651 1,777,084 1,947,862 2,337,434 3,038,665 passengers -Freight movement 43,428 53,179 53,636 64,363 83,672 (tonnes) 134 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE Modernise and Passenger traffic and Count of passengers and Outcome 2020 MORD, extend railway goods traffic by weight of goods carried by GRDA network railways: railways - Passenger traffic 980 37,067.41 38,920.77 40,866.80 42,910.13 (1,000 passengers- km) - Goods traffic (1,000 29,613.27 61,772.00 64,860.64 68,103.63 71,508.84 tonnes-km) FOCUS AREA 9: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT Enhance Total broadband Total broadband capacity in Output 2020 MOC, NCA, application of capacity of the gigabyte available and in use NITA ICT in national country for ICT development. development -Available for ICT 2,675.37Gb development - In use for ICT 759.29Gb development Expand the Internet penetration Proportion of population Outcome 2020 MOC, NCA, digital rate using internet expressed as a NITA, GIFEC, landscape percentage PSRS FOCUS AREA 10: SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION Mainstream Research and Total public expenditure by Input 2020 0.15% 0.35% 0.65% 0.85% 1% MESTI, MOF, science, development (R&D) government and government GSS, CSIR, technology and expenditure as a institutions, and private GAEC innovation in all percentage of GDP sector investments in science, socio-economic technology and innovation, activities expressed as a percentage of GDP Number of research Count of research findings of Outcome 2021 110 130 150 170 180 MESTI, CSIR, findings adopted by key national research AGI, industry institutions (including CSIR, GAEC and the universities) adopted by industry Number of Count of technologies Outcome 2020 25 35 40 45 50 MESTI, CSIR, technologies commercialized AGI commercialised FOCUS AREA 11: ENERGY AND PETROLEUM 135 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE Ensure Per capita Total amount of energy Outcome MoEn, availability of, consumption of consumed in the economy per Energy clean, energy per annum year divided by the population Commission, affordable and (in Tonnes of Oil expressed in Tonnes of Oil ECG, VRA accessible Equivalent (TOE): Equivalent (TOE) (NEDCo), energy - Total (TOE/capita) GRIDCO, - Electricity FOCUS BOST, TOR, It is to be noted (kWh)/capita) NPA that the - Petroleum 2021 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.20 following (TOE/capita) indicators - Biomass captured in (TOE/capita) your Draft MTNDPF (Download energy Results Matrix statistics) were not part of Electricity access rate The population with access to Outcome 2020 85.33 87.0 89.0 >90% >90% MoEn, the Ministry's electricity as a percentage of Energy list of indicators entire population Commission, for the Medium ECG, VRA Term (2022- (NEDCo), 2025): Change in Renewable Change in generation from RE Outcome 2021 50MWp 40MWp 10MWp 50MWp 50MWp MoEn, VRA, Energy (RE) sources + 110MWp BPA • Per capita penetration consumption of Share of renewable Percentage of renewable Outcome 2021 2.9% 3% 4% 5% 7% MoEn, EC energy per energy in electricity energy installed systems in annum (in generation mix total generation capacity Tonnes of Oil Customer Average Average number of hours of Outcome 2021 MoEn, ECG, Equivalent Interruption Duration Outages Customers NEDCo, (TOE): Index (CAIDI) experience in a year PURC oTotal -ECG (TOE/capita) - Metro 1.60 2 2 2 2 oElectricity - Urban 1.56 3 3 3 3 FOCUS - Rural 1.46 4 4 4 4 (kWh)/capita) - NEDCO 1.45 1.4 1.37 1.35 1.3 136 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE oPetroleum Number of weeks of Number of weeks petroleum Outcome 2021 2 weeks 3 weeks 4weeks 5 weeks 6 weeks MoEn, BOST, (TOE/capita) Strategic Stocks of products in reserve for NPA Biomass petroleum products emergency purpose available (TOE/capita) Promote Transmission losses The difference between Outcome 2021 4.32% 3.96% 3.87% 4.15% 4.07% MoEn, efficient power purchased from GRIDCo transmission producers and sales by and distribution transmission companies, system expressed as a percentage of power purchased Distribution losses The difference between Outcome 2021 26.5% 24.7% 23.5% 22.3% 20.0% ECG, PURC, -ECG power purchased from NEDCO producers and sales by -NEDCo (MoEn to distribution companies, 9.23% 8.5% 8.0% 7.5% 7.0% confirm data) expressed as a percentage of power purchased Improve Cost Recovery Ratio Total Revenue divided by Outcome 2021 71.65% 72.5% 75% 80% 87% ECG, NEDCo financial (%) Total Cost of operation capacity and -ECG sustainability of -NEDCo 67.2% 70% 72.5% 75% 78% utility Commercial losses Ratio of billed energy to Outcome 2021 15.95% 14.45% 12.95% 11.78% 9.45% companies -ECG supplied energy to customer -NEDCo 18.0% 16.5% 16% 15.5% 16% Ensure efficient Power factor Measurement of power Outcome 2021 0.6-0.8 0.9-1 0.9-1 0.9-1 0.9-1 MoEn, EC utilisation of factor energy Share of efficient Average share of efficient Outcome 2021 97.50% 100 100 100 100 MoEn, EC appliances regulated appliances on the market Promote Number of Amount of new investments Output MoEn, GNPC, petroleum investments going in oil and gas sector (US$ PC exploration into exploration for billion) oil and gas, and It is to be noted development of those that the already discovered 137 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE following Number of Count of development wells Outcome 2021 2 4 3 2 0 MoEn, GNPC, indicators development wells completed and hooked up PC captured in completed and your Draft hooked- up MTNDPF - Jubilee Field Results Matrix - TEN Field were not part of the Ministry's list of indicators for the Medium Term (2022- 2025): • Number of investments going into exploration for oil and gas, and development of those already discovered It therefore recommended that these indicators are expunged from the Draft MTNDPF Results Matrix. Promote Value of services and Value of services and Outcome 2021 USD$350M in- USD$600M USD$1.5Bn USD$2Bn USD$4Bn MoEn, PC development contracts awarded to contracts undertaken by country spend and use of indigenous companies indigenous Ghanaian indigenous companies in the oil and gas capabilities for sector 138 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE exploitation of Proportion of Count of Ghanaians employed Outcome 2020 MoEn, PC petroleum Ghanaians employed in the oil and gas sector as a resources in the oil and gas percentage of total sector employment in the sector - Management 70% - 80% 70% - 80% 70% - 80% 70% - 80% - Technical 70% - 80% 70% - 80% 70% - 80% 70% - 80% -Others 100% 100% 100% 100% Leverage oil and Share of oil and gas Total value added of oil and Outcome 2020 3.3% MoEn, MOF gas industry as sector in GDP gas activities as a percentage (MoEn to a catalyst for of total GDP consult MoF national for data economic Consult development economic dimension) It is to be noted Proportion of Count of household with Outcome 2017 25% 28% 30% 32% 34% MoEn, NPA that the households with access to LPG expressed as a following access to LPG percentage of total indicators household population captured in Change in Processing The level of change in total Outcome 2021 28,000 bpsd 45,000 bpsd 45,000 bpsd 45,000 bpsd 45,000 bpsd MoEn, TOR your Draft Capacity processing capacity in barrels MTNDPF per stream day Results Matrix Volume of natural gas The quantity of gas supplied Output 2021 MoEn, GNGC were not part of supplied or to power companies, Tema the Ministry's transported industrial enclave and sub- list of indicators - Tema Industrial region Not started Not started 30 MMscfd 30 MMscfd 30 MMscfd for the Medium enclave Term (2022- - Togo 50-60 50-60 50-60 2025): MMscfd MMscfd MMscfd - Cote d’Ivoire 30-40 30-40 30-40 • Proportion of MMscfd MMscfd MMscfd petroleum Proportion of Annual Budget Funding Output MoEn, MOF, revenue petroleum revenue Amount (ABFA) allocated to PIAC allocated to allocated to priority social and economic priority areas areas infrastructure across all sectors, expressed as a percentage 139 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE It therefore recommended that these indicators are expunged from the Draft MTNDPF Results Matrix. Consult MoF and PIAC for data Minimize Percentage of Proportion of conditions Outcome 2021 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% EPA, MESTI potential companies complying under the respective EA and MOF environmental with condition of EMP permits being adhered impacts of oil their respective to by companies in the oil and gas Environmental and gas sector industry Assessment (EA) and Environmental Management Plans (EMP) Permit FOCUS AREA 12: HUMAN SETTLEMENTS DEVELOPMENT AND HOUSING Promote Percentage of Count of MMDAs who have Output 2020 MESTI, sustainable, Spatial Development prepared and are LUSPA, RCCs spatially Frameworks, implementing Spatial integrated structural Plans and Development Frameworks development of Local Plans (SDF), Structural Plans (SP) 9 (56.25%) human developed: and Local Plans (LP) as a settlements percentage of total MMDAs. - Regional Spatial 3 (23.07%) 6 (37.50%) 12 (75%) 16 (100%) Development Frameworks (% of Regions with RSDFs) 140 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE - District Spatial Development Frameworks - Structural Plans - Local Plans Provide Number of household Count of household units Output 2020 MWH, GSS, adequate, safe, units provided constructed by the public and MLGDRD secure, quality nationally private sector in the rural and and affordable (thousands) urban areas housing - Urban households 1,030 - Rural households 0 (MWH to provide data by Monday by Alfred) FOCUS AREA 13: RURAL DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT Enhance quality Number of rural sub- Count of rural sub-projects Output GSS, of life in rural projects completed, completed and jobs created MLGDRD areas and jobs created under the rural development under the rural and management programme development and 2020 management programme: - Sub-projects 342 - Jobs created 29,959 FOCUS AREA 14: URBAN DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT Promote Proportion of urban Count of people living in Output 2020 57.4% (Check GSS MLGRD, GSS, resilient urban population urban areas, expressed as a 2021 56.67% Census data) development percentage of total population FOCUS AREA 15: CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT Build a Construction Industry Legal framework which will Output 2020 Real estate bill MWH, competitive and law enacted and regulate the development of enacted by MOJAGD, modern implemented the Industry enacted into law, parliament Association 141 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE construction including the setting up of (CHECK of industry apex body for the industry. WORDING) Construction Industry FOCUS AREA 16: DRAINAGE AND FLOOD CONTROL Address Number of drainage A comprehensive plan which Output 2020 (Contact MWH, recurrent master plans outlines systemic actions to Alfred MWH Hydrological devastating prepared: create adequate artificial for data) Services floods - Regional waterways to carry storm 0 8 8 0 Department, water discharge in major 0 LUSPA -Districts cities and towns 1 130 129 0 0 Length of drains(km) length of drains (km) Output 2021 MWH, constructed: rechanneled, upgraded and Hydrological - Primary maintained 8.38km Services -Secondary 15.28km Department, LUSPA Number of flood Count of national advanced Output 2020 NA MWH, warning stations flood warning system Hydrological constructed/rehabilit installed for forecasting Services ated floods Department, NADMO FOCUS AREA 17: INFRASTRUCTURE MAINTENANCE Promote National public works A routine maintenance Input 2020 - 1 MWH, Public effective maintenance arrangement for all public Works maintenance framework instituted infrastructure in health, Department culture and operationalized education, roads, railways, ports, etc., introduced and enforced by government with appropriate sanctions FOCUS AREA 18: LAND ADMINISTRATION Develop Number of days to Average number of days it Outcome MLNR, LC efficient land register lands: takes to get title to land in a 2020 150days 120days 90days 50days 30days administration - Land title certificate year and - Land Registry Average number of days it 2020 30days 15days 14days 12days 10days (Deeds) takes to register deed 142 POLICY INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICAT BASELINE TARGETS DATA OBJECTIVES OR TYPE Year Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 SOURCE management Number of regional Count of regional and district Output MLNR, LC system and district Land offices established Commission offices 2020 established 10 10 3 0 0 - Regional 6 5 10 10 10 - District FOCUS AREA 19: ZONGOS AND INNER CITIES DEVELOPMENT Improve basic Proportion of people Population living in slum Outcome 2020 28.18%** (8.8 MWH, Zongo social living in slum areas areas as a percentage of total Million) Developmen infrastructure population t Fund and services Number of slums/ Count of slums/zongos Outcome 2020 1 MWH, Zongo and livelihood Zongo communities upgraded Developmen conditions of upgraded 0 t Fund Zongos and inner cities 143 APPENDIX 5.4: GOVERNANCE, CORRUPTION AND PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Focus Area 1: Democratic Governance 1. Deepen 1. Number of CRC Count of CRC Output Parliament democratic recommendations recommendations governance implemented implemented (White paper) 2.Change in budgetary Change in the budgetary Input 2020 11.3% - MoF, resources approved and resources approved and Parliament, released to released to Parliament, JS, NMC, Judiciary and IGIs CHRAJ, NCCE, -Parliament expressed as a EC -Judiciary percentage of the 30.7% 405,031,5 414,1416, 443,189,898.00 489,055, preceding year's (3,567,43 30.00 19.00 058.00 allocation 004.10) -Independent EC=78% CHRAJ = CHRAJ = CHRAJ = CHRAJ = Governance Institutions NCCE=52.9 62,852,70 87,365,25 122,311,362 155,715, % 4 8 852 NMC=187% Good Governance Composite index covering Impact 2020 53.68% 56.18% 57.42% 58.66% 59.90% CHRAJ, GII, Index (GGI) six dimensions of (Placing CDD governance namely, Ghana Voice and Accountability, within Political Stability and the first Absence of Violence, two Government countrie Effectiveness, Regulatory s in Quality, Rule of Law, Africa Control of Corruption, and at its based on over 30 historical individual data sources record in produced by a variety of 2012) survey institutes, think tanks, non-governmental organizations, international 144 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 organizations, and private sector firms. Focus Area 2: Local Governance and Decentralization 1. Deepen 1. Pre-conditions for Pre-conditions for the Process 2020 Zero Relevant Referendu MLGDRD, political and the election of election of MMDCEs legislation m OHLGS, administrativ MMDCEs met include the revision of s conducted Parliament (a) Amendment Articles 243 (1) and 55 (3) amended e of relevant of the Constitution, decentralizati revision of section 20 of legislations on Act 936 and the conduct (b) Conduct of referendum of referendum for the MMDCE election 2. Staff strength of Total number of Input 2020 MLGDRD, MMDAs employees in all MMDAs, OHLGS expressed as a percentage of the 6.91% required total number of (GoG employees by all &IGF) ≥7.5% MMDAs/on government payroll 2. Improve 1. Percentage of MDAs Count of MDAs and Output 2020 Nil NDPC, decentralized and MMDAs medium- MMDAs medium-term MLGDRD, planning term development development plans MoF, DACF plans certified and certified and implemented implemented expressed as a percentage. (Refer to 2020 National APR for deletion) 3. Strengthen 1. Share of MMDAs Total MMDAs revenue Input 2020 3.61% ≥4.5% ≥4.5% ≥4.5% ≥4.5% MLGDRD, fiscal total revenue to total (including IGF, DACF, MoF, decentralizati national revenue DACF-RFG, GoG transfers MMDAs, and Donor funds) DACF on expressed as a percentage of total national revenue 145 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 2. Proportion of central Amount of DACF and Input 2020 2.5% ≥5% ≥5% ≥5% ≥5% MLGDRD, government transfers other GoG funding to MoF, to MMDAs MMDAs, expressed as a MMDAs, percentage of annual DACF national total revenue, excluding grants 4. Strengthen 1. Change of central Change in the amount of Output MoF, the government budgetary central government MLGDRD coordinating allocations and releases approved budgetary to RCCs allocations and releases and expressed as a administrativ percentage of the e functions of preceding year regions Focus Area 3: Public Accountability 1. Deepen 1. Percentage of Public Count of PAC Output 2019 139 OAG, MoJ, transparency Accounts Committee recommendations on the recomme Parliament, and public (PAC) annual Auditor-General's ndations OSP, AG’s recommendations Report implemented by Dept. accountability implemented relevant agencies, expressed as percentage (Recommendations not expressed in %) Digitalized national An ICT based national Input 2020 Output 4 Full Full Full Full NDPC M&E system monitoring and developed implemen implemen implementatio impleme evaluation system but tation of tation of n of NaMEIS ntation developed and operated undergoin NaMEIS NaMEIS of by NDPC to monitor the g review NaMEIS delivery of public services for (Review indicator and approval indicator definition vis a by vis 2020 national APR) stakehold ers Percentage of RTI Number of responses Output MoI request responded to over the total request by MDAs and MMDAs expressed as a percentage 146 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Focus Area 4: Public Institutional Reforms 1. Build an Proportion of Count of government Outcome 2020 63% 71% 75% 83% 93% MoF, PSRS, effective and government institutions institutions using the MDAs PSC, OHCS, efficient using the HRMIS to Human Resource (Confirm OHLGs improve service Management Information data and government delivery System to update their the source (PSC - Mr. machinery - MDAs HR data (processing of Data George Owoo -MMDAs recruitment, promotions, inconsiste – Get in touch resignations and nt with with him for (This indicator has been retirement, etc.) that of the data) repeated and reported expressed as a 2020 for the past 8 years on percentage total national previous SMTDPs and government institutions APR) can be re-looked at. Comment from OHCS) Proportion of public Number of public service Output 2020 8 client OHCS, PSRS service institutions with institutions with client service client service charters service charters charters (Speak to CHRAJ for the expressed as a data. It should also be percentage of all public disaggregated by service institutions MDAs, RCCs and MMDAs.) (This indicator is also part of OHCS indicators. Coment from OHCS) Percentage of public Number of public Output 2021 96officers PSC, CHRAJ institutions with ethic institutions with ethic officers officers expressed as a (CHRAJ to provide percentage of total public information/data) institutions 147 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Percentage of eligible OHCS Officers completing the Staff Performance Appraisal Instrument in M&Ds. • Percentage of Chief Directors achieving the “excellent” rating in the evaluation of the Performance Agreement • Percentage of Directors / HoDs achieving the “excellent” rating in the agreed deliverables Focus Area 5: Public Policy Management 1. Enhance 1. Number of public Count of public policies Output 2021 2 5 5 5 5 NDPC, MoF, capacity for that are formulated in policies formulated in line OoP (Cabinet with the National Public line with the prescribed Secretariat), policy Policy Formulation format and content for MDAs formulation Guidelines (NPPFG”) drafting public policies in and the NPPFG coordination 2. Extent of usage of Scope of usage (with Outcome 2020 Key NDPC, BoG, Ghana macro-economic evidence) of the Ghana stakehold MoF, OoP, model macro-economic model ers MoP to ascertain various trained scenarios such as (Data to aspiration targeting and be policy analysis by NDPC, verified by EMT, BoG and MoF TK) Focus Area 6: Human Security and Public Safety 148 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 1. Enhance 1. Police-citizen ratio The ratio of the total Input 2020 1:807 1:500 1:500 1:500 1:500 MINTER, GPS security number of police officers service to the country’s population delivery Change in reported The change in the Outcome 2021 4% 3.2% 3% 3% 2.9% MINTER, cases of crime number of reported cases NACOB, GPS - Murder of major crimes including -Rape rape, armed robbery and 8% 7.5% 6% 5.5% 5% -Armed robbery murder, drug trafficking 11% 9.5% 8.6% 7.2% 7% -Drug trafficking and drug-related crime 43% 20 23 25 18 expressed as a (New Act percentage of total and number of reported cases recruitm of major crimes in the ent of preceding year staff is expected to help achieve this number.) 2. Enhance Fire officer-citizen ratio Ratio of fire officers to Input 2021 1:2379 1:1774 1:1597 1:1458 1:1347 MINTER, public safety total population GNFS Recorded incidence of Number of reported Output 2020 6474 7502 7172 6771 6432 GNFS, fire outbreaks incidents of fire MINTER outbreaks (Industrial, bush fires, domestic, vehicular, institutional, commercial, others) 3a. Recorded cases of Total number of Output 2020 5478 >15% >15% >15% >15% MINTER, GIS foreigners without foreigners without residence/work permit resident/work permit arrested arrested 3b. Recorded cases of Total number of foreigners without foreigners without residence/work permit resident/work permit prosecuted processed and arraigned before court 149 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Occupancy rate in Prison population Outcome 2020 96.92% 98% 98% 98% 98.20% MINTER, prison/detention expressed as a Ghana Prisons facilities percentage of total Service - Adult male holding capacity -Adult female 1.07% 0.34% 0.34 0.34 0.34 -juvenile (M) (Explain change in 2.01% 1.66% 1.66% 1.66% 1.46% indicator as provided by -juvenile (F) - - - - - the 2020 national APR) Net recruitment rate Rate of recruitment into Input 2020 13.5% MoD, GAF into the Ghana Armed the Ghana Armed Forces, Forces Ghana Air Force, Ghana (Get in touch Navy, minus the rate of with Alice loss of personnel through Obeng.) retirement, death etc. Percentage of Armed Forces personnel Outcome 2020 10.10% ≤16.40% ≤16.40% ≤16.40% ≤16.40% MoD, GAF personnel deployed in involved in peacekeeping peacekeeping operations expressed as a operations percentage of the total (To be discussed for number of personnel in inclusion or exclusion) the Ghana Armed Forces Focus Area 7: Corruption and Economic Crime 1. Promote 1. Proportion of Number of corruption Output 2020 SP-1 OAGMoJ, the fight corruption cases for cases for which OAG- 0 35% 50% 55% 60% OoP, against which prosecution has prosecutions have been (Refer to Parliament, been initiated by: initiated as a percentage OAG for OSP corruption (a) Special Prosecutor of all corruption cases data on and economic (b) Office of the received prosecuti crime Attorney General ons in 2020) 2.Number of corruption Count of corruption Output 2020 158 cases OAGMoJ, cases recorded and related cases received by and 20 OoP, investigated by state CHRAJ and EOCO cases Parliament, anti-corruption investigat OSP, EOCO institutions including: ed -CHRAJ 150 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 -EOCO 132 cases investigat (To be discussed for ed, 11 inclusion or exclusion) prosecute d, 2 conviction s secured and recovered a total amount of GH₵2,526 ,623.94 from proceeds of crime Number of corruption The number of corruption Output 2021 0 40 55 65 75 OAG cases prosecuted by the related cases prosecuted Attorney-General by the Attorney-General Department Department Number of corruption The number of corruption Output 2021 0 40 60 65 90 SP cases prosecuted by the related cases prosecuted Special Prosecutor by the special prosecutor Percentage of Corruption cases for Output 2021 0 40% 50% 65% 80% corruption cases which investigations have investigated been carried out expressed as a percentage of total number of corruption cases received (Format as disaggregation.) 3. Corruption Composite index of Outcome 2020 43 out of At least At least At least 52 out At least CHRAJ, GII, Perception Index corruption-related data 100 47 out of 49 out of of a 100 55 out of CDD which focuses on a 100 a 100 a 10097 97 Thereby putting Ghana within the range of first three corruption-free countries in Africa 151 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 corruption in the public sector including the abuse of public office for private gain (i.e., bribes taken by public officials in public procurement and recruitment)96 Focus Area 8: Law and Order 1. Promote 1. Number of lawyers Count of new lawyers Input 2021 312 700 800 900 1000 OAG, MoJ, access and called to the Bar called to the Bar in a GLC, GSL, JS efficiency in given year 2.Percentage of Courts delivery of automated justice 3.Percentage of cases Count of cases recorded Output 2020 JS- 3,439 For ADR JS- 3662 JS- 3683 JS- 3724 OAG, MoJ, JS settled through and settled through ADR (settled). JS- 3561 (settled) (settled) (settled) Alternative Dispute expressed as a 5,455(rec (settled) 5590 5635 6200 Resolution (ADR) percentage orded) 5500 (recorded) (recorded) (recorde - LA- 2,456 (recorded) d) (recorded) ; 1,115 (settled) Court connected ADR- 131 (To be validated. Not expressed as percentag e) 4. Un-sentenced Total number of Outcome 2018 13.1% GPS, MINT detainees detainees awaiting trial as 96 Indicator expressed as a score. 152 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 a proportion of overall (Update prison population baseline with 2019 or 2020 data) Focus Area 9: Civil Society and Civic Engagement 1. Improve 1. Press Freedom Index A composite index of Outcome 2020 22.26 MoI, NMC participation - PFI every kind of violation (30th out of civil society directly affecting of 180) (Craft another indicator journalists including in national on country response for murder, imprisonment, development such attacks.) physical attacks and threats, and news media censorship, confiscation of newspaper issues, searches and harassment. Voice and Composite index of 84 Impact 2019 65.52% 68.68% 70.25% 71.81% 73.398% CHRAJ, NDPC Accountability index variables, from 50 sources that captures perceptions of citizens about participate in selecting their government, as well as freedom of expression, freedom of association, and a free media Focus Area 10: Attitudinal Change and Patriotism 1. Promote 1. Good Society Long-term national Process 2020 NA Conceptu Program NDPC, MoI, discipline in Campaign campaign to promote al developed OSM (PSRS), all aspects of discipline in all aspects of framewor and rolled NCCE (This indicator needs to life, including developing k out life be discussed further. and promoting core developed How do we measure national values. it?) 98Placing Ghana within the first two best ranked countries in Africa. Currently Cape Verde is the best ranked country in Africa with a score of 76.33 (2020) and Ghana being ranking 4th behind Mauritius (70.53%) and South Africa (70.05%) The best score of 67.49% was recorded by Ghana in 2016 98 153 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 Focus Area 11: Development Communication 1.Ensure Number of National Count of: Output 2020 22 24 24 24 24 OoP, MoI, ISD responsive Policy Dialogues -Presidential meet- governance organised the-press and citizen -Meet-the-Press 8 12 8 12 12 sessions participation -Budget 0 1 1 1 1 in the dissemination development workshops dialogue -Nation Building 12 4 4 4 4 Update -National 9 12 12 12 12 Development Fora (NDF) organised Focus Area 12: Culture for National Development 1.Promote 1. Number of L.I’s on Number of LI Output 2020 20 20 20 20 10 MCRA, culture in the lines of succession to (Documentation of OAGMoJ, development stools and skins for rightful successor to Parliament rightful successors stools/skins) process 2.Proportion of cultural Number of operational Output 2020 NA 25% (4 50% (8 75% (12 out of 100% MoTAC, centres that are cultural centres in the out of 16) out of 16) 16) (16 out OAGMoJ functional regions (i.e., museums, of 16) art centres, theatres) expressed as percentage of total cultural centres in the country Number of Chieftaincy The count of chieftaincy Output 2020 MoTAC, disputes recorded and cases: OAGMoJ resolved -Recorded -Resolved Focus Area 13: Strengthening Ghana's Role in International Affairs 1. Enhance 1. Number of Count of Ghanaians Output 2020 1 6 6 6 6 MFARI, OoP Ghana's Ghanaians occupying elected or appointed to international positions in positions in international international organizations image and organizations influence 154 FOCUS AREA INDICATORS INDICATOR DEFINITION INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE YEAR Data 2022 2023 2024 2025 2. Promote 2. Number of foreign Number of markets Output 2020 MFARI Ghana's market for Ghanaian identified abroad for political and products Ghanaian products -Existing 30 economic -New 2 interests 3. Number of Count of trade and Output 2020 22 MFARI, OoP, abroad investment promotion investment promotions GIPC, GEPA activities held carried out by Ghana Missions abroad 3. Integrate 4. Number of Count of Ghanaians Output 2020 Nil MFARI, EC, Ghanaian Ghanaians abroad who abroad who participate (EC to Parliament, diaspora in participate in general (vote) in presidential provide Political elections (presidential elections more parties national elections) current development informatio n on Monday.) 5. Number of Count of Ghanaians Output 2020 2,500,000 MFARI Ghanaians captured on captured on the diaspora the diaspora database database 6. Number of protocols Count of protocols on Output MFARI, MoT on African open skies African open skies implemented implemented (Michael to explain) 155 APPENDIX 5.5: EMERGENCY PLANNING AND RESPONSE (INCLUDING COVID-19 RECOVERY PLAN) INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 Focus Area 1: Hydrometeorological Threats Promote proactive 1. Number of recorded Count of disaster Output 2020 2479 1,884 1,773 1,662 1,551 MINT, NADMO planning and incidence of occurrences across the 2477 1,032 928 910 1670 implementation for disasters across the country in a year disaster prevention country and mitigation 2. Number of deaths, The number of people Output 2020 1,184 655 616 577 538 MINT, NADMO missing persons and who died, went missing (Validat 650 585 468 468 directly affected or were directly e data) persons attributed to affected by disasters disasters per 100,000 per 100,000 population population. 3. Number of Count of communities Output 2020 3,531 5,200 6,500 7,800 10,400 MINT, NADMO communities trained that benefit from in disaster disaster prevention and prevention and management training management annum (bushfires and flooding) 4. Number of regional Count of regional and Outcome 2019 NADMO Advocacy and Risk Complete 60% of the NADMO and district capitals district capitals with spearheaded Sensitization Assessment city outlined MMDAs implementing city developed city and circulated for city and mapping resilience action plans Resilience action resilience action plans letters to all resilience of all regional action implemente plans and commenced Regional capitals and plans for d for all the implementation Coordinating 50% of all Regional Councils, district regional capitals and informing them capitals that capitals 50% of to sign on to the qualify to be and 50% district UNDRR 'Making cities of district capitals that My City capitals qualify to be Resilient' that cities Campaign qualify to be cities 156 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 5. Number of RCCs and Count of RCCs and Output 2020 NADMO MMDAs with MMDAs with DRR plans (verify Ministry of disaster risk expressed as a data) Interior, reduction (DRR) percentage of total MMDAs plans RCCS/MMDAs RCCs 2 3 8 10 16 MMDAs 0 52 130 156 260 6. National Action Plan A national action plan Output 2019 NADMO has Stakeholder Engage 20% Engage Engage 80% NADMO for Sendai developed to prepared a zero review and of identified 50% of of identified MMDAs Framework implement the Sendai draft of the validation stakeholders identified stakeholders Developed Framework for Disaster action plan for stakehold for Risk Reduction in line implementati ers for implementat with global on implemen ion requirements. tation Enhance 1. DRR committees Number of DRR NADMO coordination among established among committees established MMDAs key institutions the National and all in National and all - Regional Houses of Regional Houses of Chiefs Chiefs -National -Regional 2. Proportion of DRR Count of DRR Process 2019 planning/coordinatio planning/coordination n meetings held with meetings held with the involvement of traditional leaders traditional leaders. expressed as a percentage of total meetings held: -National - - - - -RCCs 50% 60% 70% 80% -MMDAs 50% 60% 70% 80% Focus Area 2: Geological threats Minimize Ghana’s 1. Number of Count of buildings Outcome 2020 No database on 15% risk 30% risk 45% risk 45% risk Ministry of geological threats vulnerable buildings vulnerable to vulnerable quantified quantified quantified quantified Lands and 157 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 in earthquake and earthquakes, landslides buildings in (No. of (No. of (No. of (No. of Natural landslide high risk and other related earthquakes vulnerable vulnerable vulnerabl vulnerable Resources zones mapped out geological hazards and landslide buildings buildings e buildings Ghana mapped prone zone, within 30% within 30% buildings within 60% Geological level of risk not coverage area coverage area within coverage Survey quantified in the high in the high 30% area in the Authority, risk zone risk zone coverage high risk Centre Remote mapped out mapped out area in zone Sensing and the high mapped out Geographic risk zone Information mapped Services out 2. Earthquake early count of early warning Output 2021 8 of 200 25 50 75 100 Ghana warning systems systems for Geological installed earthquakes installed Survey expressed as a Authority, percentage of total number of early warning systems required 3. L.I. on site L.I. for the site Output 2020 No L.I. Draft LI LI document LI LI enforced Ministry of investigation investigation document submitted to document to regulate Lands and certification by certification by GGSA developed Parliament Approved infrastructur Natural GGSA prior to prior to construction by al Resources, construction work work, developed, Parliamen developmen Ghana developed, passed passed by Parliament t t Geological by Parliament and enforced Survey Authority enforced and Focus Area 3: Biological Threats Enhance 1. Existence of An administrative Process 2020 0 30% 70% 100% 100% MoH, GHS surveillance system administrative framework that clearly completion completion completio Operationali and build response framework on identifies chain of n sation of capacity to prevent, information flow command and administrati detect, contain, and information flow ve respond to amongst relevant framework agencies 158 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 epidemics and 2. Constitutional Passage of the Health Output 2019 Draft health bill 90% 100% 10% 60% MoH pandemics law/Act covering bill which includes the prepared completion completion operation Implementat emergency emergency alization ion preparedness, preparedness and response, recovery response plan into law and mitigation enacted 3. A national Formulation of the Output International 70% 100% 50% 100% MoH, NADMO emergency national emergency Health completion completion operation operationali preparedness and preparedness and Regulation (IHR) alization zation response plan response plan covering prepared for developed all essential services Ghana providers in the country (Resolve discrepancy between data and indicator) Focus Area 4: Anthropogenic Minimise 1. National 1. Board of experts with Output 2020 No base data Executive National A national Exposure anthropogenic Contingency a representative from available instrument contingency contingen related to threats Planning Board the Ghana Armed ready for planning cy plan anthropogen (NCPB) set up Forces, Ghana National parliament board set up designed ic disasters Fire Service, DVLA, approval to counter per year NADMO, EPA, and anthropog reduced by Ghana Atomic enic X% Agency/Nuclear Board, threat established 2. Number of well- Count of well-resourced Output 2020 MoH, NADMO resourced emergency centres emergency centers established established -National 1 1 1 1 1 -Regional 10 16 16 16 16 -District 11 52 130 208 243 3. Proportions of Gas Count of gas station Outcome 2020 station facilities facilities using SOPs as a (Contac utilizing the t fire 159 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 Standard Operation percentage of all gas service Procedures (SOPs) station facilities for targets) Focus Area 5: Technology and Security Threats Strengthen National 1. Mean response time Mean response time to Outcome 2020 No. of No. of % of MoC&D Preparedness to network intrusion a cyber-attack once security adequately implemen Cybersecurity against cybercrime system administrator events trained tation of Authority and terrorism (GPS to validate) becomes aware of it detected on Incident security in NITA critical response staff depth Ghana Police systems % of strategy NIB compliance to (Revise all Cybersecurity No. of All three targets Framework staff to be in sync (CSF) and trained on with the controls (e.g., acceptabl indicator) ISO27002) e use of Gov. systems and applicatio ns 2. Budgetary resource Amount of budgetary Input 2020 MoC&D allocated and resource allocated to Cybersecurity released to the National Cyber Security Authority National Cyber Authority in a given NITA, NIB Security Authority year Ghana Police 3. Number of MMDAs Count of MMDAs with Output MoC&D with trained security security personnel with Cybersecurity experts advanced training in Authority cybercrime and NITA terrorist modus Ghana Police operandi expressed as a NIB percentage 160 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 4. Inter-Agency task A task force with Output 2020 No Inter-Agency force for Counter- representation of all task force Terrorism security services to Established coordinate efforts (GPS) against terrorism Minimise the 1. Percentage of small Count of recovered Output 2020 data to be MINT. incidence of and light weapons weapons (small and obtained from Ghana Police, organised crime recovered light) compared against EOCO/FIC/Natio NIB, FIC, the nal Security NACOC, Ghana estimated number of Immigration weapons in circulation Service 2. Recorded cases of Count of various crimes Outcome 2020 data to be MINT., Ghana organised crime run by enterprises obtained from Police Service, -money laundering of criminals for profit MoI, Women NIB, NACOC, -human trafficking expressed and Children, Ghana -firearms trafficking Social Welfare Immigration • illegal gambling and Domestic Service • extortion, Violence MoGCSP • counterfeit goods Centres Ghana • wildlife and cultural Psychological property smuggling Association Ensure safety of life, 3. Recorded cases of Count of ethnic, Output MINT property, and social violence linked to political and chieftaincy Ghana Police wellbeing Economic, ethnic, violence recorded in a MCRA political and year Peace Council chieftaincy conflicts EOCO OOP National and Regional Houses of Chiefs OAG&MJ Focus Area 6: Relief Operation and Humanitarian Assistance of Disaster Victims Enhance relief Number of disaster Distribution of relief Output 2021 62, 982 145,000 152, 250 159,863 167,855 MINT, NADMO, operations and victims supported with items distributed to MLGDRD humanitarian relief items. disaster victims welfare 161 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 Focus Area 7: Covid-19 Response Enhance industry 1. Proportion of SMEs Count of small and Output GEA, MoF, GRA, resilience to shocks provided with medium scale MASLOC (e.g., COVID-19) COVID-19 recovery enterprises provided financial support: with COVID-19 recovery ( MASLOC, GEA) -Loans incentives as a -Tax incentive percentage of SMEs 2. COVID-19 related Government Output MoF expenditure as a expenditure on COVID- percentage of GDP 19 expressed as a ( MoF to provide data) percentage of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Mitigate the impact Emergency team to of COVID-19 on the provide indicator implementation of projects Ensure resilient and 3. Percentage of Number of enterprises Output MOTAC, GTA innovative tourism enterprises affected affected by COVID-19 in and arts industry by COVID-19 in the the tourism and tourism and creative creative arts industry arts industry provided with credit provided with credit schemes as a schemes percentage of all (MoTCA to provide data) COVID-19 affected enterprises in the tourism and creative arts industry Sustain agriculture 1. Number of farmers Count of farmers who Output MOFA and rural supported with: are provided with development -agricultural inputs access to agricultural -extension and inputs, extension and advisory services advisory services and -markets market 162 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 (COMPARE WITH agric support under Ghana CARES) Promote innovative 1. Percentage of Count of Output MOE, GES and alternative primary, JHS, SHS, schools/institutions learning TVET and Tertiary with technologies or (Decide where it schools/institutions strategies to support should be moved with technologies or remote learning to, strategies to support expressed as a Either education or remote learning percentage of all remain here) (Compare indicator with schools/institutions coverage of programmes being rolled out) - Primary - JHS - SHS - TVET - Tertiary 2. Proportion of Count of students using Outcome MoE, GES students using remote learning remote learning platforms as alternative platforms ways of learning - Primary expressed as a - JHS percentage - SHS - TVET - Tertiary Ensure secured COVID-19 related Count of deaths among Impact 2020 0.9% health systems mortality rate all COVID-19 infected individuals expressed as a percentage 163 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 Sustain food and Proportion of MMDAs Count of MMDAs with Output nutrition security with strategies for strategies for (Please decide identifying and identifying and where this indicator addressing food and addressing food and will fit) nutrition insecurity nutrition insecurity expressed as a percentage of all MMDAs Reduce business Database for all Actions taken to Output and workers’ businesses and workers establish and vulnerability to established and operationalise a internal and operational national database for external shocks businesses and workers (GIPC,GEA, Registrar General department to provide data.) Strengthen the Proportion of households Count of households Output social protection registered on LEAP due to reported to have been system to include COVID-19 affected by loss of emergency incomes and have been preparedness and registered on LEAP as a response percentage of the total (MGCSP will provide number of households data) reported to have been affected Improve water and Number of good hygiene Count of all campaigns Output sanitation services sensitisation undertaken carried out through (MSWR to provide traditional and non- data ) traditional means to sustain good hygiene practices in a year 164 INDICATOR Implementing/C POLICY TYPE BASELINE TARGETS ollaborating INDICATOR INDICATOR DEFINITION Agencies OBJECTIVE YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 Enhance EPA’s online services Proportion of EPA’s Output environmental system fully online service operating protection services operationalised at optimal level (EPA to provide expressed as data) percentage Promote shock Number of road and rail Count of road and rail Output MoRD, MoT, resilient personnel trained in personnel trained in MoCD, GhIE construction in the resilient technologies in resilient technologies road and rail sectors construction (ICTs, etc.) in (Validate with Ghana construction CARES Obaatanpa (MoRD, MoCD, GhIE to program indicators) provide data) 165

APPENDIX 5.6: IMPLEMENTATION, COORDINATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION POLICY OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE DEFINITION YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 FOCUS AREA 1: IMPLEMENTATION AND COORDINATION 1. Strengthen plan Proportion of annual Count of activities Output MDAs, MMDAs and preparation, action plans implemented divided RCCs, implementation and implemented by the total number of NDPC coordination at all planned activities in a levels a. MMDAs given year expressed 2020 85.0 100 100 100 100 b. RCCs as a percentage - 100 100 100 100 c. MDAs - 100 100 100 100 Number of quarterly Count of quarterly Output MDAs, MMDAs and meetings held meetings held by RCCs DPCUs RPCUs, PPMED NDPC a. DPCU 2019 2 4 4 4 4 b. RPCUs 2019 2 4 4 4 4 c. PPMED 2019 2 4 4 4 4 (Update with 2020 data) Percentage change Change in the total Outcome 2020 MLGDRD, MMDAs, in IGF amount of internally MDAs, MoF a. MDAs generated funds raised expressed as a b. MMDAs 11.1 18.18% 11.99% 11.98% 11.99 % percentage FOCUS AREA 2: MONITORING AND EVALUATION 2. Strengthen 1. Date of Date on which the monitoring and completion of national APR is Outcome 2020 31st July 31st July 31st July 31st July 31st July NDPC evaluation systems at the national published by the all levels APR Commission 2. Percentage of Number of MMDAs, Outcome 2020 100% 100% 100% 100% NDPC APRs submitted RCCs & MDAs (revise all on time submitting APRs on targets) a. MMDAs time expressed as a b. RCCs percentage of the 8.8% c. MDAs total number of - 166 POLICY OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE DEFINITION YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 MMDAs, RCCs & 2.3% MDAs respectively 3. Percentage of Count of MDAs, Outcome MDAs, MMDAs and institutions MMDAs and RCCs RCCs, NDPC using the connected to and are national M&E using the National 2020 0 50% 75% 85% 100% NDPC Information M&E Information 2020 0 50% 75% 85% 100% System System to process, 2020 0 50% 75% 85% 100% a. MMDAs analyze and share b. RCCs information c. MDAs expressed as a percentage 4. Number of Count of public Output MDAs, MMDAs, RCCs, government institutions (MDAs, 2021 0 90 120 180 260 NDPC institutions MMDAs and RCCs 2021 0 5 10 14 16 conducting conducting and using 2021 0 25 41 55 60 evaluations evaluations a. MMDAs b. RCCs c. MDAs 5. Percentage of Total amount of Input MDAs, MMDAs, RCC, annual budget resources spent on NDPC, MoF utilized on M&E M&E expressed as a 2020 0.5% 2.5% 3.0% 4.0% 5.0% a. MMDAs percentage of total 2020 0.5% 2.5% 3.0% 4.0% 4.0% b. RCCs annual expenditure 2020 0.5% 2.5% 3.0% 4.0% 4.0% c. MDAs 2020 0.9% 2.5% 3.0% 4.0% 4.0% d. National (Verify the baseline data) FOCUS AREA 3: PRODUCTION AND UTILISATION OF STATISTICS Strengthen production Number of MMDAs Count of MMDAs with Input 2020 216 230 245 254 260 MMDAs, GSS, NDPC, and utilisation of statistics with district district statisticians OHLGS statisticians 167 POLICY OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE DEFINITION YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 (Check policy from national statistics plan on MMDAs) FOCUS AREA 4: DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AND COOPERATION Improve resource Proportion of Share of financial Outcome 2021 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% MoF mobilization and financial assistance assistance (loans & (Verify Bank of Ghana effectively manage its (loans & grants) from grants) from from utilization development development Min (Implicate indicator for partners to national partners to total Finance utilisation) revenue national revenue because expressed as a this percentage might be an estimate (Last quarter has not been released yet)) FOCUS AREA 5: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND LEARNING 5. Enhance knowledge Number of Count of government Output MDAs, MMDAs, RCCs management and government institutions that have learning institutions with automated their work 45 50 55 55 digitized processes including documentation conversion of systems documents and 10 12 16 16 -MDAs storage of electronic -RCCs files 230 245 261 261 -MMDAs (Number of government institutions with ICT systems 168 POLICY OBJECTIVES INDICATORS INDICATOR INDICATOR TYPE BASELINE TARGETS DATA SOURCE DEFINITION YEAR DATA 2022 2023 2024 2025 This is an indicator from CAGD to replace the existing one so we may have confirm from the ICME team) Proportion of Count of technical Output MDAs, MMDAs, technical staff staff without access MLGDRD, OHCS, without access to to official computers 45 50 55 55 OHLGS official computers expressed as a -MDAs percentage of total 10 12 16 16 -RCCs staff establishment -MMDAs 230 245 261 261 Number of learning Count of knowledge Output 2021 3 3 3 4 4 MDAs, RCCs, MMDAs, products created and learning products NDPC (i.e., reports, policy briefs, research finding, documentaries, guidelines, manuals, bulleting, etc.) developed and shared 169